OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
|
|
|
o |
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended
OR
|
|
|
þ |
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the transition period from June 2, 2007 to February 2, 2008
Commission File Number: 1-4365
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Georgia
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
58-0831862
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.) |
222 Piedmont Avenue, N.E., Atlanta, Georgia 30308
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)
Registrants telephone number, including area code:
(404) 659-2424
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
|
|
|
Title of Each Class
|
|
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered |
|
|
|
Common Stock, $1 par value
|
|
New York Stock Exchange |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
NONE
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in
Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to
Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed
by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or
for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrants
knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of
this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated
filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of large
accelerated filer, accelerated filer and smaller reporting company in Rule 12b-2 of the
Exchange Act.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated filer þ
|
|
Accelerated filer o
|
|
Non-accelerated filer o
|
|
Smaller reporting company o |
|
|
|
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) |
|
|
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of
the Act). Yes o No þ
As of August 4, 2007, the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of
the registrant (based upon the closing price for the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on
that date) was approximately $510,884,849. For purposes of this calculation only, shares of voting
stock directly and indirectly attributable to executive officers, directors and holders of 10% or
more of the registrants voting stock (based on Schedule 13G filings made as of or prior to August
4, 2007) are excluded. This determination of affiliate status and the calculation of the shares
held by any such person are not necessarily conclusive determinations for other purposes. There are
no non-voting shares of the registrant.
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrants classes of common stock,
as of the latest practicable date.
|
|
|
|
|
Title of Each Class
|
|
Name of Each Exchange
on Which Registered
|
|
Number of Shares Outstanding
as of March 31, 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock, $1 par value
|
|
New York Stock Exchange
|
|
16,393,112 |
Documents Incorporated by Reference
Portions of our definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A relating to the Annual Meeting of Shareholders of Oxford
Industries, Inc. to be held on June 16, 2008, are incorporated by reference in Part III of this
Form 10-K. We intend to file such proxy statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission not
later than June 1, 2008.
CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Our Securities and Exchange Commission filings and public announcements often include
forward-looking statements about future events. Generally, the words believe, expect, intend,
estimate, anticipate, project, will and similar expressions identify forward-looking
statements, which generally are not historical in nature. We intend for all such forward-looking
statements contained herein, the entire contents of our website, and all subsequent written and
oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf, to be covered
by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private
Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and the provisions of Section 27A of the Securities Act of
1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (which Sections were adopted as part of
the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995). Important assumptions relating to these
forward-looking statements include, among others, assumptions regarding general and regional
economic conditions, including those that affect consumer demand and spending, demand for our
products, timing of shipments to our wholesale customers, expected pricing levels, competitive
conditions, the timing and cost of planned capital expenditures, expected synergies in connection
with acquisitions and joint ventures, costs of products and raw materials we purchase and expected
outcomes of pending or potential litigation and regulatory actions. Forward-looking statements
reflect our current expectations, based on currently available information, and are not guarantees
of performance. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking
statements are reasonable, these expectations could prove inaccurate as such statements involve
risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our ability to control or predict. Should one or
more of these risks or uncertainties, or other risks or uncertainties not currently known to us or
that we currently deem to be immaterial, materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove
incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those anticipated, estimated or projected.
Important factors relating to these risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those
described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors and elsewhere in this report and those described from
time to time in our future reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
We caution that one should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak
only as of the date on which they are made. We disclaim
any intention, obligation or duty to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a
result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.
DEFINITIONS
As used in this report, unless the context requires otherwise, our, us and we mean
Oxford Industries, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. Also, the terms FASB, SFAS, EITF
and SEC mean the Financial Accounting Standards Board, Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards, Emerging Issues Task Force and the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission,
respectively.
3
On October 8, 2007, our board of directors approved a change to our fiscal year end. Effective
with our fiscal year which commenced on June 2, 2007, our fiscal year ends at the end of the
Saturday closest to January 31 and will, in each case, begin at the beginning of the day next
following the last day of the preceding fiscal year. Accordingly,
there was a transition period
from June 2, 2007 through February 2, 2008. We have filed a Form 10-Q for the quarters ended August
31, 2007 and November 30, 2007 and are filing this transition report on Form 10-K for the
transition period from June 2, 2007 through February 2, 2008. Additionally, the terms listed below
(or words of similar import) reflect the respective period noted:
|
|
|
Fiscal
2009 |
|
52 weeks ending
January 30, 2010 |
Fiscal 2008
|
|
52 weeks ending January 31, 2009 |
Eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008
|
|
35 weeks and one day ended February 2, 2008 |
Twelve months ended February 2, 2008
|
|
52 weeks and one day ended February 2, 2008 |
Fiscal 2007
|
|
52 weeks ended June 1, 2007 |
Eight months ended February 2, 2007
|
|
35 weeks ended February 2, 2007 |
Fiscal 2006
|
|
52 weeks ended June 2, 2006 |
Fiscal 2005
|
|
53 weeks ended June 3, 2005 |
Fiscal 2004
|
|
52 weeks ended May 28, 2004 |
Fiscal 2003
|
|
52 weeks ended May 30, 2003 |
|
|
|
Fourth quarter fiscal 2008
|
|
13 weeks ending January 31, 2009 |
Third quarter fiscal 2008
|
|
13 weeks ending November 1, 2008 |
Second quarter fiscal 2008
|
|
13 weeks ending August 2, 2008 |
First quarter fiscal 2008
|
|
13 weeks ending May 3, 2008 |
|
|
|
Third quarter of eight month transition period ended
February 2, 2008
|
|
9 weeks and one day ended February 2, 2008 |
Second quarter of eight month transition period ended
February 2, 2008
|
|
13 weeks ended November 30, 2007 |
First quarter of eight month transition period ended
February 2, 2008
|
|
13 weeks ended August 31, 2007 |
|
|
|
Fourth quarter of twelve months ended February 2, 2008
|
|
13 weeks and one day ending February 2, 2008 |
Third quarter of twelve months ended February 2, 2008
|
|
13 weeks ended November 2, 2007 |
Second quarter of twelve months ended February 2, 2008
|
|
13 weeks ended August 3, 2007 |
First quarter of twelve months ended February 2, 2008
|
|
13 weeks ended May 4, 2007 |
|
|
|
Fourth quarter fiscal 2007
|
|
13 weeks ended June 1, 2007 |
Third quarter fiscal 2007
|
|
13 weeks ended March 2, 2007 |
Second quarter fiscal 2007
|
|
13 weeks ended December 1, 2006 |
First quarter fiscal 2007
|
|
13 weeks ended September 1, 2006 |
|
|
|
Fourth quarter fiscal 2006
|
|
13 weeks ended June 2, 2006 |
Third quarter fiscal 2006
|
|
13 weeks ended March 3, 2006 |
Second quarter fiscal 2006
|
|
13 weeks ended December 2, 2005 |
First quarter ended fiscal 2006
|
|
13 weeks ended September 2, 2005 |
4
PART I
Item 1. Business
BUSINESS AND PRODUCTS
Overview
We are an international apparel design, sourcing and marketing company that features a diverse
portfolio of owned and licensed lifestyle brands, company-owned retail operations, and a collection
of private label apparel businesses. Originally founded in 1942, we have undergone a transformation
in recent years as we migrated from our historical domestic manufacturing roots towards a focus on
designing, sourcing and marketing apparel products bearing prominent trademarks owned by us. During
the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, approximately 62% of our net sales were from products
bearing brands that we own compared to approximately 4% in fiscal 2003.
A key component of our business strategy is to develop and market compelling lifestyle brands
and products that are fashion right and evoke a strong emotional response from our target
consumers. As part of this strategy, we strive to exploit the potential of our existing brands and
products domestically and internationally and, as suitable opportunities arise, to acquire
additional lifestyle brands that we believe fit within our business model. We consider lifestyle
brands to be those brands that have a clearly defined and targeted point of view inspired by an
appealing lifestyle or attitude, such as the Tommy Bahama® and Ben Sherman®
brands. We believe that by generating an emotional connection with our target consumer, lifestyle
brands can command higher price points at retail, resulting in higher profits. We also believe a
successful lifestyle brand can provide opportunities for branded retail operations as well as
licensing ventures in product categories beyond our core apparel business.
Our strategy of emphasizing branded apparel products rather than private label products is
driven in part by the continued consolidation in the retail industry and the increasing
concentration of apparel manufacturing in a relatively limited number of offshore markets, two
trends we believe are making the private label business generally more competitively challenging.
As we embarked on our brand-focused business strategy, the first major step was our acquisition of
the Tommy Bahama brand and operations in June 2003. Then, in July 2004, we acquired the Ben Sherman
brand and operations. In June 2006, another significant step in this transition occurred with the
divestiture of our former Womenswear Group operations which produced private label womens
sportswear, primarily for mass merchants. We have also closed all but one of our manufacturing
facilities. Additionally, subsequent to the acquisition of the Tommy
Bahama and Ben Sherman brands we have continued to invest in these brands by expanding the number
of Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman retail stores each year.
We distribute our products through several wholesale distribution channels including national
chains, department stores, mass merchants, specialty stores, specialty catalog retailers and
Internet retailers. Other than our Ben Sherman operations in the United Kingdom, substantially all
of our net sales are to customers located in the United States. Our largest customer, Macys Inc.
(formerly known as Federated Department Stores, Inc.), represented 11% of our consolidated net
sales in the twelve months ended February 2, 2008. We also operate retail stores, restaurants and
Internet websites for some of our brands.
We divide our operations into four operating groups for reporting purposes. These operating
groups consist of:
|
|
|
Tommy Bahama; |
|
|
|
|
Ben Sherman; |
|
|
|
|
Lanier Clothes; and |
|
|
|
|
Oxford Apparel |
Generally, each operating group is differentiated by its own distinctive brands or products,
product styling, pricing strategies, distribution channels and target consumers. Each operating
group is managed to maximize the return on capital invested and to develop its brands and
operations within the operating group in coordination with our overall strategic plans.
5
We believe that maintaining and growing our owned and licensed brands are critical to our
success. Our owned brands include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
Tommy Bahama®
|
|
Ben Sherman®
|
|
Ely® |
Indigo Palms®
|
|
Nickelson®
|
|
Cattleman® |
Island Soft®
|
|
Oxford Golf®
|
|
Cumberland Outfitters® |
Arnold Brant®
|
|
Solitude®
|
|
Kona Windtm |
Billy London®
|
|
Tranquility Baytm |
|
|
We hold licenses to produce and sell certain categories of apparel and footwear products under
the following brands:
|
|
|
|
|
Nautica®
|
|
Dockers®
|
|
Geoffrey Beene® |
Kenneth Cole®
|
|
O Oscartm
|
|
Evisu® |
Tommy Hilfiger®
|
|
United States Polo Association® |
|
|
Lanier Clothes and Oxford Apparel also sell private label products, which comprised
approximately 25% of our consolidated net sales in the twelve months ended February 2, 2008. We
consider private label sales to be sales of products exclusively to one customer under a brand
name that is owned or licensed by our retail customer and not owned by us.
We operate in highly competitive domestic and international markets in which numerous
U.S-based and foreign apparel firms compete. Our operations are subject to certain risks, many of
which are beyond our ability to control or predict. Important factors relating to these risks
include, but are not limited to, those described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors.
Operating Groups
Our business is operated through four operating groups: Tommy Bahama, Ben Sherman, Lanier
Clothes and Oxford Apparel. We identify our operating groups based on the way our management
organizes the components of our business for purposes of allocating resources and assessing
performance. The leader of each operating group reports directly to our Chief Executive Officer.
The tables below present certain recent financial information about our operating groups (in
thousands).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eight Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months |
|
|
Transition |
|
|
Eight Months |
|
|
|
Ended |
|
|
Period Ended |
|
|
Ended |
|
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
Net Sales |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tommy Bahama |
|
$ |
462,895 |
|
|
$ |
284,611 |
|
|
$ |
286,837 |
|
Ben Sherman |
|
|
158,927 |
|
|
|
101,578 |
|
|
|
99,469 |
|
Lanier Clothes |
|
|
160,705 |
|
|
|
107,457 |
|
|
|
111,910 |
|
Oxford Apparel |
|
|
300,747 |
|
|
|
201,301 |
|
|
|
239,862 |
|
Corporate and Other |
|
|
1,987 |
|
|
|
851 |
|
|
|
1,411 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
1,085,261 |
|
|
$ |
695,798 |
|
|
$ |
739,489 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tommy Bahama |
|
$ |
75,834 |
|
|
$ |
38,041 |
|
|
$ |
43,740 |
|
Ben Sherman |
|
|
8,495 |
|
|
|
4,147 |
|
|
|
4,026 |
|
Lanier Clothes |
|
|
(130 |
) |
|
|
315 |
|
|
|
4,683 |
|
Oxford Apparel |
|
|
20,614 |
|
|
|
12,001 |
|
|
|
14,136 |
|
Corporate and Other |
|
|
(19,153 |
) |
|
|
(13,510 |
) |
|
|
(10,402 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
85,660 |
|
|
$ |
40,994 |
|
|
$ |
56,183 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tommy Bahama |
|
$ |
519,291 |
|
|
$ |
441,657 |
|
Ben Sherman |
|
|
208,829 |
|
|
|
211,997 |
|
Lanier Clothes |
|
|
83,208 |
|
|
|
95,135 |
|
Oxford Apparel |
|
|
102,253 |
|
|
|
103,586 |
|
Corporate and Other |
|
|
(3,309 |
) |
|
|
22,730 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
910,272 |
|
|
$ |
875,105 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For more details on each of our operating groups, see Note 10 of our consolidated financial
statements and Part II, Item 7. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations, both included in this report. For financial information about geographic
areas, see Note 10 of our consolidated financial statements, included in this report.
Tommy Bahama
Tommy Bahama designs, sources and markets mens and womens sportswear and related products
that are intended to define casually elegant living consistent with Tommy Bahamas aspirational
lifestyle brands. Tommy Bahamas products can be found in our own retail stores as well as certain
department stores and independent specialty stores throughout the United States. The target
consumers of Tommy Bahama are affluent 35 and older men and women who embrace a relaxed and casual
approach to daily living. Most of the apparel products offered by Tommy Bahama are intended to be
suitable for both casual and professional environments.
We believe that the continued success of the Tommy Bahama brand is dependent upon careful
selection of higher tier retailers through whom Tommy Bahama products are sold and disciplined
avoidance of lower distribution tiers. Although the Tommy Bahama brand remained profitable during
the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, during the second half of this period Tommy Bahama began
to feel the impact of the current macro economic environment in the United States. We expect this
challenging economic environment to continue in fiscal 2008 and have planned inventory purchases
conservatively for both our wholesale and retail operations, which will limit our sales growth
opportunities. This strategy, however, will also mitigate inventory markdown risk and promotional
pressure for the group. At the same time, we do not believe that it is appropriate to reduce our
investment pace in the Tommy Bahama brand and, accordingly, we will continue to invest in
additional retail stores, our e-commerce website and appropriate marketing expenditures.
Trademarks
Tommy Bahamas brands include the following:
|
|
|
Tommy Bahama, an aspirational lifestyle brand that is intended to define elegant island
living with mens and womens sportswear, swimwear and accessories. |
|
|
|
|
Indigo Palms, which features a collection of denim-related sportswear designed to reflect
an island attitude targeted to appeal to a sophisticated, quality conscious consumer. The
marketing strategy for Indigo Palms includes offering fine fabrics, treatments and styling
in apparel products intended to be luxurious yet casual. |
|
|
|
|
Island Soft, which takes a sophisticated, fashion-minded approach to sportswear. We
believe Island Soft offers a more dressed up alternative to the original Tommy Bahama
collection, featuring a group of innovative jacket/blazer hybrids, as well as trousers,
shirts, sweaters and outerwear. |
|
|
|
|
Tommy Bahama Relaxtm, which is a more casual complement to the Tommy
Bahama brand and features cotton and linen based backyard and poolside attire. |
7
|
|
|
Tommy Bahama Golf 18tm, which brings a tropical take to mens and
womens golfwear featuring high-tech fabrics and performance features. |
A key component of our Tommy Bahama marketing strategy is to operate our own retail stores,
which we believe permits us to develop and build brand awareness by presenting our products and
brands in a setting specifically designed to evoke the lifestyle on which they are based, as
further discussed below. The marketing of our Tommy Bahama brands also uses print, moving media,
promotional programs, internet advertising and tradeshow initiatives. We also provide point-of-sale
materials and signage to our wholesale customers to enhance the presentation of our Tommy Bahama
products at their retail locations. We employ a cooperative
advertising program with certain Tommy Bahama wholesale customers.
Design, Sourcing and Distribution
We believe the quality and design of Tommy Bahama products are critical to the continued
success of the Tommy Bahama brands. Tommy Bahama products are designed by brand specific teams who
focus on the target consumer. The design process includes feedback from buyers, consumers, and
sales agents along with market trend research. Our Tommy Bahama apparel products generally
incorporate fabrics made of silk, linen, tencel or cotton, or blends including one or more of
these fiber types.
Until February 1, 2008, we utilized a third party buying agent located in Hong Kong to manage
the production and sourcing of the substantial majority of our Tommy Bahama products. On February
1, 2008, we acquired this third party buying agent for an aggregate purchase price of $35 million
and now perform these functions internally.
During the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, we utilized approximately 150 suppliers,
which are primarily located in China, to manufacture our Tommy Bahama products on an order-by-order
basis. The largest ten suppliers of Tommy Bahama products provided approximately 75% of the
products acquired during the twelve months ended February 2, 2008. Substantially all Tommy Bahama
products acquired by us were package purchases, which include all raw materials and cut, sew and
finish labor. We do not take ownership of package purchases until the goods are shipped. The use of
third party producers enables us to reduce working capital related to work-in-process inventories.
We ship Tommy Bahama products to our wholesale customers, our own retail stores and our
e-commerce customers from our distribution center located in Auburn, Washington. We seek to
maintain sufficient levels of Tommy Bahama inventory at the distribution center to support programs
for pre-booked orders and planned sales volume.
Wholesale Operations
We believe that the integrity and continued success of the Tommy Bahama brands are dependent
in part upon careful selection of the retailers through whom Tommy Bahama products are sold. Part
of our strategy is to control the distribution of our Tommy Bahama products in a manner intended to
protect and grow the value of the brands. During the twelve months ended February 2, 2008,
approximately 47% of Tommy Bahamas sales were to wholesale customers with the remaining 53% to our
retail, restaurant and e-commerce customers. During the twelve months ended February 2, 2008,
approximately 13% and 10% of Tommy Bahamas net sales were to Tommy Bahamas two largest customers,
Nordstrom, Inc. and Macys Inc. respectively.
We maintain Tommy Bahama apparel sales offices and showrooms in several locations, including
New York and Seattle. Our Tommy Bahama wholesale operations employ a sales force consisting of both
independent commissioned sales representatives and employees.
Licensing Operations
We believe licensing is an attractive business opportunity for the Tommy Bahama brands. Once a
brand is established, licensing typically requires modest additional investment but can yield high
margin income. It also affords the opportunity to enhance overall brand awareness and exposure. In
evaluating a licensee for Tommy Bahama, we typically consider the candidates experience, financial
stability, sourcing expertise and marketing
8
ability. We also evaluate the marketability and compatibility of the proposed licensed
products with other Tommy Bahama products.
Our agreements with Tommy Bahama licensees are for specific geographic areas and expire at
various dates in the future, with certain renewal options in many cases. Generally, the agreements
require minimum royalty payments as well as royalty and advertising payments based on specified
percentages of the licensees net sales of the licensed products. Our license agreements generally
provide us the right to approve all products, advertising and proposed channels of distribution.
Third party license arrangements for our Tommy Bahama products include the following product
categories:
|
|
|
Bedding and bath accessories
|
|
Wallcoverings |
Mens and womens watches
|
|
Rugs |
Mens and womens eyewear
|
|
Ceiling fans |
Mens and womens fragrance
|
|
Indoor furniture |
Mens and womens neckwear
|
|
Outdoor furniture |
Mens and womens shoes, belts and socks
|
|
Umbrellas |
Table top accessories
|
|
Luggage |
Rum |
|
|
Retail Operations
Our retail strategy for Tommy Bahama involves locating stores in upscale malls, lifestyle
shopping centers and resort destinations. Generally, we seek malls and shopping areas with high
profile or luxury consumer brands. Our retail stores carry a wide range of merchandise, including
apparel, footwear, home products and accessories, all presented in an island inspired atmosphere
designed to be comfortable and distinct from the typical retail layout.
Our Tommy Bahama full price retail stores allow us the opportunity to present Tommy Bahamas
full line of current season products, including many licensed products. We believe these retail
stores provide high visibility of the Tommy Bahama brands and products and also enable us to stay
close to the needs and preferences of our consumers. We believe our presentation of products and
our strategy to limit promotional sales in our own retail stores are good for the Tommy Bahama
brand and, in turn, enhance business with our wholesale customers. Our Tommy Bahama outlet stores
serve an important role in overall inventory management by allowing us to sell discontinued and
out-of-season products at better prices than are otherwise available from outside parties, while
helping us to protect the integrity of the Tommy Bahama brands through controlled distribution.
Certain of our retail stores are integrated with a Tommy Bahama restaurant, a configuration we
refer to as a compound.
The table below provides additional information regarding Tommy Bahama retail stores as of
February 2, 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Average |
|
|
of Stores |
|
Square Feet |
Compounds (1) |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
10,400 |
|
Full Price Stores |
|
|
55 |
|
|
|
3,700 |
|
Outlet Stores |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
6,400 |
|
Licensed Stores(2) |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
2,400 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
82 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes average retail space and restaurant space of 3,900 and 6,500 square feet, respectively. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes stores operated outside the United States under the name Tommy Bahama by third parties
pursuant to license agreements with us. |
9
During the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, approximately 53% of Tommy Bahamas net sales
were from our retail store operations, which include retail store, restaurant and e-commerce sales.
For Tommy Bahamas full price retail stores and compounds operating as of February 2, 2007, sales
per square foot, excluding restaurant sales, were approximately $730 during the twelve months ended
February 2, 2008.
During
fiscal 2008, we anticipate opening an additional six to eight Tommy Bahama full price
retail stores including two compounds. We opened four full price retail stores and one compound in the twelve months
ended February 2, 2008. The operation of retail stores and compounds requires a greater amount of
capital investment than wholesale operations. Based on our build-out costs for Tommy Bahama retail
stores and compounds recently completed, we estimate that we spend approximately $1.1 million and
$6.5 million in connection with the build-out of each full price retail store and compound,
respectively. Often, the landlord provides certain incentives to fund a portion of these capital
expenditures.
To further expand our direct-to-consumer approach, we launched e-commerce functionality on the
tommybahama.com website during October 2007 to allow consumers the ability to buy Tommy Bahama
products directly from us via the Internet.
Ben Sherman
Ben Sherman is a London-based designer, marketer and distributor of branded sportswear and
footwear. Ben Sherman was established in 1963 as an edgy, young mens, Mod-inspired shirt brand
and has evolved into a British lifestyle brand of apparel and footwear targeted at
youthful-thinking men and women ages 19 to 35 in multiple markets throughout the world. Today, we
offer a full Ben Sherman sportswear collection as well as tailored clothing, footwear and
accessories. During the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, approximately 81% of Ben Shermans
net sales were outside of the United States. We also license the Ben Sherman name to third parties
for various product categories. Our Ben Sherman products can be found in certain department stores
and a variety of independent specialty stores, as well as in our own Ben Sherman retail stores.
We believe that the integrity and success of the Ben Sherman brand is dependent in part upon
careful selection of the retailers through whom our Ben Sherman products are sold. Beginning during
the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, we commenced an ongoing effort to refocus the brand and
restrict distribution to attain higher price points for our Ben Sherman products in the United
Kingdom. In conjunction with this ongoing repositioning effort, we have combined our Ben Sherman
lines into one global collection under our Ben Sherman black and orange label in order to present
a more unified brand image throughout the world. Our black and orange label apparel products are
generally characterized as having better fabrics and being less conservative and more fashion
forward than our Ben Sherman products previously sold in the United Kingdom. We believe that our
emphasis on a more controlled distribution at higher price points will enhance future opportunities
for the Ben Sherman brand. We anticipate that there will be a further reduction in sales in the
United Kingdom wholesale business in fiscal 2008 as we continue this process.
As we reposition the Ben Sherman brand in the United Kingdom, we are investing in the
expansion of the brand, including investment in an international infrastructure to support future
growth in markets outside of the United Kingdom and United States and investment in additional
retail stores within the United Kingdom and United States. We anticipate sales growth in
international markets outside of the United States and United Kingdom and in our own retail stores,
but such growth is not expected to offset fully the reduction in sales in the United Kingdom
wholesale business.
We market the Ben Sherman brand through print, moving media, promotional programs, internet
marketing and tradeshow initiatives. We also provide point-of-sale materials and signage to
wholesale customers to enhance the presentation of our Ben Sherman products at third party retail
locations. We also employ a cooperative advertising program with certain Ben Sherman wholesale
customers.
Design, Sourcing and Distribution
We believe product quality and design are critical to the continued success of the Ben Sherman
brand. Ben Sherman apparel and footwear products are developed by our dedicated design teams
located at the Ben Sherman
10
headquarters in London, England. Our Ben Sherman design teams focus on the target consumer and
the design process combines feedback from buyers, consumers, and our sales force along with market
trend research. We design our Ben Sherman apparel products to incorporate one or more fiber types,
including cotton, wool or other natural fibers, synthetics or blends of two or more of these
materials.
We primarily utilize a large third party buying agent based in Hong Kong to manage the
production and sourcing of Ben Sherman apparel products primarily in Asia and use another third
party buying agent for our sourcing in Europe and other locations. Through these two buying agents,
we utilized approximately 100 suppliers located throughout the world, but with a concentration in
Asia, to manufacture our Ben Sherman products on an order-by-order basis. The largest ten suppliers
provided approximately 52% of the Ben Sherman products acquired during the twelve months ended
February 2, 2008. Substantially all our Ben Sherman products were package purchases of finished
goods. We do not take ownership of package purchases until the goods are shipped. The use of third
party producers enables us to reduce working capital related to work-in-process inventories.
We use a third party distribution center in the United Kingdom for our Ben Sherman products
sold in the United Kingdom and operate a distribution center in Germany for our Ben Sherman
products sold in continental Europe. In the United States, distribution services are performed for
Ben Sherman by Oxford Apparel at our distribution center in Lyons, Georgia. Distribution center
activities include receiving finished goods from suppliers, inspecting the products and shipping
the products to wholesale customers and our Ben Sherman retail stores. We seek to maintain
sufficient levels of inventory to support our programs for pre-booked orders and anticipated sales
volume and to meet increased customer demand for at-once ordering.
Wholesale Operations
Part of our strategy is to maintain controlled distribution to protect and grow the value of
the Ben Sherman brand. During the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, approximately 86% of Ben
Shermans net sales were to wholesale customers. During the twelve months ended February 2, 2008,
approximately 11% of the net sales of Ben Sherman were to Ben Shermans largest customer,
Debenhams.
We maintain Ben Sherman apparel sales offices and showrooms in several locations, including
London, New York and Dusseldorf. Our wholesale operations for Ben Sherman employ a sales force
consisting of salaried sales employees and independent commissioned sales representatives.
During fiscal 2007, we acquired the company that owns the Nickelson trademark in the United
Kingdom. Nickelson is a British urban brand aimed at a target market of 18-30 year-olds with a
specific slant on the street wear influenced youth market. The Nickelson brand gives us a lower
priced alternative to our Ben Sherman brand in the United Kingdom. We also have a license agreement
which allows us to manufacture, source and distribute Evisu-brand footwear, which supplements our
Ben Sherman brand footwear operations. During the twelve months ended February 2, 2008,
approximately 11% of the net sales of Ben Sherman were sales of Nickelson and Evisu products.
Licensing/Distributor Operations
We license the Ben Sherman trademark to a variety of licensees in categories beyond Ben
Shermans core product categories. We believe licensing is an attractive business opportunity for
the Ben Sherman brand. Once a brand is established, licensing requires modest additional investment
but can yield high margin income. It also affords the opportunity to enhance overall brand
awareness and exposure. In evaluating a potential Ben Sherman licensee, we typically consider the
candidates experience, financial stability, manufacturing performance and marketing ability. We
also evaluate the marketability and compatibility of the proposed products with other Ben
Sherman-brand products.
Our agreements with Ben Sherman licensees are for specific geographic areas and expire at
various dates in the future. Generally, the agreements require minimum royalty payments as well as
royalty and advertising payments based on specified percentages of the licensees net sales of the
licensed products. Our license agreements generally provide us the right to approve all products,
advertising and proposed channels of distribution.
11
Third party license arrangements for Ben Sherman products include the following product
categories:
|
|
|
Mens backpacks, travel bags and wallets
|
|
Mens, womens and boys leather outerwear |
Mens and boys watches and jewelry
|
|
Mens and boys underwear, socks and sleepwear |
Mens and womens eyewear
|
|
Mens gift products |
Mens fragrances and toiletries
|
|
Mens and womens accessories and small leather goods |
Mens neckwear and pocket squares
|
|
Mens hats, caps, scarves and gloves |
Mens and boys belts
|
|
Mens suits and dress shirts |
In addition to the license agreements for the specific product categories listed above, we
have also entered into certain international license/distribution agreements which allow our
partners the opportunity to distribute Ben Sherman products in certain geographic areas around the
world, including Europe, Asia, Australia, South Africa and the Middle East. The majority of the
products distributed by these partners are acquired from us or other product licensees and are
typically identical to the products sold in the United Kingdom and United States. We are in the
early stages of these arrangements for most geographic locations, but we believe there is potential
for further penetration into these markets for the Ben Sherman brand. In most markets, our
license/distribution partners are required to open retail stores in their respective geographic
regions. As of February 2, 2008, our license/distribution partners operated thirteen retail stores
located in Australia, Asia, Europe and the Middle East, identified as licensed stores in the table
below.
Retail Operations
Our retail strategy for the Ben Sherman brand is to locate stores in higher-end malls and
brand-appropriate street locations. Each retail store carries a wide range of merchandise,
including apparel, footwear and accessories, all presented in a manner intended to enhance the Ben
Sherman image. Our full price Ben Sherman retail stores allow the opportunity to present Ben
Shermans full line of current season products, including licensees products. We believe our Ben
Sherman retail stores provide high visibility of the brand and products and also enable us to stay
close to the needs and preferences of consumers. We believe the presentation of these products in
our Ben Sherman retail stores helps build brand awareness and acceptance and thus enhances business
with our wholesale customers. Our outlet stores in the United Kingdom serve an important role in
the overall inventory management by allowing us to sell discontinued and out-of-season products at
better prices than are generally otherwise available from outside parties, while helping us protect
the Ben Sherman brand by controlling the distribution of such products.
The table below provides additional information regarding Ben Sherman retail stores as of
February 2, 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Average |
|
|
of Stores |
|
Square Feet |
United States Full Price Stores |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
4,100 |
|
United Kingdom Full Price Stores |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
2,600 |
|
United Kingdom Outlet Stores |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
1,600 |
|
Licensed Stores |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
1,900 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
|
|
During the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, approximately 15% of Ben Shermans net sales
were from owned retail store operations. Retail sales per square foot were approximately $659 for
our full price Ben Sherman stores open as of February 2, 2007.
During fiscal 2008, we anticipate opening additional full price stores, after opening three
full price stores in the twelve months ended February 2, 2008. The operation of our retail stores
requires a greater amount of capital investment than wholesale operations. Generally we anticipate
spending approximately $1.0 million of capital expenditures to build-out each Ben Sherman full
price retail store. Often, the landlord provides certain incentives to fund a portion of these
capital expenditures. In fiscal 2008, we expect our licensing/distribution partners to open
approximately twelve retail stores, which we do not fund.
12
Our Ben Sherman products are also sold via the Internet in the United Kingdom at
bensherman.co.uk, in the United States at benshermanusa.com and in Germany at bensherman-shop.de.
Lanier Clothes
Lanier Clothes designs and markets branded and private label mens suits, sportcoats, suit
separates and dress slacks across a wide range of price points. Our Lanier Clothes branded products
are sold under trademarks including Nautica, Kenneth Cole, Dockers, O Oscar and Geoffrey Beene, all
of which are licensed to us by third parties. Additionally, we design and market products for our
Arnold Brant and Billy London brands. Arnold Brant is an upscale tailored brand that is intended to
blend modern elements of style with affordable luxury. Billy London is a modern, British inspired,
fashion brand focused towards the value-oriented consumer. In addition to the branded businesses,
we design and source certain private label tailored clothing products. We believe that this private
label business complements our branded tailored clothing businesses. Significant private label
brands for which we produce tailored clothing include Stafford, Alfani, Tasso Elba and Lands End.
Sales of private label products represented approximately 55% of Lanier Clothes net sales during
the twelve months ended February 2, 2008.
Our Lanier Clothes products are sold to national chains, department stores, mass merchants,
specialty stores, specialty catalog retailers and discount retailers throughout the United States.
We believe that superior customer service and supply chain management as well as the design of
quality products are all integral components of our strategy in the branded and private label
tailored clothing market.
In Lanier Clothes, we have long-standing relationships with some of the United States largest
retailers including JCPenney, Macys, Sears, Burlington Coat
Factory and Kohls. These five customers
represented approximately 70% of Lanier Clothes net sales in the twelve months ended February 2,
2008. JCPenney, Macys and Sears represented approximately 26%, 23% and 12%, respectively, of
Lanier Clothes net sales, during the twelve months ended February 2, 2008.
We market our branded tailored clothing products on a brand-by-brand basis targeting distinct
consumer demographics and lifestyles. Our advertising programs are an integral part of the branded
product offerings. For certain tailored clothing products, we employ a cooperative advertising
program.
The twelve months ended February 2, 2008 for Lanier Clothes were significantly impacted by
sluggish demand in the moderate tailored clothing market at retail. These challenges resulted in
lower net sales and gross margins during the period. We expect this challenging environment for the
moderate tailored clothing market to continue into fiscal 2008 and have therefore planned
accordingly.
Design, Manufacturing, Sourcing and Distribution
Our Lanier Clothes design teams are located in New York. Our design teams focus on the target
consumer of each brand and the design process combines feedback from buyers and sales agents with
market trend research.
In the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, the substantial majority of all product purchases
of Lanier Clothes were cut-make-trim (CMT) purchases from third party producers, on an
order-by-order basis. CMT purchases are purchases in which we supply some or all of the raw
materials and purchase cut, sew and finish labor from our third party producers. In CMT purchases,
we procure and retain ownership of the raw materials throughout the manufacturing and finishing
process. We have traditionally used this method in Lanier Clothes to maintain a greater level of
involvement in the manufacturing process given the complexities of manufacturing tailored clothing.
We also operate a manufacturing facility, located in Merida, Mexico, which produced approximately
16% of our Lanier Clothes products during the twelve months ended February 2, 2008.
Substantially all of our CMT purchases and our related raw materials purchases were sourced
from countries outside of the United States. We manage production in Latin America, Asia and Italy
through a combination of efforts from our Lanier Clothes offices in Atlanta, Georgia and third
party buying agents. The ten largest suppliers of Lanier Clothes provided 90% of its products
during the twelve months ended February 2, 2008.
13
Our various Lanier Clothes products are manufactured from a variety of fibers including wool,
silk, bamboo, linen, cotton and other natural fibers as well as synthetics and blends of these
materials. The majority of the materials used in the manufacturing operations are purchased in the
form of woven finished fabrics directly from numerous offshore fabric mills.
For Lanier Clothes, we utilize distribution centers located in Toccoa, Georgia and Greenville,
Georgia. These distribution centers receive substantially all of our Lanier Clothes finished goods
from suppliers, inspect those products and ship the products to our customers. We seek to maintain
sufficient levels of inventory to support programs for pre-booked orders and to meet increased
customer demand for at-once ordering. For selected standard tailored clothing product styles, we
maintain in-stock replenishment programs providing shipment to customers within just a few days of
receiving the order. These types of programs generally require higher inventory levels. Disposal of
excess prior season inventory is an ongoing part of our business.
We maintain apparel sales offices and showrooms for our Lanier Clothes products in several
locations, including Atlanta and New York. We employ a sales force for Lanier Clothes consisting of
salaried employees and independent commissioned sales representatives.
Oxford Apparel
Oxford Apparel produces branded and private label dress shirts, suited separates, sport
shirts, casual slacks, outerwear, sweaters, jeans, swimwear, westernwear and golf apparel. Our
Oxford Apparel products are sold to a variety of department stores, mass merchants, specialty
catalog retailers, discount retailers, specialty retailers, green grass golf merchants and
Internet retailers throughout the United States.
We design and source certain private label programs for several customers including programs
under the Lands End, LL Bean and Eddie Bauer labels. Private label products represented
approximately 59% of Oxford Apparels net sales during the twelve months ended February 2, 2008.
In Oxford Apparel, we have relationships with some of the largest retailers in the United
States including Sears, Mens Wearhouse, Costco, Macys and Target. These five customers
represented approximately 57% of the net sales of Oxford Apparel in the twelve months ended
February 2, 2008, with Sears and Mens Wearhouse representing approximately 17% and 15%,
respectively, of Oxford Apparels net sales.
The following are the more significant Oxford Apparel brands that are owned by us.
|
|
|
Oxford Golf, which was launched in the Fall of 2003. The Oxford Golf
brand is targeted to appeal to a sophisticated golf apparel consumer with a preference for
high quality and classic styling. |
|
|
|
|
The Ely & Walker brands, which include Ely, Cattleman, Ely Casuals®, and
Cumberland Outfitters. These brands are targeted toward a western-style shirt and sportswear
consumer. |
|
|
|
|
Solitude, which is a California lifestyle brand intended to reflect the casual, beach
lifestyle of Santa Barbara and to blend the elements of surf, sand and sun into a full
collection of casual and dress sportswear. We also have other complementary brands of casual
attire, including Kona Wind and Tranquility Bay. |
|
|
|
|
Hathaway, which is a brand that traces its roots back to the 1800s and enjoyed
substantial brand awareness during the 1900s. We own a two-thirds interest in an
unconsolidated entity that owns the Hathaway trademark in the United States and several
other countries, and we sell dress shirts and sportswear under the Hathaway brand. |
In addition to our private label and owned brand business, Oxford Apparel holds licenses from
third parties to use the Tommy Hilfiger, Dockers and United States Polo Association trademarks for
certain product categories.
During the last two years, we took steps to streamline the operations of Oxford Apparel
including the closure of Oxford Apparels last four manufacturing facilities, the consolidation of
certain of the Oxford Apparel support functions and the sale of our Monroe, Georgia facility. As a
continuation of this plan to streamline operations, during the twelve months ended February 2,
2008, we exited certain product lines as we focus on key product categories and exit
underperforming lines of business. We anticipate that net sales for fiscal 2008 will be lower than
net sales in the twelve months ended February 2, 2008.
14
Design, Sourcing and Distribution
Our Oxford Apparel products are designed primarily by design teams located at the Oxford
Apparel offices in New York. The design teams focus on the target consumer and the process
combines feedback from buyers and sales agents along with market trend research. Our Oxford Apparel
products are manufactured from several types of fibers including cotton, linen, wool, silk and
other natural fibers, synthetics and blends of these materials.
During the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, Oxford Apparel acquired the substantial
majority of its products on an order-by-order basis from third party producers outside of the
United States. We operate buying offices in Hong Kong and Singapore that manage the production and
sourcing for Oxford Apparel in Asia. During the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, we used
approximately 125 suppliers in 30 countries for our Oxford Apparel products. Suppliers in Asia
accounted for the substantial majority of our Oxford Apparel product purchases. During the twelve
months ended February 2, 2008, approximately 3% of Oxford Apparels products were sourced from a
facility owned by us in Honduras, which we sold in October 2007, and another 3% was purchased from
a factory in China operated by a joint venture in which we have a 49% ownership interest.
During the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, package purchases represented approximately
93% and CMT purchases represented the remainder of the third party units sourced by Oxford Apparel.
As discussed above, package purchases are purchases of finished goods which include both raw
materials and cut, sew and finish labor. We do not take ownership of package purchases until the
goods are shipped. In CMT purchases, we procure and retain ownership of the raw materials
throughout the manufacturing and finishing process.
We utilize a distribution center owned by us in Lyons, Georgia, and third party distribution
centers, which receive Oxford Apparel finished goods from suppliers, inspect those products and
ship the products to our customers. Some products of Oxford Apparel are shipped to customers
directly on an FOB Foreign Port basis without passing through our distribution center. In FOB
Foreign Port shipments, the customer or the customers freight forwarder handles the in-bound
logistics and customs clearance. FOB Foreign Port transactions represented approximately 32% of the
net sales of Oxford Apparel in the twelve months ended February 2, 2008.
We seek to maintain sufficient levels of inventory to support programs for pre-booked orders
and to meet increased customer demand for at-once ordering. For selected standard product styles,
we maintain in-stock replenishment programs providing shipment to customers typically within a few
days. These types of in-stock replenishment programs generally require higher inventory levels in
order to meet customer requests in a timely manner. Disposal of excess prior season inventory is an
ongoing part of business.
We maintain apparel sales offices and showrooms for Oxford Apparel products in several
locations, including New York. We employ a sales force consisting of salaried and commissioned
sales employees and independent commissioned sales representatives for our Oxford Apparel
operations.
Corporate and Other
Corporate and Other is a reconciling category for reporting purposes and includes our
corporate offices, substantially all financing activities, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments
and other costs that are not allocated to our operating groups.
Discontinued Operations
As discussed in Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements included in this report, we
sold the operations of the Womenswear Group in June 2006. The Womenswear Group produced private
label womens sportswear separates, coordinated sportswear, outerwear, dresses and swimwear
primarily for mass merchants. All transactions and cash flows related to the Womenswear operations
are reflected in discontinued operations in all periods presented in this report.
15
TRADEMARKS
As discussed above, we own trademarks, several of which are very important to our business.
Generally, our significant trademarks are subject to registrations and pending applications
throughout the world for use on a variety of items of apparel, and in some cases, apparel-related
products, accessories, home furnishings and beauty products, as well as in connection with retail
services. We continue to expand our worldwide usage and registration of certain of our trademarks.
In general, trademarks remain valid and enforceable as long as the trademarks are used in
connection with our products and services and the required registration renewals are filed. Our
significant trademarks are discussed within each operating group discussion above. Important
factors relating to risks associated with our trademarks include, but are not limited to, those
described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors.
COMPETITION
We sell our products in highly competitive domestic and international markets in which
numerous United States-based and foreign apparel firms compete. No single apparel firm or small
group of apparel firms dominates the apparel industry. We believe that competition within the
branded apparel industry is based primarily upon design, brand image, consumer preference, price,
quality, marketing and customer service. We believe our ability to compete successfully in styling
and marketing is related to our ability to foresee changes and trends in fashion and consumer
preference, and to present appealing branded and private label products for consumers. Particularly
with respect to our private label businesses, in some instances a retailer that is our customer may
compete directly with us by sourcing its products directly or by marketing its own private label
brands. Important factors relating to risks associated with competition include, but are not
limited to, those described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors.
SEASONAL ASPECTS OF BUSINESS AND ORDER BACKLOG
Seasonal Aspects of Business
Although our various product lines are sold on a year-round basis, the demand for specific
products or styles may be seasonal. For example, the demand for golf and Tommy Bahama products is
higher in the spring and summer seasons. Generally, our products are sold to our wholesale
customers prior to each of the retail selling seasons, including spring, summer, fall and holiday.
As the timing of product shipments and other events affecting the retail business may vary, results
for any particular quarter may not be indicative of results for the full year. The percentage of
net sales by quarter for the twelve months ended February 2, 2008 was 27%, 23%, 26% and 24%,
respectively, and the percentage of earnings before income taxes by quarter for the twelve months
ended February 2, 2008 was 40%, 18%, 28% and 14%, respectively,
which we do not believe is indicative of the distribution in future years as the last three quarters of the twelve months
ended February 2, 2008 were impacted by the current economic environment.
Order Backlog
As of February 2, 2008 and February 2, 2007, we had booked orders totaling $269.3 million and
$290.5 million, respectively, substantially all of which we expect will be or were shipped within
six months after each such date. Once we receive a specific purchase order, the dollar value of
such order is included in our booked orders. A portion of our business consists of at-once EDI
Quick Response programs with large retailers. Replenishment shipments under these programs
generally have such an abbreviated order life that they are excluded from the order backlog
completely. We do not believe that this backlog information is necessarily indicative of sales to
be expected for future periods.
TRADE REGULATION
International trade agreements, trade preference arrangements and trade legislation are
important to our business because most apparel imports into the United States are highly
restricted. There are two key types of restrictions. First, there are duties levied on the value of
imported apparel. The duty rates on the cotton and wool product categories that cover the majority
of our products range from 15% to 20%. Silk products represent a significant portion of our Tommy
Bahama products and are generally subject to duty rates of less than 5%. Second, until January 1,
2005, the United States had implemented restrictive quotas on the importation of many
classifications of textiles and apparel products from most of the major apparel-producing
countries, including most of the countries
16
where we produce apparel and including the cotton and wool product categories that cover the
majority of our products. These quota restraints placed numerical limits on the quantity of
garments permitted to be imported into the United States in a given year on a by country and by
product category basis. The effect of these quotas was to limit the amount of apparel that could be
sourced in the countries that offered the most competitive fabrics and most competitive apparel
manufacturing. As a result, a substantial portion of cotton and wool apparel imported into the
United States was sourced, prior to January 1, 2005, from countries that would not be the most
competitive producers in the absence of quotas. Silk products were not subject to quota restraints.
Notwithstanding
quota elimination, Chinas accession agreement for membership in
the WTO provides that WTO member countries (including the U.S.,
Canada and European countries) may reimpose quotas on specific
categories of products in the event it is determined that imports
from China have surged and are threatening to create a market
disruption for such categories of products (so called safeguard
quota provisions). In response to surging imports, in November
2005 the U.S. and China agreed to a new quota arrangement which will
impose quotas on certain textile products through the end of calendar
2008. Additionally, WTO members may impose additional duties or
quotas under certain circumstances. During the twelve months ended
February 2, 2008, we sourced approximately 45% of our product
purchases from China.
Absent the non-market restrictions created by quotas and absent duty saving advantages
available with respect to the products of certain countries under the terms of various free trade
agreements and trade preference arrangements, we generally believe that the most competitive
fabrics and apparel manufacturing are in Asia and the Indian sub-continent. Consequently, the
elimination of quotas has resulted in a reduction in our western hemisphere sourcing and
manufacturing activities and an increase in our sourcing and manufacturing activities in Asia and
the Indian sub-continent. The trend away from western hemisphere sourcing and manufacturing may be
slowed to some extent by various current and proposed free trade agreements and trade preference
programs, such as the North American Free Trade Agreement and the Andean Trade Preference and Drug
Eradication Act.
Furthermore, under long-standing statutory authority applicable to imported goods in general,
the United States may unilaterally impose additional duties:
|
|
|
when imported merchandise is sold at less than fair value
and causes material injury, or threatens to cause material injury, to
the domestic industry producing a comparable product (generally known
as anti-dumping duties); or |
|
|
|
|
when foreign producers receive certain types of governmental
subsidies, and when the importation of their subsidized goods causes
material injury, or threatens to cause material injury, to the
domestic industry producing a comparable product (generally known as
countervailing duties). |
The imposition of anti-dumping or countervailing duties on products we import would increase
the cost of those products to us.
We believe that by selecting the locations where we produce or source our products based in
part on trade regulations, we are effective and will continue to be effective in using various
trade preference agreements and legislation to our competitive advantage. However, the elimination
of, or other changes to, certain free-trade treatment or our inability to qualify for such
free-trade benefits would adversely impact our business by increasing our cost of goods sold.
We believe that with respect to most of our production, we will continue to be able to source
from the most competitive countries because of the flexibility of our sourcing base. This
flexibility primarily arises because, while we have long-term relationships with many of our
contract manufacturers, we do not have long-term contractual commitments to them and are able to
move our production to alternative locations if competitive market forces so dictate. The relative
ease with which we can exit our contract manufacturing facilities, if necessary, provides us with
the ability to shift our production relatively quickly as different countries become more
competitive as a source for manufacturing due to changes in the trade regulation environment or
other changes. However, if we cannot shift our production in a timely manner or cannot find
alternative sourcing at comparable prices, our cost of goods sold may increase. We may not be able
to pass on any such cost increase to our customers.
Apparel
and other products sold by us are also subject to regulation in the
U.S. and other countries by other governmental agencies, including,
in the U.S., the Federal Trade Commission, U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service and the Consumer Products Safety Commission. These
regulations relate principally to product labeling, licensing
requirements and flammability testing. We believe that we are in
substantial compliance with those regulations, as well as applicable
federal, state, local, and foreign rules and regulations governing the
discharge of materials hazardous to the environment. We do not
estimate any significant capital expenditures for environmental
control matters either in the current year or in the near future. Our
licensed products and licensing partners are also subject to
regulation. Our agreements require our licensing partners to operate
in compliance with all laws and regulations, and we are not aware of
any violations which could reasonably be expected to have a material
adverse effect on our business or results of operations.
Important factors relating to risks associated with trade regulation include, but are not
limited to, those described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors.
17
EMPLOYEES
As of February 2, 2008, we employed approximately 4,600 persons, of whom approximately 70%
were employed in the United States. Approximately 48% of our employees were retail store and
restaurant employees. We believe our employee relations are good.
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
Our Internet address is www.oxfordinc.com. Under Investor Info on the home page of our
website, we have provided a link to the SECs website where, among other things, our annual report
on Form 10-K, proxy statement, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and
amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are available once we electronically file such material with, or
furnish it to, the SEC. Additionally, our Corporate Governance Guidelines, as well as the charters
of our Audit Committee and Nominating, Compensation and Governance Committee of our board of
directors, are available under Corporate Governance on the home page of our website. Copies of
these documents will be provided to any shareholder who requests a copy in writing.
In addition, we will provide, at no cost, paper or electronic copies of our reports and other
filings made with the SEC. Requests should be directed to our principal executive offices at:
Investor Relations Department
Oxford Industries, Inc.
222 Piedmont Avenue, N.E.
Atlanta, GA 30308
info@oxfordinc.com
(404) 659-2424
The information on the website listed above is not and should not be considered part of this
Transition Report on Form 10-K and is not incorporated by reference in this document.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Our business faces certain risks, many of which are outside our control. The following
factors, as well as factors described elsewhere in this report or in our other filings with the
SEC, which could materially affect our business, financial condition or operating results, should
be carefully considered in evaluating our company and the forward-looking statements contained in
this report or future reports. The risks described below are not the only risks facing our company.
If any of the following risks, or other risks or uncertainties not currently known to us or that we
currently deem to be immaterial, actually occur, our business, financial condition or operating
results could suffer.
The apparel industry is heavily influenced by general economic cycles, which could adversely
affect our sales, increase our costs of goods sold or require us to significantly modify our
current business practices.
The apparel industry is cyclical and dependent upon the overall level of discretionary
consumer spending, which changes as regional, domestic and international economic conditions
change. Overall economic conditions that affect discretionary consumer spending include, but are
not limited to, employment levels, recession, energy costs, interest rates, tax rates, personal
debt levels, the recent housing slump in the U.S. and stock market volatility. Uncertainty about
the future may also impact the level of discretionary consumer spending or result in shifts in
consumer spending to products other than apparel. Any deterioration in general economic or
political conditions, acts of war or terrorism or other factors that create uncertainty or alter
the discretionary consumer habits in our key markets, particularly the United States and the United
Kingdom, could reduce our sales, increase our costs of goods sold or require us to significantly
modify our current business practices, and consequently harm our results of operations.
In particular, the significant decline in economic growth, both in the U.S. and globally,
during our eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 has led to a U.S. economy bordering
on recession. As an apparel design, sourcing and marketing company, we are vulnerable to negative
consequences arising from this overall economic
18
weakness, and the apparel industry, which is dependent upon the overall level of discretionary
consumer spending, tends to experience longer periods of recession and greater declines than the
general economy. If the current economic climate does not improve in the near future, our sales and
profitability are likely to be adversely affected. These and other events that impact our operating
results could also result in adverse consequences to our business, such as our failure to satisfy
financial covenants under our debt instruments or our inability to continue to meet minimum sales
thresholds to certain of our licensors.
The apparel industry is highly competitive and we face significant competitive threats to our
business from various third parties that could reduce our sales, increase our costs, result in
reduced price points for our products and/or result in decreased margins.
The apparel industry is highly competitive. Our competitors include numerous apparel
designers, manufacturers, distributors, importers, licensors, and retailers, some of which may also
be our customers. The level and nature of our competition varies and the number of our direct
competitors and the intensity of competition may increase as we expand into other markets or as
other companies expand into our markets. Some of our competitors may be able to adapt to changes in
consumer demand more quickly, devote greater resources to establishing brand recognition or adopt
more aggressive pricing policies than we can. In addition, with respect to certain of our
businesses, retailers that are our customers may pose a significant competitive threat by sourcing
their products directly or marketing their own private label brands. These competitive factors
within the apparel industry may result in reduced sales, increased costs, lower prices for our
products and/or decreased margins.
The apparel industry is subject to rapidly evolving fashion trends, and we must continuously offer
innovative and market appropriate products to maintain and grow our existing businesses. Failure
to offer innovative and market appropriate products may adversely affect our sales and lead to
excess inventory, markdowns and/or dilution of our brands.
We believe that the principal competitive factors in the apparel industry are design, brand
image, consumer preference, price, quality, marketing and customer service. Although certain of our
products carry over from season to season, the apparel industry in general is subject to rapidly
changing fashion trends and shifting consumer demands. Accordingly, we must anticipate, identify
and capitalize upon emerging, as well as proven, fashion trends. We believe that our success
depends on our ability to continuously develop, source, market and deliver a wide variety of
innovative, fashionable and salable brands and products. These products must be offered at
appropriate price points in the respective distribution channels. Sales growth from our brands will
depend largely upon our ability to continue to maintain and enhance the distinctive brand
identities.
Due to the competitive nature of the apparel industry, there can be no assurance that the
demand for our products will not decline or that we will be able to successfully evaluate and adapt
our products to align with consumers preferences, fashion trends and changes in consumer
demographics. As is typical with new products, market acceptance of new price points, designs and
products is subject to uncertainty. Similar risks of consumer acceptance are applicable to a
repositioning of a brand, as is currently occurring with our Ben Sherman brand in the United
Kingdom. In addition, the introduction or repositioning of new lines and products often requires
substantial costs in design, marketing and advertising, which may not be recovered if the products
are not successful. Any failure on our part to develop appealing products and update core products
could result in lower sales and/or harm the reputation and
desirability of our products. Additionally, such a failure could leave us
with a substantial amount of unsold excess inventory, which we may be forced to sell at lower price
points. Any of these factors could result in the deterioration in the appeal of our brands and
products, adversely affecting our business, financial condition and operating results.
Our business depends on our senior management and other key personnel, and the unexpected loss of
individuals integral to our business, our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel in
the future or our failure to successfully plan for and implement succession of our senior
management and key personnel may have an adverse effect on our operations, business relationships
and ability to execute our strategies.
Our success depends upon disciplined execution at all levels of our organization, including
our senior management. Competition for qualified personnel in the apparel industry is intense, and
we compete to attract and retain these individuals with other companies which may have greater
financial resources. In addition, we will need to plan for the succession of our senior management
and successfully integrate new members of management within
19
our organization. As we previously announced, one of the founders of Tommy Bahama who is its
current chief executive officer will be retiring effective June 1, 2008.
The unexpected loss of J. Hicks Lanier, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, or any of our
other senior management, or the unsuccessful integration of the new chief executive officer of
Tommy Bahama within our organization, could materially adversely affect our operations, business
relationships and ability to execute our strategies.
We depend on a group of key customers for a significant portion of our sales. A significant
adverse change in a customer relationship or in a customers financial position could negatively
impact our net sales and profitability.
We generate a significant percentage of our sales from a few major customers. During the
twelve months ended February 2, 2008, sales to our ten largest customers accounted for
approximately 45% of our total net sales. In addition, the net sales of our individual operating
groups may be concentrated among several large customers. Continued consolidation in the retail
industry could result in a decrease in the number of stores that carry our products, restructuring
of our customers operations, more centralized purchasing decisions, direct sourcing and greater
leverage by customers, potentially resulting in lower prices, realignment of customer affiliations
or other factors which could negatively impact our net sales and profitability.
We generally do not have long-term contracts with any of our customers. Instead, we rely on
long-standing relationships with these customers and our position within the marketplace. As a
result, purchases generally occur on an order-by-order basis, and each relationship can generally
be terminated by either party at any time. A decision by one or more major customers to terminate
its relationship with us or to reduce its purchases from us, whether motivated by competitive
considerations, quality or style issues, financial difficulties, economic conditions or otherwise,
could adversely affect our net sales and profitability, as it would be difficult to immediately, if
at all, replace this business with new customers or increase sales volumes with other existing
customers.
In addition, due to long product lead times, several of our product lines are designed and
manufactured in anticipation of orders for sale. We make commitments for fabric and production in
connection with these lines. These commitments can be made up to several months prior to the
receipt of firm orders from customers and if orders do not materialize or are canceled, we may
incur expenses to terminate our fabric and production commitments and dispose of excess
inventories.
We also extend credit to several of our key customers without requiring collateral, which
results in a large amount of receivables from just a few customers. During the past several years,
various companies in the apparel industry, including some of our customers, have experienced
significant changes and difficulties, including restructurings, bankruptcies and liquidations. If
one or more of our key customers experiences significant problems in the future, including as a
result of general weakness in the apparel industry, our sales may be reduced and the risk of
extending credit to these customers may increase. A significant adverse change in a customers
financial position could cause us to limit or discontinue business with that customer, require us
to assume greater credit risk relating to that customers receivables or limit our ability to
collect amounts related to previous shipments to that customer. These or other events related to
our significant customers could have a material adverse effect on our net sales and profitability.
Our operations are reliant on information technology, and any interruption or other failure in our
information technology systems may impair our ability to compete effectively in the apparel
industry, including our ability to provide services to our customers and meet the needs of
management.
The efficient operation of our business is dependent on information technology. Information
systems are used in all stages of our operations from design to distribution and as a method of
communication with our customers and suppliers as well as our domestic and foreign employees.
Additionally, certain of our operating groups utilize e-commerce websites to sell goods directly to
consumers. Our management also relies on information systems to provide relevant and accurate
information in order to allocate resources and forecast and report our operating results. Service
interruptions may occur as a result of a number of factors, including computer viruses, hacking or
other unlawful activities by third parties, disasters, or failures to properly install, upgrade,
integrate, protect, repair or
20
maintain our systems and e-commerce websites. In connection with our periodic assessment of
the appropriateness and relevance of our financial and operational systems, we have commenced
implementation of a new integrated financial system in fiscal 2008. Additionally, future
assessments could result in a change to or replacement of our systems in the future. There can be
no assurances that we will be successful in developing or acquiring competitive systems, including
an integrated financial system, which are responsive to our needs and the needs of our customers.
Any interruption, or other failure, of critical business information systems, including an
interruption or failure caused by our inability to successfully upgrade or change our financial or
operational systems, could cause difficulties in operating our business and communicating with our
customers, or our ability to report our financial results, which could cause our sales and profits
to decrease.
Our concentration of retail stores and wholesale customers for certain of our products exposes us
to certain regional risks.
Our retail locations are heavily concentrated in certain geographic areas in the United
States, including Florida, California, Hawaii, Arizona and Nevada, for our Tommy Bahama retail
stores and the United Kingdom for our Ben Sherman retail stores. Additionally, a significant
portion of our wholesale sales for Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman products are concentrated in the
same geographic areas as our own retail store locations for the brands. Due to this concentration,
we have heightened exposure to factors that impact these regions, including general economic
conditions, weather patterns, natural disasters, changing demographics and other factors.
We make use of debt to finance our operations, which exposes us to risks that could adversely
affect our business, financial position and operating results.
Our levels of debt vary as a result of the seasonality of our business, investments in
acquisitions and working capital and divestitures. As of February 2, 2008, we had approximately
$72.9 million outstanding under our U.S. revolving credit facility which matures in July 2009 and
$200 million of senior unsecured notes. Our debt levels may increase in the future under our
existing facilities or potentially under new facilities, or the terms or forms of our financing
arrangements in the future may change, which may increase our exposure to the items discussed
below.
Our indebtedness includes, and any future indebtedness may include, certain obligations and
limitations, including the periodic payment of principal and interest, maintenance of certain
financial covenants and certain other limitations related to additional debt, dividend payments,
investments and dispositions of assets. Our ability to satisfy these obligations will be dependent
upon our business, financial condition and operating results. These obligations and limitations may
increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions, place us at a competitive
disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less indebtedness and limit our flexibility in
carrying out our business plan and planning for, or reacting to, changes in the industry in which
we operate.
As indebtedness matures, we will be required to extend or refinance such indebtedness, sell
assets to repay the indebtedness or raise equity to fund the repayment of the indebtedness.
Additionally, a breach of the covenants relating to our indebtedness could result in an event of
default under those instruments, in some instances allowing the holders of that indebtedness to
declare all outstanding indebtedness immediately due and payable. At maturity or in the event of an
acceleration of payment obligations, we would likely be unable to pay our outstanding indebtedness
with our cash and cash equivalents then on hand. We would, therefore, be required to seek
alternative sources of funding, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, terms
as favorable as our current agreements or at all, or face bankruptcy. If we are unable to refinance
our indebtedness or find alternative means of financing our operations, we may be required to
curtail our operations or take other actions that are inconsistent with our current business
practices or strategy.
We have interest rate risk on a portion of our indebtedness, as certain of our indebtedness is
based on variable interest rates. We generally do not engage in hedging activities with respect to
our interest rate risk. An increase in interest rates may require us to pay a greater amount of our
funds from operations towards interest even if the amount of borrowings outstanding remains the
same. As a result, we may have to revise or delay our business plans, reduce or delay capital
expenditures or otherwise adjust our plans for operations.
21
We are dependent upon the availability of raw materials and the ability of our third party
producers, substantially all of whom are located in foreign countries, to meet our requirements;
any failures by these producers to meet our requirements, or the unavailability of suitable
producers or raw materials at reasonable prices may negatively impact our ability to deliver
quality products to our customers on a timely basis or result in higher costs or reduced net
sales.
We source substantially all of our products from non-exclusive third party producers located
in foreign countries. Although we place a high value on long-term relationships with our suppliers,
generally we do not have long-term contracts, but instead typically conduct business on an
order-by-order basis. Therefore, we compete with other companies for the production capacity of
independent manufacturers. We regularly depend upon the ability of third party producers to secure
a sufficient supply of raw materials, adequately finance the production of goods ordered and
maintain sufficient manufacturing and shipping capacity. Although we monitor production in third
party manufacturing locations, we cannot be certain that we will not experience operational
difficulties with our manufacturers, such as the reduction of availability of production capacity,
errors in complying with product specifications, insufficient quality control, failures to meet
production deadlines or increases in manufacturing costs. Such difficulties may negatively impact
our ability to deliver quality products to our customers on a timely basis, which may have a
negative impact on our customer relationships and result in lower net sales.
Most of the products we purchase from third party producers are package purchases, and we and
our third party suppliers rely on the availability of raw materials at reasonable prices. The
principal fabrics used in our business are cotton, linens, wools, silk, other natural fibers,
synthetics and blends of these materials. The prices paid for these fabrics depend on the market
price for raw materials used to produce them. The price and availability of certain raw materials
has in the past fluctuated, and may in the future fluctuate depending on a variety of factors,
including crop yields, weather, supply conditions, government regulation, war, terrorism, labor
unrest, global health concerns, economic climate, the cost of petroleum and other, unpredictable
factors. Additionally, costs of our third party providers or our transportation costs may increase
due to these same factors. We have not historically entered into any futures contracts to hedge
commodity prices. Any significant increase in the price of raw materials or decrease in the
availability of raw materials could cause delays in product deliveries to our customers, which
could have an adverse impact on our customer relationships, and/or increase our costs, some or all
of which we may be unable to pass on to our customers.
We also require third party producers to meet certain standards in terms of working
conditions, environmental protection and other matters before placing business with them. As a
result of higher costs relating to compliance with these standards, we may pay higher prices than
some of our competitors for products. In addition, the labor and business practices of independent
apparel manufacturers have received increased attention from the media,
non-governmental organizations, consumers and governmental agencies in recent years. Failure
by us or our independent manufacturers to adhere to labor or other laws or business practices
accepted as ethical in our key markets, and the potential litigation, negative publicity and
political pressure relating to any of these events, could disrupt our operations or harm our
reputation.
Since we source substantially all of our products from third party producers located in foreign
countries, our business is subject to legal, regulatory, political and economic risks, including
risks relating to the importation of our products, and our products may become less competitive as
a result of adverse changes affecting our international operations.
As we source substantially all of our products from foreign countries, including approximately
45% of our product purchases from China during the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, we are
exposed to risks associated with changes in the laws and regulations governing the importing and
exporting of apparel products into and from the countries in which we operate.
Some of the risks associated with importing our products from foreign countries include quotas
imposed by countries in which our products are manufactured or countries into which our products
are imported, which limit the amount and type of goods that may be imported annually from or into
these countries; changes in social, political, labor and economic conditions or terrorist acts that
could result in the disruption of trade from the countries in which our manufacturers are located;
the imposition of additional or new duties, tariffs, taxes or other charges and shifts in sourcing
patterns as a result of such charges; significant fluctuations in the cost of raw materials;
significant delays
22
in the delivery of our products due to security considerations; rapid fluctuations in sourcing
costs, including costs for raw materials and labor, including as a result of the elimination of
quota on apparel products; the imposition of antidumping or countervailing duty proceedings
resulting in the potential assessment of special antidumping or countervailing duties; fluctuations
in the value of the dollar against foreign currencies; and restrictions on the transfer of funds to
or from foreign countries.
We currently benefit from duty-free treatment under international trade agreements and
regulations such as the North American Free Trade Agreement and the Andean Trade Preference and
Drug Eradication Act. The elimination of such treatment or our inability to qualify for such
benefits would adversely impact our business by increasing our cost of goods sold. In addition,
China has agreed to safeguard quota on certain classes of apparel products through 2008 as a result
of a surge in exports to the United States; however, political pressure will likely continue for
restraint on the importation of apparel products in the future.
Our or any of our suppliers failure to comply with customs or similar laws could restrict our
ability to import products or lead to fines, penalties or adverse publicity, and future regulatory
actions or trade agreements may provide our competitors with a material advantage over us or
materially increase our costs.
The acquisition of new businesses has certain inherent risks, including, for example, strains on
our management team and unexpected acquisition costs.
One component of our business strategy is the acquisition of new businesses or product lines
as and when appropriate investment opportunities are available. Our sales growth may be limited if
we are unable to find suitable acquisition candidates at reasonable prices in the future, if we are
unsuccessful in integrating any acquired businesses in a timely manner or if the acquisitions do
not achieve the anticipated results. Evaluating and completing acquisitions in the future may
strain our administrative, operational and financial resources and distract our management from our
other businesses.
In addition, integrating acquired businesses is a complex, time-consuming, and expensive
process. The integration process for newly acquired businesses could create a number of challenges
and adverse consequences for us associated with the integration of product lines, employees, sales
teams and outsourced manufacturers; employee turnover, including key management and creative
personnel of the acquired and existing businesses; disruption in product cycles for newly acquired
product lines; maintenance of acceptable standards, controls, procedures and policies; and the
impairment of relationships with customers of the acquired and existing businesses. Further, we may
not be able to manage the combined operations and assets effectively or realize the anticipated
benefits of the acquisition.
As a result of acquisitions that have occurred or may occur in the future, we may become
responsible for unexpected liabilities that we failed to discover in the course of performing due
diligence in connection with the acquired businesses. We cannot be assured that any indemnification
to which we may be entitled from the sellers will be enforceable, collectible or sufficient in
amount, scope or duration to fully offset the possible liabilities associated with the business
acquired.
Divestitures of certain businesses or discontinuations of certain product lines may require us to
find alternative uses for our resources.
We may determine in the near future that it is appropriate to divest or discontinue certain
operations as we did in fiscal 2006 when we divested our Womenswear Group operations and as we have
more recently in exiting certain product categories in our Oxford Apparel Group. Divestitures of
certain businesses that do not align with the strategy of our company as a whole or the
discontinuation of certain product lines which may not provide the returns that we expect or desire
may result in under-utilization of our resources in the event that the operations are not replaced
with new lines of business either internally or through acquisition. There can be no guarantee that
if we divest certain businesses or discontinue certain product lines that we will be able to
replace the sales and profits related to these businesses or appropriately utilize our remaining
resources, which may result in a decline in our operating results.
23
We may be unable to protect our trademarks and other intellectual property or may otherwise have
our brand names harmed.
We believe that our registered and common law trademarks and other intellectual property, as
well as other contractual arrangements including licenses and other proprietary intellectual
property rights, have significant value and are important to our continued success and our
competitive position due to their recognition by retailers and consumers. Approximately 62% of our
net sales in the twelve months ended February 2, 2008 was attributable to branded products for
which we own the trademark. Therefore, our success depends to a significant degree upon our ability
to protect and preserve our intellectual property. We rely on laws in the United States and other
countries to protect our proprietary rights. However, we may not be able to sufficiently prevent
third parties from using our intellectual property without our authorization, particularly in those
countries where the laws do not protect our proprietary rights as fully as in the United States.
Additionally, there can be no assurance that the actions that we have taken will be adequate
to prevent others from seeking to block sales of our products as violations of proprietary rights.
Although we have not been materially inhibited from selling products in connection with trademark
disputes, as we extend our brands into new product categories and new product lines and expand the
geographic scope of our marketing, we could become subject to litigation based on allegations of
the infringement of intellectual property rights of third parties. In the event a claim of
infringement against us is successful, we may be required to pay damages, royalties or license fees
to continue to use intellectual property rights that we had been using or we may be unable to
obtain necessary licenses from third parties at a reasonable cost or within a reasonable time.
Litigation and other legal action of this type, regardless of whether it is successful, could
result in substantial costs to us and diversion of our management and other resources.
Our success depends on the reputation and value of our owned and licensed brand names, including,
in particular, Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman, and actions by our wholesale customers or others who
have interests in our brands could diminish the reputation or value of our brands and materially
adversely affect our business operations.
The success of our business depends on the reputation and value of our owned and licensed
brand names. The value of our brands could be diminished by actions taken by our wholesale
customers or others who have interests in the brands. Because we cannot always control the
marketing and promotion of our products by our wholesale customers or other third parties who have
an interest in our brands, actions by such parties that are inconsistent with our own marketing
efforts or that otherwise adversely affects the appeal of our products could diminish the value or
reputation of one or more of our brands and have a material adverse effect on our sales and
business operations.
We rely on our licensing partners to preserve the value of our brands and as a source of royalty
income.
Certain of our brands, such as Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman, have a reputation of outstanding
quality and name recognition, which make the brands valuable as a source of royalty income. During
the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, we recognized approximately $16.1 million of royalty
income. While we take significant steps to ensure the reputation of our brands is maintained
through our license agreements, there can be no guarantee our brands will not be negatively
impacted through our association with products outside of our core apparel products or due to the
actions of a licensee. The improper or detrimental actions of a licensee may not only result in a
decrease in the sales of our licensees products but also could significantly impact the perception
of our brands. If the licensees products are not acceptable to consumers, if the licensees
actions are detrimental to our brands or if we do not add new license agreements, our net sales,
royalty income and reputation could be negatively impacted.
Our sales and operating results are influenced by weather patterns and natural disasters.
Like other companies in the apparel industry, our sales volume may be adversely affected by
unseasonable weather conditions or natural disasters, which may cause consumers to alter their
purchasing habits or result in a disruption to our operations. Because of the seasonality of our
business and the concentration of a significant proportion of our customers in certain geographic
regions, the occurrence of such events could disproportionately impact our business, financial
condition and operating results.
Our foreign sourcing operations as well as the sale of products in foreign markets result in an
exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.
As a result of our international operations, we are exposed to certain risks in conducting
business outside of the United States. Substantially all of our orders to have goods produced in
foreign countries are denominated in U.S. dollars. Purchase prices for our products may be impacted
by fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the local currencies of the
contract manufacturers, either of which may have the effect of increasing our cost of goods sold in
the future. If the value of the U.S. dollar decreases relative to certain foreign currencies in the
future, then the prices that we negotiate for products could increase, and it is possible that we
would not be able to pass this increase on to customers, which would negatively impact our margins.
If the value of the U.S. dollar increases between the time a price is set and payment for a
product, the price we pay may be higher than that paid for comparable goods by any competitors that
pay for goods in local currencies, and these competitors may be able to sell their products at more
competitive prices. Additionally, currency fluctuations could also disrupt the business
24
of our independent manufacturers that produce our products by making their purchases of raw
materials more expensive and difficult to finance.
We received U.S. dollars for greater than 85% of our product sales during the twelve months
ended February 2, 2008. The sales denominated in foreign currencies primarily relate to Ben Sherman
sales in the United Kingdom and Europe. An increase in the value of the U.S. dollar compared to
these other currencies in which we have sales could result in lower levels of sales and earnings in
our consolidated statements of earnings, although the sales in foreign currencies could be equal to
or greater than amounts in prior periods. We generally do not engage in hedging activities with
respect to our exposure to foreign currency risk except that, on occasion, we do purchase foreign
currency forward exchange contracts for our goods purchased on U.S. dollar terms that are expected
to be sold in the United Kingdom and Europe.
We are dependent on a limited number of distribution centers, making our operations particularly
susceptible to disruption.
Our ability to meet customer expectations, manage inventory and achieve objectives for
operating efficiencies depends on the proper operation of our primary distribution facilities, some
of which are owned and others of which are operated by third parties. Finished garments from our
contractors are inspected and stored at these distribution facilities. If any of these distribution
facilities were to shut down or otherwise become inoperable or inaccessible for any reason, we
could experience a reduction in sales, a substantial loss of inventory or higher costs and longer
lead times associated with the distribution of our products during the time it takes to reopen or
replace the facility. This could negatively affect our operating results and our customer
relationships.
We hold licenses for the use of other parties brand names, and we cannot guarantee our continued
use of such brand names or the quality or salability of such brand names.
We have entered into license and design agreements to use certain trademarks and trade names,
such as Nautica, Kenneth Cole, Tommy Hilfiger, Dockers, O Oscar and Geoffrey Beene to market our
products. Approximately 13% of our net sales during the twelve months ended February 2, 2008
related to the products for which we license the use of the trademark for specific product
categories. These license and design agreements will expire at various dates in the future.
Although we believe our relationships with our principal licensors are generally favorable, we
cannot guarantee that we will be able to renew these licenses on acceptable terms upon expiration
or that we will be able to acquire new licenses to use other popular trademarks. If any one or more
of these licenses expires or is terminated, we will lose the sales and any associated profits
generated pursuant to such license.
In addition to certain compliance obligations, all of our significant licenses provide minimum
thresholds for royalty payments and advertising expenditures for each license year, which we must
pay regardless of the level of our sales of the licensed products. If these thresholds are not met
due to a general economic downturn or otherwise, our licensors may be permitted contractually to
terminate these agreements or seek payment of minimum royalties even if the minimum sales are not
achieved. In addition, our licensors produce their own products and license their trademarks to
other third parties, and we are unable to control the quality of these goods that others produce.
If licensors or others do not maintain the quality of these trademarks or if the brand image
deteriorates, our sales and any associated profits generated by such brands may decline.
25
We may not be successful in operating existing retail stores and restaurants or in opening new
retail stores and restaurants.
An integral part of our strategy is to develop and operate retail stores and restaurants for
certain of our brands. Net sales from retail stores and restaurants were approximately 25% of our
consolidated net sales during the twelve months ended February 2, 2008. In addition to the general
risks associated with the apparel industry, risks associated with our retail and restaurant
operations include our ability to find and select appropriate locations. Other risks include our
ability to negotiate acceptable lease terms; build-out the facilities; source sufficient levels of
consumer desirable inventory; hire, train and retain competent personnel; abide by applicable labor
laws; and apply appropriate pricing strategies. Retail stores and restaurants involve a significant
capital investment and incur significant fixed operating expenditures, including obligations under
long-term leases. As our retail operations grow and become a larger part of our overall business
our exposure related to the fixed operating costs and long-term obligations grows as well. These
risks include the inability to react quickly to changing economic conditions, consumer preferences,
demographic changes and other variables. We cannot be sure that our current locations will be
profitable or that we can successfully complete our planned expansion. In addition, as we expand
the number of our retail stores, we run the risk that our wholesale customers will perceive that we
are increasingly competing directly with them, which may lead them to reduce or terminate purchases
of our products.
Our restaurant operations may be negatively impacted by regulatory issues or by health, safety,
labor and similar operational issues, or by publicity surrounding any of these issues.
The restaurant industry is highly competitive and requires compliance with a variety of
federal, state and local regulations. In particular, our Tommy Bahama restaurants typically serve
alcohol and, therefore, maintain liquor licenses. Our ability to maintain our liquor licenses
depends on our compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The loss of a liquor license would
adversely affect the profitability of a restaurant. Additionally, as a participant in the
restaurant industry, we face risks related to food quality, food-borne illness, injury, health
inspection scores and labor relations. Regardless of whether allegations related to these matters
are valid or whether we become liable, we may be materially and adversely affected by negative
publicity associated with these issues. The negative impact of adverse publicity relating to one
restaurant may extend beyond the restaurant involved to affect some or all of the other
restaurants, as well as the image of the Tommy Bahama brand as a whole.
We operate in various countries with differing laws and regulations, which may impair our ability
to maintain compliance with regulations and laws.
Although we attempt to abide by the laws and regulations in each jurisdiction in which we
operate, the complexity of the laws and regulations to which we are subject, including customs
regulations, labor laws, competition laws, consumer protection laws and domestic and international
tax legislation, makes it difficult for us to ensure that we are currently, or will be in the
future, compliant with all laws and regulations. We may be required to make significant
expenditures or modify our business practices to comply with existing or future laws or
regulations, and unfavorable resolution to litigation or a violation of applicable laws and
regulations may increase our costs and materially limit our ability to operate our business.
Compliance with privacy and information laws and requirements could be costly, and a breach of
information security or privacy could adversely affect our business.
The regulatory environment governing our use of individually identifiable data of our
customers, employees and others is complex. Privacy and information security laws and requirements
change frequently, and compliance with them may require us to incur costs to make necessary systems
changes and implement new administrative processes. If a data security breach occurs, our
reputation could be damaged and we could experience lost sales, fines, or lawsuits.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
26
Item 2. Properties
We believe that our existing facilities are well maintained, are in good operating condition
and will be adequate for our present level of operations. Our administrative and sales functions
are conducted in approximately 0.5 million square feet of owned and leased space in various
locations including the United States, the United Kingdom, Germany, China, Singapore and Hong Kong.
We utilize approximately 1.6 million square feet of owned and leased facilities in the United
States, Germany and Mexico in conducting our distribution and manufacturing functions. We also
operate retail stores and restaurants in approximately 0.4 million square feet of leased space
located in the United States and the United Kingdom. Each retail store and restaurant is less than
15,000 square feet. We do not believe that we are dependent on any individual retail or restaurant
location for our business operations. These retail stores and restaurants are operated by Tommy
Bahama and Ben Sherman and are described in more detail in Item 1 of this report. We anticipate
that we will be able to extend our leases to the extent that they expire in the near future on
terms that are satisfactory to us, or if necessary, locate substitute properties on acceptable
terms.
Details of our principal administrative, sales, distribution and manufacturing facilities,
including approximate square footage, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating |
|
Square |
|
Lease |
Location |
|
Primary Use |
|
Group |
|
Footage |
|
Expiration |
Atlanta, Georgia |
|
Sales/administration |
|
Corporate & Lanier Clothes |
|
|
70,000 |
|
|
Owned |
Seattle, Washington |
|
Sales/administration |
|
Tommy Bahama |
|
|
80,000 |
|
|
|
2015 |
Lyons, Georgia |
|
Sales/administration |
|
Oxford Apparel |
|
|
90,000 |
|
|
Owned |
London, England |
|
Sales/administration |
|
Ben Sherman |
|
|
20,000 |
|
|
|
2013 |
Lurgan, Northern Ireland |
|
Sales/administration |
|
Ben Sherman |
|
|
10,000 |
|
|
Owned |
New York, New York |
|
Sales/administration |
|
Various |
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
Various |
Hong Kong |
|
Sales/administration |
|
Oxford Apparel & Tommy Bahama |
|
|
30,000 |
|
|
Various |
Auburn, Washington |
|
Distribution center |
|
Tommy Bahama |
|
|
260,000 |
|
|
|
2015 |
Lyons, Georgia |
|
Distribution center |
|
Oxford Apparel |
|
|
330,000 |
|
|
Owned |
Toccoa, Georgia |
|
Distribution center |
|
Lanier Clothes |
|
|
310,000 |
|
|
Owned |
Greenville, Georgia |
|
Distribution center |
|
Lanier Clothes |
|
|
120,000 |
|
|
Owned |
Merida, Mexico |
|
Manufacturing plant |
|
Lanier Clothes |
|
|
80,000 |
|
|
Owned |
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we are a party to litigation and regulatory actions arising in the ordinary
course of business. We are not currently a party to any litigation or regulatory actions that we
believe could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial position,
results of operations or cash flows.
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
None.
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrants Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of
Equity Securities
Market and Dividend Information
Our common stock is listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol OXM.
As of March 21, 2008, there were 464 record holders of our common stock. The following table sets
forth the high and low sale prices and quarter-end closing prices of our common stock as reported
on the New York Stock Exchange for the quarters indicated. Additionally, the table indicates the
dividends per share declared on shares of our common stock by our board of directors for each
quarter.
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
High |
|
Low |
|
Close |
|
Dividends |
Eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fourth Quarter (1) |
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
Third Quarter (2) |
|
$ |
27.96 |
|
|
$ |
19.77 |
|
|
$ |
23.22 |
|
|
$ |
0.18 |
|
Second Quarter |
|
$ |
38.40 |
|
|
$ |
22.48 |
|
|
$ |
24.77 |
|
|
$ |
0.18 |
|
First Quarter |
|
$ |
46.34 |
|
|
$ |
35.18 |
|
|
$ |
36.22 |
|
|
$ |
0.18 |
|
Fiscal 2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fourth Quarter |
|
$ |
50.86 |
|
|
$ |
43.99 |
|
|
$ |
45.98 |
|
|
$ |
0.18 |
|
Third Quarter |
|
$ |
52.05 |
|
|
$ |
42.17 |
|
|
$ |
47.28 |
|
|
$ |
0.18 |
|
Second Quarter |
|
$ |
53.98 |
|
|
$ |
40.13 |
|
|
$ |
50.55 |
|
|
$ |
0.15 |
|
First Quarter |
|
$ |
42.10 |
|
|
$ |
34.34 |
|
|
$ |
41.51 |
|
|
$ |
0.15 |
|
Fiscal 2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fourth Quarter |
|
$ |
52.74 |
|
|
$ |
38.01 |
|
|
$ |
41.77 |
|
|
$ |
0.15 |
|
Third Quarter |
|
$ |
57.58 |
|
|
$ |
42.00 |
|
|
$ |
46.18 |
|
|
$ |
0.15 |
|
Second Quarter |
|
$ |
56.99 |
|
|
$ |
40.87 |
|
|
$ |
55.84 |
|
|
$ |
0.135 |
|
First Quarter |
|
$ |
51.68 |
|
|
$ |
41.01 |
|
|
$ |
44.86 |
|
|
$ |
0.135 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
There is no fourth quarter for the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008
due to the change in our fiscal year-end. |
|
(2) |
|
The third quarter of the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008
represents the two month period from December 1, 2007 through February 2, 2008. |
The dividend declared during the third quarter of the eight month transition period ended
February 2, 2008 of $0.18 per share was payable on February 29, 2008 to shareholders of record as
of February 15, 2008. Additionally, on March 27, 2008 our board of directors declared a cash
dividend of $0.18 per share payable on May 30, 2008 to shareholders of record on May 15, 2008,
which will be the 192nd consecutive quarterly dividend we have paid since we became a public
company in July 1960.
For details about limitations on our ability to pay dividends, see Note 5 of our consolidated
financial statements and Part II, Item 7. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations, both contained in this report.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
We did not sell any unregistered securities during the eight month transition period ended
February 2, 2008.
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchases
We have certain stock incentive plans as described in Note 7 to our consolidated financial
statements included in this report, all of which are publicly announced plans. Under the plans, we
can repurchase shares from employees to cover the employee tax liabilities related to the exercise
of stock options or the vesting of previously restricted shares. All shares repurchased during the period from December 1, 2007
through February 2, 2008, which are included in the table below, were purchased pursuant to these
stock incentive plans.
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Number of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares |
|
Maximum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchased as |
|
Number of Shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
Part of Publicly |
|
That May Yet be |
|
|
Total Number |
|
Price |
|
Announced |
|
Purchased Under |
|
|
of Shares |
|
Paid per |
|
Plans or |
|
the Plans or |
Fiscal Month |
|
Purchased |
|
Share |
|
Programs |
|
Programs (1) |
|
December (12/1/07-12/28/07) |
|
|
583 |
|
|
$ |
24.42 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January (12/29/07-2/2/08) |
|
|
867 |
|
|
$ |
20.88 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
1,450 |
|
|
$ |
22.30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
On October 31, 2007, our board of directors authorized the repurchase by us of up to $60
million of our outstanding common stock, replacing our previously announced stock repurchase
authorization. We acquired 1.9 million shares of our stock during the second quarter of the
eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 pursuant to a $60 million capped
accelerated share repurchase agreement with Bank of America, N.A, which was publicly
announced on November 8, 2007. The material terms of the agreement are described under the
caption Overview in Part II, Item 7. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations, which description is incorporated into this Item 5 by
reference. At the end of the repurchase program, which is expected to occur no later than May
19, 2008, Bank of America may be required to deliver additional shares to us if the volume
weighted average price, or VWAP, over the specified calculation period, beginning on November
20, 2007 and ending concurrently with the end of the repurchase program, is less than
$30.95556. Except in limited circumstances, we will not be required
to reissue any of the acquired shares to Bank of America pursuant to the accelerated share
repurchase agreement. |
Stock Price Performance Graph
The graph below reflects cumulative total shareholder return (assuming the reinvestment of
dividends) on our common stock compared to the cumulative total return for a period of five years
and eight months beginning May 31, 2002 and ending February 2, 2008 of:
|
|
|
The S&P SmallCap 600 Index; and |
|
|
|
|
The S&P 500 Apparel, Accessories and Luxury Goods. |
The performance graph assumes an initial investment of $100 and reinvestment of dividends.
INDEXED RETURNS
Years Ending
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Base |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Company / Index |
|
5/31/02 |
|
5/30/03 |
|
5/28/04 |
|
6/3/05 |
|
6/2/06 |
|
6/1/07 |
|
2/2/08 |
Oxford Industries, Inc. |
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
153.32 |
|
|
$ |
280.62 |
|
|
$ |
322.39 |
|
|
$ |
326.51 |
|
|
$ |
364.62 |
|
|
$ |
186.20 |
|
S&P SmallCap 600 Index |
|
|
100 |
|
|
|
89.12 |
|
|
|
117.17 |
|
|
|
136.79 |
|
|
|
162.83 |
|
|
|
188.55 |
|
|
|
164.68 |
|
S&P 500 Apparel,
Accessories & Luxury
Goods |
|
|
100 |
|
|
|
78.50 |
|
|
|
94.52 |
|
|
|
117.52 |
|
|
|
118.76 |
|
|
|
170.55 |
|
|
|
115.62 |
|
Item 6. Selected Financial Data
Our selected financial data below reflects the impact of our fiscal 2004 acquisition of Tommy
Bahama and our fiscal 2005 acquisition of Ben Sherman. In addition, the selected financial data
below reflects the divestiture of substantially all of the assets of our Womenswear Group
operations in fiscal 2006, resulting in those operations being classified as discontinued
operations for all periods presented.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eight Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve |
|
|
Transition |
|
|
Eight |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Months |
|
|
Period |
|
|
Months |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended |
|
|
Ended |
|
|
Ended |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
Fiscal |
|
|
Fiscal |
|
|
Fiscal |
|
|
Fiscal |
|
|
Fiscal |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions, except per share amounts) |
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
1,085.3 |
|
|
$ |
695.8 |
|
|
$ |
739.5 |
|
|
$ |
1,128.9 |
|
|
$ |
1,109.1 |
|
|
$ |
1,056.8 |
|
|
$ |
818.7 |
|
|
$ |
455.8 |
|
Cost of goods sold |
|
|
647.4 |
|
|
|
420.0 |
|
|
|
453.8 |
|
|
|
681.1 |
|
|
|
677.4 |
|
|
|
653.5 |
|
|
|
515.5 |
|
|
|
339.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
437.8 |
|
|
|
275.8 |
|
|
|
285.7 |
|
|
|
447.8 |
|
|
|
431.7 |
|
|
|
403.2 |
|
|
|
303.2 |
|
|
|
115.9 |
|
Selling, general and
administrative |
|
|
366.0 |
|
|
|
244.0 |
|
|
|
235.0 |
|
|
|
357.0 |
|
|
|
339.1 |
|
|
|
314.4 |
|
|
|
228.3 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
|
Amortization of intangible
assets |
|
|
5.4 |
|
|
|
3.2 |
|
|
|
4.2 |
|
|
|
6.4 |
|
|
|
7.6 |
|
|
|
8.6 |
|
|
|
6.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
Royalties and other
operating
income |
|
|
19.3 |
|
|
|
12.5 |
|
|
|
9.6 |
|
|
|
16.5 |
|
|
|
13.1 |
|
|
|
12.1 |
|
|
|
5.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
85.7 |
|
|
|
41.0 |
|
|
|
56.2 |
|
|
|
100.8 |
|
|
|
98.1 |
|
|
|
92.3 |
|
|
|
73.4 |
|
|
|
15.9 |
|
Interest expense, net |
|
|
22.4 |
|
|
|
15.3 |
|
|
|
15.2 |
|
|
|
22.2 |
|
|
|
24.0 |
|
|
|
26.1 |
|
|
|
23.5 |
|
|
|
1.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings before income taxes |
|
|
63.3 |
|
|
|
25.7 |
|
|
|
41.0 |
|
|
|
78.6 |
|
|
|
74.1 |
|
|
|
66.1 |
|
|
|
49.8 |
|
|
|
14.1 |
|
Income taxes |
|
|
17.9 |
|
|
|
6.5 |
|
|
|
14.9 |
|
|
|
26.3 |
|
|
|
22.9 |
|
|
|
22.2 |
|
|
|
18.4 |
|
|
|
5.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings from
continuing operations |
|
|
45.4 |
|
|
|
19.2 |
|
|
|
26.1 |
|
|
|
52.3 |
|
|
|
51.2 |
|
|
|
44.0 |
|
|
|
31.5 |
|
|
|
8.3 |
|
(Loss) earnings from
discontinued operations,
net of taxes |
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
(0.2 |
) |
|
|
(0.2 |
) |
|
|
19.3 |
|
|
|
5.9 |
|
|
|
8.3 |
|
|
|
12.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings |
|
$ |
45.4 |
|
|
$ |
19.2 |
|
|
$ |
25.9 |
|
|
$ |
52.1 |
|
|
$ |
70.5 |
|
|
$ |
49.8 |
|
|
$ |
39.7 |
|
|
$ |
20.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted net earnings from
continuing operations per
common share |
|
$ |
2.59 |
|
|
$ |
1.11 |
|
|
$ |
1.47 |
|
|
$ |
2.93 |
|
|
$ |
2.88 |
|
|
$ |
2.53 |
|
|
$ |
1.88 |
|
|
$ |
0.55 |
|
Diluted
earnings (loss) from discontinued
operations per common share |
|
$ |
0.00 |
|
|
$ |
0.00 |
|
|
$ |
(0.01 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.01 |
) |
|
$ |
1.08 |
|
|
$ |
0.34 |
|
|
$ |
0.49 |
|
|
$ |
0.79 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted net earnings per
common share |
|
$ |
2.59 |
|
|
$ |
1.11 |
|
|
$ |
1.46 |
|
|
$ |
2.92 |
|
|
$ |
3.96 |
|
|
$ |
2.87 |
|
|
$ |
2.38 |
|
|
$ |
1.34 |
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eight Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve |
|
|
Transition |
|
|
Eight |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Months |
|
|
Period |
|
|
Months |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended |
|
|
Ended |
|
|
Ended |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
Fiscal |
|
|
Fiscal |
|
|
Fiscal |
|
|
Fiscal |
|
|
Fiscal |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions, except per share amounts) |
|
Diluted weighted average
shares outstanding |
|
|
17.6 |
|
|
|
17.4 |
|
|
|
17.8 |
|
|
|
17.9 |
|
|
|
17.8 |
|
|
|
17.4 |
|
|
|
16.7 |
|
|
|
15.1 |
|
Dividends declared |
|
$ |
12.6 |
|
|
$ |
9.3 |
|
|
$ |
8.5 |
|
|
$ |
11.7 |
|
|
$ |
9.9 |
|
|
$ |
8.5 |
|
|
$ |
7.3 |
|
|
$ |
6.3 |
|
Dividends declared per
common share |
|
$ |
0.72 |
|
|
$ |
0.54 |
|
|
$ |
0.48 |
|
|
$ |
0.66 |
|
|
$ |
0.57 |
|
|
$ |
0.51 |
|
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
|
$ |
0.42 |
|
Total assets related to
continuing operations, at year-end |
|
$ |
910.3 |
|
|
$ |
910.3 |
|
|
$ |
875.1 |
|
|
$ |
908.7 |
|
|
$ |
826.4 |
|
|
$ |
826.3 |
|
|
$ |
599.0 |
|
|
$ |
408.2 |
|
Total
assets, at year-end |
|
$ |
910.3 |
|
|
$ |
910.3 |
|
|
$ |
875.1 |
|
|
$ |
908.7 |
|
|
$ |
885.6 |
|
|
$ |
905.9 |
|
|
$ |
694.8 |
|
|
$ |
494.4 |
|
Long-term debt, less
current maturities, at year-end |
|
$ |
234.4 |
|
|
$ |
234.4 |
|
|
$ |
199.2 |
|
|
$ |
199.3 |
|
|
$ |
200.0 |
|
|
$ |
289.1 |
|
|
$ |
198.8 |
|
|
$ |
198.6 |
|
Shareholders
equity, at year-end |
|
$ |
407.5 |
|
|
$ |
407.5 |
|
|
$ |
425.3 |
|
|
$ |
454.1 |
|
|
$ |
398.7 |
|
|
$ |
303.5 |
|
|
$ |
239.0 |
|
|
$ |
189.4 |
|
Capital expenditures |
|
$ |
33.7 |
|
|
$ |
21.1 |
|
|
$ |
18.7 |
|
|
$ |
31.3 |
|
|
$ |
25.0 |
|
|
$ |
23.4 |
|
|
$ |
14.1 |
|
|
$ |
2.0 |
|
Depreciation and
amortization included in
continuing operations |
|
$ |
24.4 |
|
|
$ |
16.0 |
|
|
$ |
14.8 |
|
|
$ |
23.1 |
|
|
$ |
22.7 |
|
|
$ |
21.9 |
|
|
$ |
18.0 |
|
|
$ |
5.0 |
|
Amortization of deferred
financing costs |
|
$ |
2.5 |
|
|
$ |
1.7 |
|
|
$ |
1.7 |
|
|
$ |
2.5 |
|
|
$ |
2.5 |
|
|
$ |
4.4 |
|
|
$ |
2.7 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Book value per share at
year-end |
|
$ |
25.39 |
|
|
$ |
25.39 |
|
|
$ |
23.89 |
|
|
$ |
25.45 |
|
|
$ |
22.59 |
|
|
$ |
17.97 |
|
|
$ |
14.74 |
|
|
$ |
12.59 |
|
Return (net earnings from
continuing operations) on
average shareholders
equity (1) |
|
|
10.9 |
% |
|
|
6.7 |
% |
|
|
9.5 |
% |
|
|
12.2 |
% |
|
|
14.6 |
% |
|
|
16.2 |
% |
|
|
14.7 |
% |
|
|
4.6 |
% |
Return (net earnings from
continuing operations) on
average total assets
related to continuing
operations (1) |
|
|
5.1 |
% |
|
|
3.2 |
% |
|
|
4.5 |
% |
|
|
5.8 |
% |
|
|
6.2 |
% |
|
|
6.2 |
% |
|
|
6.2 |
% |
|
|
2.9 |
% |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Returns for eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 and eight months ended
February 2, 2007 are annualized. |
Item 7. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following discussion and analysis of our operations, cash flows, liquidity and capital
resources should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements contained in
this report.
OVERVIEW
We generate revenues and cash flow through the design, sale, production and distribution of
branded and private label consumer apparel and footwear for men, women and children and the
licensing of company-owned trademarks. Our principal markets and customers are located primarily in
the United States and, to a lesser extent, the United Kingdom. We source substantially all of our
products through third party producers in foreign countries. We primarily distribute our products
through our wholesale customers, which include chain stores, department stores, specialty stores,
specialty catalog retailers, mass merchants and Internet retailers. We also sell products of
certain of our owned brands through our own retail stores and e-commerce websites.
We operate in an industry that is highly competitive. We believe our ability to continuously
evaluate and respond to changing consumer demands and tastes across multiple market segments,
distribution channels and geographic
regions is critical to our success. Although our approach is aimed at diversifying our risks,
misjudging shifts in
31
consumer preferences could have a negative effect on our future operating results. Other key
aspects of competition include brand image, quality, distribution method, price, customer service
and intellectual property protection. We believe our size and global operating strategies help us
to compete successfully by providing opportunities for operating synergies. Our success in the
future will depend on our ability to continue to design products that are acceptable to the markets
we serve and to source our products on a competitive basis while still earning appropriate margins.
We are executing a strategy to move towards a business model that is more focused on brands
owned or controlled by us. Our decision to follow this strategy is driven in part by the continued
consolidation in the retail industry and the increasing concentration of apparel manufacturing in a
relatively limited number of offshore markets, trends which make the private label business
increasingly more competitively challenging. Significant steps in our execution of this strategy
include:
|
|
|
our June 2003 acquisition of the Tommy Bahama® brand and operations; |
|
|
|
|
our July 2004 acquisition of the Ben Sherman® brand and operations; |
|
|
|
|
the divestiture of our private label Womenswear Group operations in June 2006; |
|
|
|
|
the closure of certain of our manufacturing facilities located in Latin America and
the associated shifts in our Lanier Clothes and Oxford Apparel operating groups towards
package purchases from third party manufacturers primarily in the Far East; |
|
|
|
|
our refocus on key product categories and exit of certain underperforming lines of
business, particularly in our Oxford Apparel operating group, in the eight month
transition period ended February 2, 2008; |
|
|
|
|
the acquisition of several other trademarks and related operations including
Solitude® and Arnold Brant®; |
|
|
|
|
the acquisition of a two-thirds interest in the entity that owns the Hathaway®
trademark in the United States and several other countries; and |
|
|
|
|
continued investment in Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman by expanding the number of Tommy
Bahama and Ben Sherman retail stores each year. |
In the future, we will continue to look for opportunities by which we can make further
progress with this strategy, including through organic growth in our owned brands, the acquisition
of additional brands, and further streamlining or disposing of portions of our business that do not
have the potential to meet our criteria for return on capital.
The eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 was a very challenging time for the
retail and apparel industry as a result of the general economic conditions that existed during this
period. These conditions impacted each of our operating groups during this period and we expect
that these challenging economic conditions will continue in fiscal 2008. Therefore, we have planned
inventory purchases conservatively, which will limit our sales growth opportunities for fiscal
2008. This strategy, however, will also mitigate inventory markdown risk and promotional pressures.
At the same time we continue to invest in our Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman brands through store
openings and new marketing initiatives and focus our Lanier Clothes and Oxford Apparel businesses
on key product categories.
Diluted net earnings from continuing operations per common share was $1.11 in the eight month
transition period ended February 2, 2008 and $1.47 in the eight months ended February 2, 2007. The
most significant factors impacting our results during these periods are discussed by operating
group below:
|
|
|
Tommy Bahama experienced a $5.7 million, or 13.0%, decrease in operating income
during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 compared to the eight
months ended February 2, 2007. The decrease in operating income from the prior period
was primarily due to lower net sales resulting from the difficult retail environment in
the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 at our own retail stores and
our customers stores, particularly in Florida, California, Nevada and Arizona, and
higher selling, general and administrative expenses due to the additional retail stores
and recently launched Tommy Bahama e-commerce website. |
|
|
|
|
Ben Sherman experienced a $0.1 million, or 3.0%, increase in operating income during
the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 compared to the eight months
ended February 2, 2007. The net increase was primarily due to the increased retail
sales, increased sales in our international markets |
32
|
|
|
outside of the United Kingdom and United States and higher royalty income, partially
offset by a decline in sales in our Ben Sherman wholesale business. |
|
|
|
|
Lanier Clothes experienced a $4.4 million, or 93.3%, decrease in operating income
during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 compared to the eight
months ended February 2, 2007. The decrease in operating income in the eight month
transition period was primarily due to lower net sales and gross margins caused by weak
demand in the moderate tailored clothing market, particularly in the chain and
department store channels of distribution. |
|
|
|
|
Oxford Apparel experienced a $2.1 million, or 15.1%, decrease in operating income
during the eight month transition period compared to the eight months ended February 2,
2007. The decrease in operating income in the eight month transition period ended
February 2, 2008 was primarily due to a $38.6 million decrease in net sales as we
focused on key product categories and exited certain underperforming lines of business.
We also incurred charges in this operating group totaling $1.2 million during the eight
month transition period ended February 2, 2008 related to the disposal of our
Tegucigalpa, Honduras manufacturing facility. These items were partially offset by a
reduction in selling, general and administrative expenses. |
|
|
|
|
Corporate and Other experienced a $3.1 million, or 29.9%, increase in expenses in the
eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 compare to the eight months ended
February 2, 2007. This increase was primarily due to the impact of LIFO accounting
adjustments, the discontinuation of transition services fees received following the
disposition of our Womenswear business and the closure of our internal trucking
operation. |
|
|
|
|
Our effective tax rate was 25.2% and 36.3% in the eight month transition period ended
February 2, 2008 and in the eight months ended February 2, 2007, respectively. The
decrease in our effective tax rate was a result of (1) the impact on our deferred tax
balances as a result of a change in the enacted tax rate in the United Kingdom in the
eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, (2) the change in our assertion
regarding our initial investment in a foreign subsidiary in the fourth quarter of fiscal
2007 (May 2007) and (3) the impact of the short fiscal year (due to the change in our
fiscal year end) on our estimated taxable income. |
On November 8, 2007, we entered into an accelerated share repurchase agreement with Bank of
America, N.A., an unrelated third party, under which we will repurchase $60 million of our common
stock. The following describes the material terms of the share repurchase agreement and certain
related events:
|
|
|
The agreement provides for a capped accelerated share repurchase
pursuant to which we will purchase shares of our common stock from
Bank of America for an aggregate purchase price of $60 million. |
|
|
|
|
On November 8, 2007, we made a payment of $60 million to Bank of
America in respect of the shares to be acquired under the agreement.
We funded this payment from borrowings under our revolving credit
facility. |
|
|
|
|
Bank of America made an initial delivery to us of 1.9 million shares
of our common stock during November 2007. |
|
|
|
|
The actual per share purchase price and the number of shares to be
repurchased will be based on the volume weighted average price, or
VWAP, of our common stock over a specified calculation period,
beginning on November 20, 2007 and ending no later than May 19, 2008.
The purchase price we will pay under the agreement will not exceed
$30.95556 per share. |
|
|
|
|
At the end of the repurchase program, Bank of America will be required
to deliver additional shares if the VWAP over the specified
calculation period is below $30.95556. |
|
|
|
|
The agreement contains other terms and conditions governing the
accelerated stock repurchase, including the circumstances under which
Bank of America is permitted to terminate the program early or extend
the repurchase period and the circumstances under which we may be
required to purchase shares at a price in excess of the cap price or
would receive shares representing less than $60 million of the VWAP
for our common stock during the calculation period. |
33
Except in limited circumstances, we will not be required to reissue any of the acquired shares
to Bank of America pursuant to the accelerated share repurchase agreement. At this time, the
maximum number of shares that may yet be acquired under the accelerated share repurchase program is
not determinable.
During the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, the accelerated share
repurchase program did not have a material impact on our earnings per
share. If the average VWAP over the term of the repurchase program
approximates the average VWAP through March 28, 2008, we anticipate receiving
more than 0.6 million additional shares at the end of the repurchase program.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following tables set forth the specified line items in our consolidated statements of
earnings both in dollars (in thousands) and as a percentage of net sales. The tables also set
forth the percentage change of the data as compared to the same period in the prior year. We have
calculated all percentages based on actual data, but percentage columns may not add due to
rounding. Individual line items of our consolidated statements of earnings may not be directly
comparable to those of our competitors, as statement of earnings classification of certain expenses
may vary by company.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eight Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months |
|
|
Transition Period |
|
|
Eight Months |
|
|
% Change |
|
|
|
Ended February 2, |
|
|
Ended February 2, |
|
|
Ended February 2, |
|
|
Between Eight |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
Month Periods |
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
1,085,261 |
|
|
$ |
695,798 |
|
|
$ |
739,489 |
|
|
|
(5.9 |
)% |
Cost of goods sold |
|
|
647,415 |
|
|
|
420,038 |
|
|
|
453,794 |
|
|
|
(7.4 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
437,846 |
|
|
|
275,760 |
|
|
|
285,695 |
|
|
|
(3.5 |
)% |
Selling, general and administrative |
|
|
366,032 |
|
|
|
244,033 |
|
|
|
234,951 |
|
|
|
3.9 |
% |
Amortization of intangible assets |
|
|
5,434 |
|
|
|
3,184 |
|
|
|
4,198 |
|
|
|
(24.2 |
)% |
Royalties and other operating income |
|
|
19,280 |
|
|
|
12,451 |
|
|
|
9,637 |
|
|
|
29.2 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
85,660 |
|
|
|
40,994 |
|
|
|
56,183 |
|
|
|
(27.0 |
)% |
Interest expense, net |
|
|
22,351 |
|
|
|
15,302 |
|
|
|
15,169 |
|
|
|
0.9 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings before income taxes |
|
|
63,309 |
|
|
|
25,692 |
|
|
|
41,014 |
|
|
|
(37.4 |
)% |
Income taxes |
|
|
17,899 |
|
|
|
6,477 |
|
|
|
14,892 |
|
|
|
(56.5 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings from continuing operations |
|
|
45,410 |
|
|
|
19,215 |
|
|
|
26,122 |
|
|
|
(26.4 |
)% |
(Loss) earnings from discontinued
operations, net of taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(183 |
) |
|
|
(100.0 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings |
|
$ |
45,410 |
|
|
$ |
19,215 |
|
|
$ |
25,939 |
|
|
|
(25.9 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Net Sales |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eight Month |
|
|
|
|
Twelve |
|
Transition |
|
Eight Months |
|
|
Months Ended |
|
Period Ended |
|
Ended |
|
|
February 2, |
|
February 2, |
|
February 2, |
|
|
2008 |
|
2008 |
|
2007 |
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
Net sales |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
Cost of goods sold |
|
|
59.7 |
% |
|
|
60.4 |
% |
|
|
61.4 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
40.3 |
% |
|
|
39.6 |
% |
|
|
38.6 |
% |
Selling, general and administrative |
|
|
33.7 |
% |
|
|
35.1 |
% |
|
|
31.8 |
% |
Amortization of intangible assets |
|
|
0.5 |
% |
|
|
0.5 |
% |
|
|
0.6 |
% |
Royalties and other operating income |
|
|
1.8 |
% |
|
|
1.8 |
% |
|
|
1.3 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
7.9 |
% |
|
|
5.9 |
% |
|
|
7.6 |
% |
Interest expense, net |
|
|
2.1 |
% |
|
|
2.2 |
% |
|
|
2.1 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings before income taxes |
|
|
5.8 |
% |
|
|
3.7 |
% |
|
|
5.5 |
% |
Income taxes |
|
|
1.6 |
% |
|
|
0.9 |
% |
|
|
2.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings from continuing operations |
|
|
4.2 |
% |
|
|
2.8 |
% |
|
|
3.5 |
% |
(Loss) earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings |
|
|
4.2 |
% |
|
|
2.8 |
% |
|
|
3.5 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year |
|
% Change |
|
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 (1) |
|
06-07 |
|
05-06 |
Net sales |
|
$ |
1,128,907 |
|
|
$ |
1,109,116 |
|
|
$ |
1,056,787 |
|
|
|
1.8 |
% |
|
|
5.0 |
% |
Cost of goods sold |
|
|
681,147 |
|
|
|
677,429 |
|
|
|
653,538 |
|
|
|
0.5 |
% |
|
|
3.7 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
447,760 |
|
|
|
431,687 |
|
|
|
403,249 |
|
|
|
3.7 |
% |
|
|
7.1 |
% |
Selling, general and administrative |
|
|
356,970 |
|
|
|
339,073 |
|
|
|
314,413 |
|
|
|
5.3 |
% |
|
|
7.8 |
% |
Amortization of intangible assets |
|
|
6,405 |
|
|
|
7,642 |
|
|
|
8,622 |
|
|
|
(16.2 |
)% |
|
|
(11.4 |
)% |
Royalties and other operating income |
|
|
16,462 |
|
|
|
13,144 |
|
|
|
12,060 |
|
|
|
25.2 |
% |
|
|
9.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
100,847 |
|
|
|
98,116 |
|
|
|
92,274 |
|
|
|
2.8 |
% |
|
|
6.3 |
% |
Interest expense, net |
|
|
22,214 |
|
|
|
23,971 |
|
|
|
26,146 |
|
|
|
(7.3 |
)% |
|
|
(8.3 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings before income taxes |
|
|
78,633 |
|
|
|
74,145 |
|
|
|
66,128 |
|
|
|
6.1 |
% |
|
|
12.1 |
% |
Income taxes |
|
|
26,313 |
|
|
|
22,944 |
|
|
|
22,177 |
|
|
|
14.7 |
% |
|
|
3.5 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings from continuing operations |
|
|
52,320 |
|
|
|
51,201 |
|
|
|
43,951 |
|
|
|
2.2 |
% |
|
|
16.5 |
% |
(Loss) earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes |
|
|
(183 |
) |
|
|
19,270 |
|
|
|
5,876 |
|
|
NM |
|
|
227.9 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings |
|
$ |
52,137 |
|
|
$ |
70,471 |
|
|
$ |
49,827 |
|
|
|
(26.0 |
)% |
|
|
41.4 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The results of operations of Ben Sherman are included in our consolidated statements of
earnings from the date of acquisition on July 30, 2004. |
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Net Sales |
|
|
Fiscal Year |
|
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
Net sales |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
Cost of goods sold |
|
|
60.3 |
% |
|
|
61.1 |
% |
|
|
61.8 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
39.7 |
% |
|
|
38.9 |
% |
|
|
38.2 |
% |
Selling, general and administrative |
|
|
31.6 |
% |
|
|
30.6 |
% |
|
|
29.8 |
% |
Amortization of intangible assets |
|
|
0.6 |
% |
|
|
0.7 |
% |
|
|
0.8 |
% |
Royalties and other operating income |
|
|
1.5 |
% |
|
|
1.2 |
% |
|
|
1.1 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
8.9 |
% |
|
|
8.8 |
% |
|
|
8.7 |
% |
Interest expense, net |
|
|
2.0 |
% |
|
|
2.2 |
% |
|
|
2.5 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings before income taxes |
|
|
7.0 |
% |
|
|
6.7 |
% |
|
|
6.3 |
% |
Income taxes |
|
|
2.3 |
% |
|
|
2.1 |
% |
|
|
2.1 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings from continuing operations |
|
|
4.6 |
% |
|
|
4.6 |
% |
|
|
4.2 |
% |
(Loss) earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
1.7 |
% |
|
|
0.6 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings |
|
|
4.6 |
% |
|
|
6.4 |
% |
|
|
4.7 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OPERATING GROUPS
Our business is operated through our four operating groups: Tommy Bahama, Ben Sherman, Lanier
Clothes and Oxford Apparel. We identify our operating groups based on the way our management
organizes the components of our business for purposes of allocating resources and assessing
performance. Leaders of the operating groups report directly to our Chief Executive Officer.
Tommy Bahama designs, sources and markets collections of mens and womens sportswear and
related products under brands that include Tommy Bahama, Indigo Palms and Island Soft. Tommy
Bahamas products can be found in our own retail stores and on our e-commerce website as well as in
certain department stores and independent specialty stores throughout the United States. The target
consumers of Tommy Bahama are affluent 35 and older men and women who embrace a relaxed and casual
approach to daily living. We also license the Tommy Bahama name for a wide variety of product
categories.
Ben Sherman is a London-based designer, marketer and distributor of branded sportswear and
footwear. We also license the Ben Sherman name to third parties for various product categories. Ben
Sherman was established in 1963 as an edgy, young mens, Mod-inspired shirt brand and has evolved
into a British lifestyle brand of apparel and footwear targeted at youthful-thinking men and women
ages 19 to 35 throughout the world. We offer a full Ben Sherman sportswear collection, as well as
tailored clothing, footwear and accessories. Our Ben Sherman products can be found in certain
department stores and a variety of independent specialty stores, as well as in our own Ben Sherman
retail stores and on our e-commerce websites.
Lanier Clothes designs and markets branded and private label mens suits, sportcoats, suit
separates and dress slacks across a wide range of price points. Our Lanier Clothes branded products
include Nautica, Kenneth Cole, Dockers, O Oscar and Geoffrey Beene, all of which trademarks are
licensed to us by third parties, and Arnold Brant and Billy London, which are owned brands. In
addition to our branded businesses, we design and source certain private label tailored clothing
products. Significant private label brands include Stafford, Alfani, Tasso Elba and Lands End. Our
Lanier Clothes products are sold to national chains, department stores, mass merchants, specialty
stores, specialty catalog retailers and discount retailers throughout the United States.
Oxford Apparel produces branded and private label dress shirts, suited separates, sport
shirts, casual slacks, outerwear, sweaters, jeans, swimwear, westernwear and golf apparel. We
design and source certain private label programs for several customers, including programs for
Lands End, LL Bean and Eddie Bauer. Owned brands of Oxford Apparel include Oxford Golf, Solitude,
Wedge, Kona Wind, Tranquility Bay, Ely, Cattleman and Cumberland Outfitters. Oxford Apparel also
owns a two-thirds interest in the entity that owns the Hathaway trademark in the United States and
several other countries. Additionally, Oxford Apparel licenses from third parties
36
the right to use the Tommy Hilfiger, Dockers and United States Polo Association trademarks for
certain apparel products. Our Oxford Apparel products are sold to a variety of department stores,
mass merchants, specialty catalog retailers, discount retailers, specialty retailers, green grass
golf merchants and Internet retailers throughout the United States.
Corporate and Other is a reconciling category for reporting purposes and includes our
corporate offices, substantially all financing activities, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments
and other costs that are not allocated to the operating groups. LIFO inventory calculations are
made on a legal entity basis which does not correspond to our operating group definitions as
portions of Lanier Clothes and Oxford Apparel are on the LIFO basis of accounting. Therefore, LIFO
inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to operating groups.
The tables below present certain information about our operating groups (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eight Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transition Period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended |
|
|
Eight Months Ended |
|
|
Percent |
|
|
|
February 2, 2008 |
|
|
February 2, 2007 |
|
|
Change |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
Net Sales |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tommy Bahama |
|
$ |
284,611 |
|
|
$ |
286,837 |
|
|
|
(0.8 |
)% |
Ben Sherman |
|
|
101,578 |
|
|
|
99,469 |
|
|
|
2.1 |
% |
Lanier Clothes |
|
|
107,457 |
|
|
|
111,910 |
|
|
|
(4.0 |
)% |
Oxford Apparel |
|
|
201,301 |
|
|
|
239,862 |
|
|
|
(16.1 |
)% |
Corporate and Other |
|
|
851 |
|
|
|
1,411 |
|
|
|
(39.7 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
695,798 |
|
|
$ |
739,489 |
|
|
|
(5.9 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eight Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transition Period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended |
|
|
Eight Months Ended |
|
|
Percent |
|
|
|
February 2, 2008 |
|
|
February 2, 2007 |
|
|
Change |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tommy Bahama |
|
$ |
38,041 |
|
|
$ |
43,740 |
|
|
|
(13.0 |
)% |
Ben Sherman |
|
|
4,147 |
|
|
|
4,026 |
|
|
|
3.0 |
% |
Lanier Clothes |
|
|
315 |
|
|
|
4,683 |
|
|
|
(93.3 |
)% |
Oxford Apparel |
|
|
12,001 |
|
|
|
14,136 |
|
|
|
(15.1 |
)% |
Corporate and Other |
|
|
(13,510 |
) |
|
|
(10,402 |
) |
|
|
(29.9 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
40,994 |
|
|
$ |
56,183 |
|
|
|
(27.0 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year |
|
|
Percent Change |
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
06 -07 |
|
|
05 -06 |
|
Net Sales |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tommy Bahama |
|
$ |
465,121 |
|
|
$ |
409,141 |
|
|
$ |
399,658 |
|
|
|
13.7 |
% |
|
|
2.4 |
% |
Ben Sherman |
|
|
156,773 |
|
|
|
166,606 |
|
|
|
154,105 |
|
|
|
(5.9 |
)% |
|
|
8.1 |
% |
Lanier Clothes |
|
|
165,159 |
|
|
|
180,411 |
|
|
|
173,168 |
|
|
|
(8.5 |
)% |
|
|
4.2 |
% |
Oxford Apparel |
|
|
339,309 |
|
|
|
352,932 |
|
|
|
329,333 |
|
|
|
(3.9 |
)% |
|
|
7.2 |
% |
Corporate and Other |
|
|
2,545 |
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
523 |
|
|
NM |
|
|
(95.0 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
1,128,907 |
|
|
$ |
1,109,116 |
|
|
$ |
1,056,787 |
|
|
|
1.8 |
% |
|
|
5.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year |
|
|
Percent Change |
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
06 -07 |
|
|
05 -06 |
|
Operating Income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tommy Bahama |
|
$ |
81,533 |
|
|
$ |
71,522 |
|
|
$ |
54,128 |
|
|
|
14.0 |
% |
|
|
32.1 |
% |
Ben Sherman |
|
|
8,372 |
|
|
|
10,329 |
|
|
|
22,305 |
|
|
|
(18.9 |
)% |
|
|
(53.7 |
)% |
Lanier Clothes |
|
|
4,238 |
|
|
|
17,422 |
|
|
|
21,376 |
|
|
|
(75.7 |
)% |
|
|
(18.5 |
)% |
Oxford Apparel |
|
|
22,749 |
|
|
|
14,556 |
|
|
|
14,556 |
|
|
|
56.3 |
% |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
Corporate and Other |
|
|
(16,045 |
) |
|
|
(15,713 |
) |
|
|
(20,091 |
) |
|
|
(2.1 |
)% |
|
|
21.8 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
100,847 |
|
|
|
98,116 |
|
|
|
92,274 |
|
|
|
2.8 |
% |
|
|
6.3 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CERTAIN OTHER INFORMATION (Unaudited)
As we have changed
our fiscal year end, we have presented certain quarterly information on a
consolidated basis below for the twelve months ended February 2,
2008 (in thousands, except per share amounts). These
quarters correspond to the quarterly periods based on our new fiscal year and do not correspond to
the quarterly periods included in our eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, which
are referenced elsewhere in this and other prior reports.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended February 2, 2008 |
|
|
|
First Quarter |
|
|
Second Quarter |
|
|
Third Quarter |
|
|
Fourth Quarter |
|
|
Total |
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
292,397 |
|
|
$ |
244,610 |
|
|
$ |
286,325 |
|
|
$ |
261,929 |
|
|
$ |
1,085,261 |
|
Cost of goods sold |
|
|
171,871 |
|
|
|
141,565 |
|
|
|
174,078 |
|
|
|
159,901 |
|
|
|
647,415 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
120,526 |
|
|
|
103,045 |
|
|
|
112,247 |
|
|
|
102,028 |
|
|
|
437,846 |
|
Selling, general and administrative |
|
|
93,059 |
|
|
|
88,959 |
|
|
|
92,843 |
|
|
|
91,171 |
|
|
|
366,032 |
|
Amortization of intangible assets |
|
|
1,695 |
|
|
|
1,318 |
|
|
|
1,227 |
|
|
|
1,194 |
|
|
|
5,434 |
|
Royalties and other operating income |
|
|
5,169 |
|
|
|
3,829 |
|
|
|
4,999 |
|
|
|
5,283 |
|
|
|
19,280 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
30,941 |
|
|
|
16,597 |
|
|
|
23,176 |
|
|
|
14,946 |
|
|
|
85,660 |
|
Interest expense, net |
|
|
5,398 |
|
|
|
5,078 |
|
|
|
5,521 |
|
|
|
6,354 |
|
|
|
22,351 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings before income taxes |
|
|
25,543 |
|
|
|
11,519 |
|
|
|
17,655 |
|
|
|
8,592 |
|
|
|
63,309 |
|
Income taxes |
|
|
8,450 |
|
|
|
2,781 |
|
|
|
3,984 |
|
|
|
2,684 |
|
|
|
17,899 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings from continuing
operations |
|
$ |
17,093 |
|
|
$ |
8,738 |
|
|
$ |
13,671 |
|
|
$ |
5,908 |
|
|
$ |
45,410 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net earnings per common share
from continuing operations |
|
$ |
0.96 |
|
|
$ |
0.49 |
|
|
$ |
0.77 |
|
|
$ |
0.36 |
|
|
$ |
2.61 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted net earnings per common
share from continuing operations |
|
$ |
0.95 |
|
|
$ |
0.49 |
|
|
$ |
0.76 |
|
|
$ |
0.36 |
|
|
$ |
2.59 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares
outstanding: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
17,739 |
|
|
|
17,772 |
|
|
|
17,820 |
|
|
|
16,273 |
|
|
|
17,395 |
|
Dilution |
|
|
181 |
|
|
|
163 |
|
|
|
125 |
|
|
|
82 |
|
|
|
158 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
|
17,920 |
|
|
|
17,935 |
|
|
|
17,945 |
|
|
|
16,355 |
|
|
|
17,553 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The
sum of the quarterly per common share amounts for the twelve months ended February 2, 2008 do not equal the
totals for the year then ended due to the impact of the timing of the accelerated share repurchase
program and rounding differences.
38
Additionally, we have presented certain quarterly information by operating group below for the
twelve months ended February 2, 2008 (in thousands).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended February 2, 2008 |
|
|
|
First |
|
|
Second |
|
|
Third |
|
|
Fourth |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
Total |
|
Net Sales |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tommy Bahama |
|
$ |
131,765 |
|
|
$ |
114,361 |
|
|
$ |
102,960 |
|
|
$ |
113,809 |
|
|
$ |
462,895 |
|
Ben Sherman |
|
|
39,257 |
|
|
|
36,493 |
|
|
|
46,668 |
|
|
|
36,509 |
|
|
|
158,927 |
|
Lanier Clothes |
|
|
42,660 |
|
|
|
31,558 |
|
|
|
52,861 |
|
|
|
33,626 |
|
|
|
160,705 |
|
Oxford Apparel |
|
|
78,406 |
|
|
|
61,047 |
|
|
|
83,348 |
|
|
|
77,946 |
|
|
|
300,747 |
|
Corporate and Other |
|
|
309 |
|
|
|
1,151 |
|
|
|
488 |
|
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
1,987 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
292,397 |
|
|
$ |
244,610 |
|
|
$ |
286,325 |
|
|
$ |
261,929 |
|
|
$ |
1,085,261 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended February 2, 2008 |
|
|
|
First |
|
|
Second |
|
|
Third |
|
|
Fourth |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
Total |
|
Operating Income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tommy Bahama |
|
$ |
26,495 |
|
|
$ |
20,945 |
|
|
$ |
11,309 |
|
|
$ |
17,085 |
|
|
$ |
75,834 |
|
Ben Sherman |
|
|
1,682 |
|
|
|
(1,452 |
) |
|
|
5,595 |
|
|
|
2,670 |
|
|
|
8,495 |
|
Lanier Clothes |
|
|
1,437 |
|
|
|
(2,190 |
) |
|
|
2,618 |
|
|
|
(1,995 |
) |
|
|
(130 |
) |
Oxford Apparel |
|
|
7,262 |
|
|
|
3,072 |
|
|
|
7,377 |
|
|
|
2,903 |
|
|
|
20,614 |
|
Corporate and Other |
|
|
(5,935 |
) |
|
|
(3,778 |
) |
|
|
(3,723 |
) |
|
|
(5,717 |
) |
|
|
(19,153 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
30,941 |
|
|
$ |
16,597 |
|
|
$ |
23,176 |
|
|
$ |
14,946 |
|
|
$ |
85,660 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We have included certain non-cash operating expenses and capital expenditure information for
the twelve months ended February 2, 2008 by operating group in the table below (in thousands).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation |
|
|
Amortization |
|
|
Capital |
|
|
|
Expense |
|
|
Expense |
|
|
Expenditure |
|
Tommy Bahama |
|
$ |
13,795 |
|
|
$ |
2,437 |
|
|
$ |
29,577 |
|
Ben Sherman |
|
|
2,666 |
|
|
|
2,710 |
|
|
|
3,370 |
|
Lanier Clothes |
|
|
827 |
|
|
|
120 |
|
|
|
276 |
|
Oxford Apparel |
|
|
1,272 |
|
|
|
167 |
|
|
|
197 |
|
Corporate and Other |
|
|
390 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
257 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
18,950 |
|
|
$ |
5,434 |
|
|
$ |
33,677 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For more details on each of our operating groups, see Note 10 of our consolidated financial
statements contained in this report.
EIGHT MONTH TRANSITION PERIOD ENDED FEBRUARY 2, 2008 COMPARED TO
EIGHT MONTHS ENDED FEBRUARY 2, 2007
The discussion below compares our results of operations for the eight month transition period
ended February 2, 2008 to the eight months ended February 2, 2007. Each percentage change provided
below reflects the change between these periods unless indicated otherwise.
Net sales decreased $43.7 million, or 5.9%, in the eight month transition period ended
February 2, 2008 as a result of the changes discussed below.
Tommy Bahama reported a decrease in net sales of $2.2 million, or 0.8%. The decrease was
primarily due to a decrease in unit sales of 7.9% resulting from the difficult retail environment
in the eight month transition period
39
ended February 2, 2008 at our own retail stores and our wholesale customers stores,
particularly in Florida, California, Nevada and Arizona. We expect this difficult retail
environment to continue.
These factors were partially offset by an increase in retail sales due to the total number of
Tommy Bahama retail stores, excluding licensed stores, increasing to 72 at February 2, 2008 from 66
at February 2, 2007, the launch of the Tommy Bahama e-commerce website in October 2007 and an
increase in the average selling price per unit of 6.5%. The increase in the average selling price
per unit was primarily due to our sales of Tommy Bahama products at our retail stores representing
a larger portion, and wholesale sales representing a smaller portion, of total Tommy Bahama sales
in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 as well as an increase in the average
selling price per unit at wholesale.
Ben Sherman reported an increase in net sales of $2.1 million, or 2.1%. The increase in net
sales was primarily due to an increase in the average selling price per unit of 7.3% resulting
primarily from a 6% increase in the average exchange rate between the United States dollar and the
British pound sterling and a larger percentage of total Ben Sherman sales being sales at our retail
stores rather than wholesale sales during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008.
The increase in average selling price per unit was partially offset by a decrease in unit sales of
4.9% primarily resulting from a unit sales decrease in the wholesale business of the Ben Sherman
brand. The decline in unit volume in the Ben Sherman wholesale operations was primarily due to our
continuing efforts to restrict distribution of Ben Sherman products in the United Kingdom and
decrease inventory levels at retail as well as the termination of the Evisu denim distribution
agreement in the United States during fiscal 2007. In fiscal 2008, we anticipate that sales in our
Ben Sherman wholesale business in the United Kingdom will decline as we reposition the brand, but
that this decline will be partially offset by sales increases in our retail operations and our
international operations outside of the United Kingdom and United States.
Lanier Clothes reported a decrease in net sales of $4.5 million, or 4.0%. The decrease was
primarily due to a decline in the average selling price per unit of 10.9%, partially offset by a
unit sales increase of 7.7%. The decrease in the average selling price per unit was primarily due
to weak demand in the moderate tailored clothing market, particularly in the chain and department
store channels of distribution. We expect that this sluggish market will continue in fiscal 2008.
Oxford Apparel reported a decrease in net sales of $38.6 million, or 16.1%. The decrease was
primarily due to a decrease in unit sales of 14.8% and a decrease in the average selling price per
unit of 1.5%. The decreases in net sales and unit sales were anticipated in connection with the
strategy we implemented in the latter part of fiscal 2007 to focus on key product categories and
exit underperforming lines of business. We anticipate an additional decline in net sales for
Oxford Apparel in fiscal 2008 as we continue to focus on our key product categories and programs
that provide an appropriate return.
Gross profit decreased 3.5% in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008. The
decrease was due to lower sales, as described above, partially offset by higher gross margins.
Gross margins increased to 39.6% of net sales during the eight month transition period ended
February 2, 2008 from 38.6% during the eight months ended February 2, 2007. The increase was
primarily due to the increased proportion of Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman sales, which have higher
gross margins than our other businesses.
Our gross profit may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as income
statement classifications of certain expenses may vary by company.
Selling, general and administrative expenses, or SG&A, increased 3.9% in the eight month
transition period ended February 2, 2008. SG&A was 35.1% of net sales in the eight month transition
period ended February 2, 2008 compared to 31.8% in the eight months ended February 2, 2007. The
increase in SG&A was primarily due to the expenses associated with operating additional Tommy
Bahama and Ben Sherman retail stores. These increases were partially offset by lower incentive
compensation expense due to lower earnings and a decrease in SG&A expense in Oxford Apparel Group
as a result of our strategy to focus on key products and exit underperforming lines of business,
many of which had higher SG&A structures. The increase as a percentage of net sales was due to the
reduction in net sales for the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 compared to the
eight months ended February 2, 2007, as discussed above, and the increase in total SG&A.
40
Amortization of intangible assets decreased 24.2% in the eight month transition period ended
February 2, 2008. The change was primarily due to certain intangible assets acquired as part of our
previous acquisitions, which generally have a greater amount of amortization in the earlier periods
following the acquisition than later periods. We expect that amortization of intangible assets will
be approximately $3.1 million in fiscal 2008 unless we acquire additional intangible assets with
definite lives.
Royalties and other operating income increased 29.2% in the eight month transition period
ended February 2, 2008. The increase was primarily due to increased royalty income from the Tommy
Bahama and Ben Sherman brands.
Operating income decreased 27.0% in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008
due to the changes discussed below.
Tommy Bahama reported a $5.7 million, or 13.0%, decrease in operating income in the eight
month transition period ended February 2, 2008. The net decrease was primarily due to lower net
sales, as discussed above, and higher SG&A due to the additional Tommy Bahama retail stores. These items were partially offset by higher royalty
income during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008.
Ben Sherman reported a $0.1 million, or 3.0%, increase in operating income in the eight month
transition period ended February 2, 2008. The net increase was primarily due to Ben Shermans
increased retail sales, increased sales in our international markets outside of the United Kingdom
and United States and higher royalty income, partially offset by a decline in sales in our Ben
Sherman wholesale business.
Lanier Clothes reported a $4.4 million, or 93.3%, decrease in operating income in the eight
month transition period ended February 2, 2008. The net decrease was primarily due to lower net
sales and lower gross margins caused by weak demand in the moderate tailored clothing market,
particularly in the chain and department store channels of distribution.
Oxford Apparel reported a $2.1 million, or 15.1%, decrease in operating income in the eight
month transition period ended February 2, 2008. The net decrease was primarily due to reduced net
sales, as discussed above. We also incurred charges totaling $1.3 million during the eight month
transition period ended February 2, 2008 related to the disposal of our Tegucigalpa, Honduras
manufacturing facility. These items were partially offset by reduced SG&A expenses, as discussed
above.
The Corporate and Other operating loss increased 29.9% in the eight month transition period
ended February 2, 2008. The increase in the operating loss was primarily due to the impact of LIFO
accounting adjustments in the two periods, the discontinuation of the fees we had been receiving
for providing corporate administrative services to the purchaser of the assets of the Womenswear
Group pursuant to a transition services agreement and the closure of our internal trucking
operation during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008. These changes were
partially offset by lower incentive compensation expense due to lower earnings in the current
period.
Interest expense, net increased 0.9% in the eight month transition period ended February 2,
2008. The increase in interest expense was primarily due to a higher average debt outstanding,
resulting from borrowings used to fund our accelerated share repurchase program, discussed above,
partially offset by lower interest rates.
Income taxes were at an effective tax rate of 25.2% for the eight month transition period
ended February 2, 2008 as compared to 36.3% for the eight months ended February 2, 2007. The
decrease in the effective rate reflects (1) the impact on our deferred tax balances as a result of
a change in the enacted tax rate in the United Kingdom, (2) the change, during the fourth quarter
of fiscal 2007, in our assertion regarding our initial investment in a foreign subsidiary, which is
now considered permanently reinvested and (3) the impact of the short fiscal year (due to the
change in our fiscal year) on our estimated taxable income. We believe our annual effective tax
rate, before the impact of any discrete events, is approximately 34%.
41
Diluted earnings from continuing operations per common share decreased from $1.47 to $1.11 due
to the changes in the operating results discussed above, partially offset by the reduction in the
weighted average shares outstanding during the period as a result of our repurchase of
approximately 1.9 million shares in November 2007, pursuant to our accelerated share repurchase
program.
FISCAL 2007 COMPARED TO FISCAL 2006
The discussion below compares our results of operations for fiscal 2007 to those in fiscal
2006. Each percentage change provided below reflects the change between these periods unless
indicated otherwise.
Net sales increased $19.8 million, or 1.8%, in fiscal 2007 as a result of the changes in sales
as discussed below.
Tommy Bahama reported an increase in net sales of $56.0 million, or 13.7%. The increase was
primarily due to an increase in unit sales of 16.6% primarily due to growth in Tommy Bahama Relax,
Tommy Bahama Golf 18 and Tommy Bahama Swim tm products and an increase in the total number of retail
stores from 59 at June 2, 2006 to 68 at June 1, 2007. These factors were partially offset by a
decrease in the average selling price per unit of 3.2%, primarily because our sales of Tommy Bahama
products at wholesale grew faster than sales at retail.
Ben Sherman reported a decrease in net sales of $9.8 million, or 5.9%. The decrease was
primarily due to a decrease in unit sales of 13.5% resulting from a unit sales decline in the
United Kingdom and the United States. This decline was primarily due to the weakness in the United
Kingdom apparel market through much of fiscal 2007 and our efforts to restrict distribution of Ben
Sherman products and decrease inventory levels at retail in the United States. This decrease in
unit sales was partially offset by an increase in the average selling price per unit of 8.8%, which
was primarily due to an 8.6% increase in the average exchange rate between the United States dollar
and the British pound sterling.
Lanier Clothes reported a decrease in net sales of $15.3 million, or 8.5%. The decrease was
primarily due to a unit sales decrease of 8.5% primarily due to sluggish demand in the tailored
clothing market at retail as well as our difficulty in forecasting demand for the combined
operations of Macys following its merger with May Company, operational issues associated with
shifts in sourcing to new locations and repositioning certain of our Lanier Clothes product lines.
Oxford Apparel reported a decrease in net sales of $13.6 million, or 3.9%. The decrease was
primarily due to a decrease in the average selling price per unit of 8.0%. This decrease was due to
product mix including an increase in the percentage of sales on an FOB Foreign Port basis, which
generally have lower selling prices, and the exit from certain lines of business. The decrease in
the selling price per unit was partially offset by an increase of 4.5% in unit sales, primarily due
to new programs in fiscal 2007, including sales of Hathaway branded products.
Gross profit increased 3.7% in fiscal 2007. The increase was due to higher sales, as described
above, and higher gross margins. Gross margins increased from 38.9% during fiscal 2006 to 39.7%
during fiscal 2007. The increase was primarily due to the increased sales of Tommy Bahama, which
has higher gross margins, and decreased sales in the other operating groups. Additionally, we
incurred approximately $2.2 million of costs and plant operating losses related to the closure of
manufacturing facilities by Oxford Apparel and Lanier Clothes in fiscal 2006.
Our gross profit may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as income
statement classifications of certain expenses may vary by company.
SG&A increased 5.3% in fiscal 2007. SG&A was 31.6% of net sales in fiscal 2007 compared to
30.6% in fiscal 2006. The increase in SG&A was primarily due to the expenses associated with
opening new Tommy Bahama retail stores and the increase in the average currency exchange rate
related to our Ben Sherman business in the United Kingdom. Additionally, in fiscal 2007, we
recognized approximately $3.3 million in severance costs in Oxford Apparel, Lanier Clothes and
Corporate and Other, and in fiscal 2006 we recognized approximately $1.2 million of restructuring
costs primarily related to the consolidation of certain support functions in Oxford Apparel.
42
Amortization of intangible assets decreased 16.2% in fiscal 2007. The change was primarily due
to certain intangible assets acquired as part of our previous acquisitions, which generally have a
greater amount of amortization in the earlier periods following the acquisition than later periods.
Royalties and other operating income increased 25.2% in fiscal 2007. The increase was
primarily due to our share of equity income received from an unconsolidated entity that owns the
Hathaway trademark in the United States and several other countries, which was acquired in the
first quarter of fiscal 2007, and a pre-tax gain of $2.0 million on the sale of our Monroe, Georgia
facility in fiscal 2007.
Operating income increased 2.8% in fiscal 2007 due to the changes discussed below.
Tommy Bahama reported a $10.0 million, or 14.0%, increase in operating income in fiscal 2007.
The net increase was primarily due to higher net sales, as discussed above, and a decrease in
amortization of intangible assets. This was partially offset by higher SG&A due to the additional
Tommy Bahama retail stores opened during fiscal 2007.
Ben Sherman reported a $2.0 million, or 18.9%, decrease in operating income in fiscal 2007.
The net decrease was primarily due to the decrease in sales and operating income in the United
Kingdom and United States markets which were partially offset by the improved results from our
operations in other international markets and the positive impact of foreign currency exchange
rates on our earnings from the United Kingdom.
Lanier Clothes reported a $13.2 million, or 75.7%, decrease in operating income in fiscal
2007. The net decrease was primarily due to the sluggish demand in the tailored clothing market and
challenging conditions, as discussed above, that resulted in decreased sales and gross margins
which included higher inventory markdowns and allowances during fiscal 2007. In fiscal 2007, Lanier
Clothes incurred approximately $0.9 million in severance costs, and in fiscal 2006 Lanier Clothes
incurred approximately $1.2 million of costs and operating losses related to the closure of a
manufacturing facility in Honduras.
Oxford Apparel reported a $8.2 million, or 56.3%, increase in operating income in fiscal 2007.
The net increase was primarily due to reduced SG&A resulting from the exit of certain lines of
business and a reduction of associated infrastructure, increased equity income from the
unconsolidated entity that owns the Hathaway trademark, and a pre-tax gain of $2.0 million from the
sale of our Monroe, Georgia facility.
These items were partially offset by the impact of the reduced sales as discussed above.
Additionally, in fiscal 2007, we incurred approximately $1.0 million of severance costs in Oxford
Apparel, and in fiscal 2006 we recognized approximately $2.2 million of costs related to the
closure of manufacturing facilities and the consolidation of certain Oxford Apparel support
functions.
The Corporate and Other operating loss increased 2.1% in fiscal 2007. The increase in the
operating loss was primarily due to severance costs partially offset by payments we received for
certain corporate administrative services we provided to the purchaser of the assets of the
Womenswear Group pursuant to a transition services agreement, which
did not continue in our eight month transition period ended
February 2, 2008.
Interest expense, net decreased 7.3% in fiscal 2007. The decrease in interest expense was due
to lower levels of debt during fiscal 2007, partially offset by higher interest rates in fiscal
2007.
Income taxes were at an effective tax rate of 33.5% for fiscal 2007 as compared to 30.9% for
fiscal 2006. The fiscal 2006 effective tax rate benefited from the impact of the repatriation of
earnings of certain of our foreign subsidiaries and changes in certain contingency reserves. The
fiscal 2007 effective tax rate benefited from the reversal of a deferred tax liability in
association with a change in our assertion regarding our initial investment in a foreign
subsidiary, which is now considered permanently reinvested, partially offset by a change in certain
contingency reserves and other adjustments to tax balances arising in prior years.
Discontinued operations resulted from the disposition of our Womenswear Group operations on
June 2, 2006, leading to all Womenswear operations being reclassified to discontinued operations
for all periods presented. The decrease in earnings from discontinued operations was primarily due
to fiscal 2006 including the full operations and
43
the gain on sale of the Womenswear Group, while fiscal 2007 only included incidental items
related to the Womenswear Group.
FISCAL 2006 COMPARED TO FISCAL 2005
The discussion below compares our results of operations for fiscal 2006 to those in fiscal
2005. Each percentage change provided below reflects the change between these periods unless
indicated otherwise.
Net sales increased by $52.3 million, or 5.0%, in fiscal 2006. The increase was primarily due
to an increase in the average selling price per unit of 2.3% and an increase in unit sales of 2.1%.
Tommy Bahama reported a $9.5 million, or 2.4%, increase in net sales in fiscal 2006. The
increase was due primarily to an average selling price per unit increase of 3.3%, excluding the
private label business, resulting from increased retail sales and a higher average selling price
per unit on branded wholesale business. The increase in retail sales was primarily due to an
increase in the number of retail stores from 53 at the end of fiscal 2005 to 59 at the end of
fiscal 2006. The higher average selling price per unit on branded wholesale business was due to
lower levels of off-price merchandise during fiscal 2006. The net sales increase was partially
offset by Tommy Bahamas exit from the private label business, which accounted for $10.0 million of
sales in fiscal 2005 and virtually no sales in fiscal 2006.
Ben Sherman, which we acquired on July 31, 2004, reported a $12.5 million, or 8.1%, increase
in net sales in fiscal 2006, primarily due to its inclusion in our results of operations for twelve
months in fiscal 2006 as compared to ten months in fiscal 2005. The increase in units sold was
partially offset by a decrease in the average selling price per unit which was primarily due to the
high level of markdowns and allowances required for our products in fiscal 2006.
Lanier Clothes reported a $7.2 million, or 4.2%, increase in net sales in fiscal 2006. The
increase was the result of a 2.5% increase in unit sales and a 1.6% increase in the average selling
price per unit. The increase in sales was primarily due to the acquisition of the Arnold Brant
business in the second quarter of fiscal 2006. The increase in net sales from Arnold Brant of
approximately $11.4 million was partially offset by a decline in net sales in certain branded
merchandise of the group.
Oxford Apparel reported a $23.6 million, or 7.2%, increase in net sales in fiscal 2006. The
increase was primarily due to a 3.6% increase in the average selling price per unit and a 3.4%
increase in units shipped. The increase in unit sales was due to new marketing initiatives,
including our Solitude and Wedge brands and certain dress shirt replenishment programs, partially
offset by decreases in other replenishment programs. The increase in average selling price per unit
was due to product mix.
Gross profit increased 7.1% in fiscal 2006. The increase was due to higher sales and higher
gross margins. Gross margins increased from 38.2% of net sales in fiscal 2005 to 38.9% of net sales
in fiscal 2006. The increase was primarily due to the increased margins of Tommy Bahama partially
offset by the sales increases in the lower-margin Oxford Apparel and Lanier Clothes and the
one-time costs of approximately $2.2 million associated with the closure of four manufacturing
facilities in Oxford Apparel and Lanier Clothes in fiscal 2006.
Our gross profit may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as income
statement classifications of certain expenses may vary by company.
Selling, general and administrative expenses, increased 7.8% during fiscal 2006. SG&A was
29.8% of net sales in fiscal 2005 compared to 30.6% of net sales in fiscal 2006. The increase in
SG&A was primarily due to:
|
|
|
the ownership of Ben Sherman, which has a higher SG&A structure than certain of our other
operating groups, for twelve months in fiscal 2006 compared to ten months in fiscal 2005; |
|
|
|
|
additional Tommy Bahama retail stores; |
|
|
|
|
expenses associated with the start-up of new marketing initiatives in Oxford Apparel; |
|
|
|
|
costs of approximately $1.2 million associated with the consolidation of certain support
functions in Oxford Apparel; and |
44
|
|
|
operating expenses of the Arnold Brant business in Lanier Clothes which has a higher SG&A
structure than the rest of Lanier Clothes. |
Amortization of intangible assets decreased 11.4% in fiscal 2006. The decrease was due to
certain intangible assets acquired as part of our acquisitions of Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman,
which have a greater amount of amortization in the earlier periods following the acquisition than
later periods. This decline was partially offset by recognizing amortization related to the
intangible assets acquired in the Ben Sherman transaction for the entire period during the twelve
months of fiscal 2006 compared to only ten months in the prior year.
Royalties and other operating income increased 9.0% in fiscal 2006. The increase was primarily
due to the benefit of licensing related to Ben Sherman for the entire twelve months of fiscal 2006,
as well as higher royalty income from existing and additional licenses for the Tommy Bahama brand.
Operating income increased 6.3% in fiscal 2006 primarily due to the net effect of the
following factors:
Tommy Bahama reported an increase of $17.4 million, or 32.1%, in operating income in fiscal
2006. The increase in operating income was primarily due to:
|
|
|
improvements in gross margins due to higher retail sales, improvements in product
sourcing and improved inventory management, which resulted in reduced markdowns; |
|
|
|
|
exiting the private label business, which produced lower margins; and |
|
|
|
|
reduced amortization expense related to intangible assets. |
Ben Sherman reported a $12.0 million, or 53.7%, decrease in operating income in fiscal 2006.
The decline was primarily due to poorly performing product lines, which resulted in markdowns,
allowances and returns in fiscal 2006.
Lanier Clothes reported a $4.0 million, or 18.5%, decrease in operating income in fiscal 2006.
The decline was primarily due to the closure of manufacturing facilities as discussed above and the
operating loss experienced by the Arnold Brant business while it was being integrated into our
operations.
Oxford Apparel operating income was relatively flat in fiscal 2006 compared to fiscal 2005.
The impact of the sales increase was offset by the closure of manufacturing facilities,
consolidation of support functions and streamlining of operations discussed above.
Corporate and Other operating loss decreased $4.4 million, or 21.8%, in fiscal 2006. The
decrease in operating loss was primarily due to decreased parent company expenses, including a
decrease in incentive compensation.
Interest expense, net decreased 8.3% in fiscal 2006. The decrease in interest expense was
primarily due to a non-recurring $1.8 million charge recognized in the first quarter of fiscal 2005
related to the refinancing of our U.S. revolving credit facility in July 2004 and lower debt levels
in fiscal 2006, partially offset by higher interest rates during fiscal 2006.
Income taxes were at an effective tax rate of 30.9% for fiscal 2006 compared to 33.5% for
fiscal 2005. The fiscal 2006 effective tax rate benefited from the impact of the repatriation of
earnings of certain of our foreign subsidiaries and changes in certain contingency reserves. The
fiscal 2005 effective tax rate benefited from changes in certain contingency reserves.
Discontinued operations resulted from the disposition of our Womenswear Group operations on
June 2, 2006, leading to all Womenswear Group operations being reclassified to discontinued
operations for all periods presented and diluted earnings from discontinued operations per common
share of $1.08 in fiscal 2006 and $0.34 in fiscal 2005. The increase in earnings from gain on sale
and discontinued operations was primarily due to the gain on the sale of our Womenswear Group
operations and higher sales in fiscal 2006.
45
FINANCIAL CONDITION, LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Our primary source of revenue and cash flow is our operating activities in the United States
and to some extent the United Kingdom. When cash inflows are less than cash outflows, subject to
their terms, we also have access to amounts under our U.S. Revolver and U.K. Revolver, each of
which are described below. We may seek to finance future capital investment programs through
various methods, including, but not limited to, cash flow from operations, borrowings under our
current or additional credit facilities and sales of debt or equity securities.
Our liquidity requirements arise from the funding of our working capital needs, which include
inventory, other operating expenses and accounts receivable, funding of capital expenditures,
payment of quarterly dividends, repayment of our indebtedness and acquisitions, if any. Generally,
our product purchases are acquired through trade letters of credit which are drawn against our
lines of credit at the time of shipment of the products and reduce the amounts available under our
lines of credit when issued.
The table below provides summary cash flow information (in thousands).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eight Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months |
|
Transition Period |
|
Eight Months |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended February 2, |
|
Ended February 2, |
|
Ended February 2, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
2008 |
|
2007 |
|
Fiscal 2007 |
|
Fiscal 2006 |
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities |
|
$ |
66,431 |
|
|
$ |
44,137 |
|
|
$ |
37,007 |
|
|
$ |
59,606 |
|
|
$ |
80,955 |
|
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities |
|
|
(85,126 |
) |
|
|
(74,818 |
) |
|
|
(41,049 |
) |
|
|
(51,467 |
) |
|
|
(34,594 |
) |
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
|
|
4,169 |
|
|
|
8,962 |
|
|
|
(6,220 |
) |
|
|
(10,826 |
) |
|
|
(97,998 |
) |
EIGHT MONTH TRANSITION PERIOD ENDED FEBRUARY 2, 2008 COMPARED TO
EIGHT MONTHS ENDED FEBRUARY 2, 2007
Cash and cash equivalents on hand was $14.9 million and $30.5 million at February 2, 2008 and
February 2, 2007, respectively.
Operating Activities
During the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 and the eight months ended
February 2, 2007, our continuing operations generated $44.1 million and $37.0 million of cash,
respectively. The operating cash flows were primarily the result of earnings from continuing
operations for the period, adjusted for non-cash activities such as depreciation, amortization and
stock compensation expense and changes in our working capital accounts. In the eight month
transition period ended February 2, 2008 and the eight months ended February 2, 2007, the
significant changes in working capital from June 1, 2007 and June 2, 2006, respectively, included
increases in inventories and lower receivables.
Our working capital ratio, which is calculated by dividing total current assets by total
current liabilities, was 1.91:1 and 2.44:1 at February 2, 2008, and February 2, 2007, respectively.
The change from February 2, 2007 was primarily due to the fact that we had borrowings outstanding
under our U.S. Revolver at February 2, 2008, primarily resulting from borrowings to fund our
accelerated share repurchase program and the acquisition of Tommy Bahamas buying agent.
Receivables were $105.6 million and $106.6 million at February 2, 2008 and February 2, 2007,
respectively, representing a decrease of 1%. The decrease was primarily due to lower wholesale
sales during the two months ended February 2, 2008 compared to the two months ended February 2,
2007. Days sales outstanding for our wholesale accounts receivable was 53 days and 57 days at
February 2, 2008 and February 2, 2007, respectively.
Inventories were $158.9 million and $166.2 million at February 2, 2008 and February 2, 2007,
respectively, a decrease of 4%. Inventory for the Tommy Bahama operating group increased to support
additional retail stores. Inventory levels at Ben Sherman decreased primarily due to reductions of
excess inventory in our Ben Sherman U.S. business. Inventory for Lanier Clothes decreased as we
have continued to focus on moving excess inventory
46
resulting from the sluggish tailored clothing market. Although we have made significant
progress in reducing our inventory levels, at February 2, 2008, we continue to have higher than
optimal levels of inventory in our replenishment programs and seasonal inventories in Lanier
Clothes. We expect the inventory levels for Lanier Clothes to decrease to a more optimal level
before the end of the second quarter of fiscal 2008. Inventory levels for Oxford Apparel increased
compared to the prior year primarily due to inventory increases in replenishment programs and new
initiatives in our dress shirt business and other key product categories partially offset by
reductions in product categories that we have exited. Our days supply of inventory on hand, using
a FIFO basis, was 118 days and 113 days as of February 2, 2008 and February 2, 2007, respectively,
due to the changes by operating group discussed above.
Prepaid expenses were $18.7 million and $22.7 million at February 2, 2008 and February 2,
2007, respectively. The decrease in prepaid expenses was primarily due to the timing of payments
for certain operating expenses, including advertising and insurance costs.
Current liabilities were $156.4 million and $133.6 million at February 2, 2008 and February 2,
2007, respectively. The increase in current liabilities was primarily due to the amounts
outstanding under our U.S. Revolver as a result of the borrowings related to our accelerated share
repurchase program in November 2007 and the acquisition of Tommy Bahamas buying agent on February
1, 2008.
Other non-current liabilities, which primarily consist of deferred rent and deferred
compensation amounts, were $50.9 million and $36.3 million at February 2, 2008 and February 2,
2007, respectively. The increase was primarily due to the recognition of additional deferred rent
and deferred compensation during the twelve months subsequent to February 2, 2007 and the
reclassification of approximately $5.3 million to other non-current liabilities from income taxes
payable and non-current deferred income taxes as a result of the adoption of FIN 48 in the first
quarter of the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008.
Non-current deferred income taxes were $61.0 million and $80.7 million at February 2, 2008 and
February 2, 2007, respectively. The change resulted primarily from the reclassification of
approximately $3.7 million from non-current deferred income taxes to other non-current liabilities
as a result of the adoption of FIN 48 in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008,
the change in our assertion related to a foreign subsidiary in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007, a
distribution from a foreign subsidiary during the eight month transition period ended February 2,
2008, the impact on our deferred tax balances as a result of a change in the enacted tax rate in
the United Kingdom in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 and the impact of
book to tax differences for depreciation expense.
Investing Activities
During the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, investing activities used
$74.8 million in cash. We paid approximately $55.6 million related to acquisitions primarily
consisting of the final Tommy Bahama earn-out payments and the acquisition of the Tommy Bahama
buying agent on February 1, 2008. Additionally, we incurred approximately $21.1 million of capital
expenditures, primarily related to new retail stores. We received proceeds of approximately $2.5
million primarily related to the disposal of our manufacturing facility in Tegucigalpa, Honduras in
October 2007.
During the eight months ended February 2, 2007, investing activities used $41.0 million in
cash. We paid approximately $22.4 million related to acquisitions, consisting of the fiscal 2006
Tommy Bahama earn-out payment and the acquisition of a two-thirds ownership interest in an
unconsolidated entity that owns the Hathaway trademark in the United States and certain other
countries. Additionally, we incurred capital expenditures of $18.7 million, primarily related to
new retail stores.
Non-current assets, including property, plant and equipment, goodwill, intangible assets and
other non-current assets, increased from February 2, 2007 to February 2, 2008, primarily as a
result of the fiscal 2007 and cumulative earn-out related to the Tommy Bahama acquisition, the
acquisition of Tommy Bahamas buying agent and capital expenditures for our retail stores. These
increases were partially offset by depreciation related to our property, plant and equipment and
amortization of our intangible assets.
47
Financing Activities
During the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, financing activities provided
$9.0 million in cash. As the cash flow used in our investing activities as discussed above, cash
paid related to our $60 million accelerated share repurchase program and the $6.5 million of
dividends paid exceeded cash flows provided by operating activities, we borrowed additional amounts
under our U.S. Revolver during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008. We also
received $2.6 million of cash from the exercise of employee stock options. The $6.5 million of
dividends paid on our common stock were for the dividends declared in the first quarter and second
quarter of the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008.
During the eight months ended February 2, 2007, financing activities used $6.2 million in
cash. We paid $8.0 million for dividends declared in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006, first
quarter of fiscal 2007 and second quarter of fiscal 2007. We also repaid approximately $1.0 million
of borrowings under our U.S. Revolver during the eight months ended February 2, 2007 as cash flow
from continuing and discontinued operations exceeded our investing and financing activities. We
also received $2.8 million of cash upon the exercise of stock options during the eight months ended
February 2, 2007.
Additionally, on March 27, 2008 our board of directors declared a cash dividend of $0.18 per
share payable on May 30, 2008 to shareholders of record on May 15, 2008, which will be the
192nd consecutive quarterly dividend we have paid since we became a public company in July 1960. We
expect to pay dividends in future quarters. However, we may decide to discontinue or modify
dividend payments at any time if we determine that other uses of our capital, including, but not
limited to, payment of outstanding debt, repurchases of outstanding shares or funding of future
acquisitions, may be in our best interest, if our expectations of future cash flows and future cash
needs outweigh the ability to pay a dividend or if the terms of our credit facilities or other debt
instruments limit our ability to pay dividends. We may borrow to fund dividends in the short-term
based on our expectations of operating cash flows in future periods. All cash flow from operations
will not necessarily be paid out as dividends in all periods.
Debt, including short term debt, was $272.3 million and $199.6 million as of February 2, 2008
and February 2, 2007, respectively. The increase was primarily due to borrowings under our U.S.
Revolver to fund our $60 million accelerated share repurchase program and our acquisition of the
Tommy Bahama buying agent.
Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations
During the eight months ended February 2, 2007 cash flows from discontinued operations
resulted from the net assets related to the discontinued operations of our Womenswear Group as of
June 2, 2006 being converted to cash during the period. There were no cash flows from discontinued
operations during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 and we do not anticipate
any significant cash flows from discontinued operations in future periods.
FISCAL 2007 COMPARED TO FISCAL 2006
Cash and cash equivalents on hand was $36.9 million and $10.5 million at June 1, 2007 and
June 2, 2006, respectively.
Operating Activities
During fiscal 2007 and 2006, our continuing operations generated $59.6 million and
$81.0 million of cash, respectively. The operating cash flows were primarily the result of earnings
from continuing operations for the period adjusted for non-cash activities such as depreciation,
amortization and stock compensation expense and changes in our working capital accounts. In fiscal
2007, the significant changes in working capital included higher amounts of inventories and lower
current liabilities partially offset by lower receivables and higher non-current liabilities, each
as discussed below. In fiscal 2006, the significant changes in working capital included
significantly lower levels of inventory and accounts payable.
Our working capital ratio, which is calculated by dividing total current assets by total
current liabilities, was 2.35:1 and 1.98:1 at June 1, 2007 and June 2, 2006, respectively. The
change was due to the higher levels of cash and inventory on hand and the significant reduction of
current liabilities as well as the impact of having no assets and liabilities related to
discontinued operations at June 1, 2007.
48
Receivables were $138.0 million and $144.1 million at June 1, 2007 and June 2, 2006,
respectively, representing a decrease of 4%. The decrease was primarily due to lower wholesale
sales and higher retail sales in the last two months of fiscal 2007 compared to fiscal 2006. Days
sales outstanding for our accounts receivable, excluding retail sales, was 52 days and 54 days at
June 1, 2007 and June 2, 2006, respectively.
Inventories were $137.3 million and $123.6 million at June 1, 2007 and June 2, 2006,
respectively, an increase of 11%. Inventory for Tommy Bahama increased primarily due to inventory
requirements of our new Tommy Bahama retail stores. Inventory for Lanier Clothes increased due to
lower than planned sales which resulted in higher than optimal levels in our replenishment programs
and seasonal inventories at June 1, 2007. Inventory in Ben Sherman remained relatively consistent
with the prior year. Inventory levels in Oxford Apparel decreased as we have refocused the
operations of Oxford Apparel towards higher-margin products and discontinued certain programs that
previously required a significant inventory investment. Our days supply of inventory on hand
related to continuing operations, using a FIFO basis, was 101 and 91 days at June 1, 2007 and
June 2, 2006, respectively.
Prepaid expenses were $22.0 million and $20.2 million at June 1, 2007 and June 2, 2006,
respectively.
Current liabilities, excluding current liabilities related to discontinued operations of
$30.7 million at June 2, 2006, were $142.4 million and $149.6 million at June 1, 2007 and June 2,
2006, respectively. The decrease in current liabilities was primarily due to the a general
reduction in accounts payable and accrued expenses partially offset by an increase in the earn-out
payable with respect to our acquisition of Tommy Bahama of $10.7 million at June 1, 2007 compared
to June 2, 2006.
Non-current deferred income tax liabilities were $72.0 million and $76.6 million at June 1,
2007 and June 2, 2006, respectively. The decrease was primarily a result of changes in property,
plant and equipment basis differences, amortization of acquired intangible assets and deferred
compensation balances.
Other non-current liabilities, which primarily consist of deferred rent and deferred
compensation amounts, were $40.9 million and $30.0 million at June 1, 2007 and June 2, 2006,
respectively. The increase was primarily due to the recognition of additional deferred rent during
fiscal 2007 as well as the deferral of certain compensation payments to our executives in
accordance with our deferred compensation plan.
Current assets and current liabilities related to discontinued operations decreased from the
balances at June 2, 2006 as the assets were converted to cash and the liabilities were paid during
fiscal 2007.
Investing Activities
During fiscal 2007, investing activities used $51.5 million in cash. We paid approximately
$22.7 million related to acquisitions consisting of the fiscal 2006 Tommy Bahama earn-out payment
and the acquisition of an ownership interest in an unconsolidated entity that owns the Hathaway
trademark in the United States and certain other countries. Additionally, we incurred capital
expenditures of $31.3 million, primarily related to new Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman retail stores
in fiscal 2007.
During fiscal 2006, investing activities used $34.6 million in cash. We paid $11.9 million for
acquisitions in fiscal 2006 consisting of the fiscal 2005 Tommy Bahama earn-out payment, the
payments for the acquisition of the Solitude and Arnold Brant trademarks and related working
capital and an investment in an unconsolidated entity that owns a factory in China. Additionally,
approximately $25.0 million of capital expenditures were incurred, primarily related to new Tommy
Bahama and Ben Sherman retail stores.
Non-current assets including property, plant and equipment, goodwill, intangible assets and
other non-current assets increased primarily as a result of the fiscal 2007 and cumulative earn-out
payments related to the Tommy Bahama acquisition, capital expenditures for our retail stores and
the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. These increases were partially offset by
the depreciation of our property, plant and equipment and amortization of our intangible assets and
deferred financing costs.
49
Financing Activities
During fiscal 2007, financing activities used $10.8 million of cash primarily attributable to
the payment of approximately $14.4 million of dividends on our common stock, which was partially
offset by $4.6 million of cash provided by the exercise of employee stock options.
During fiscal 2006, financing activities used approximately $98.0 million in cash. The cash
flow generated from our operating activities in excess of our investments as well as the proceeds
from the disposition of the Womenswear Group operations were used to repay amounts on our lines of
credit during fiscal 2006. We also received $4.0 million of cash provided from the exercise of
employee stock options. These amounts were partially offset by the payment of $9.5 million of
dividends on our common shares during fiscal 2006.
Debt was approximately $199.7 million and $200.2 million at June 1, 2007 and June 2, 2006,
respectively.
Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations
During fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, the Womenswear Group generated cash flow of $28.3 million,
$55.8 million and $10.2 million, respectively. The cash flows from discontinued operations for
fiscal 2007 were primarily due to the net assets related to the discontinued operations as of
June 2, 2006 being converted to cash during the period. The cash flows from discontinued operations
for fiscal 2006 and 2005 were due to the earnings of the Womenswear Group in those years, adjusted
for any changes in working capital accounts during the year, as well as the proceeds from the
disposition of the Womenswear Group operations in fiscal 2006 as discussed in Note 1 of our
consolidated financial statements included in this report.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
The table below provides a description of our significant financing arrangements and the
amounts outstanding under these financing arrangements at February 2, 2008 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
$280 million U.S. Secured Revolving Credit Facility (U.S.
Revolver), which accrues interest (6.0% at February 2,
2008), unused line fees and letter of credit fees based upon
a pricing grid which is tied to certain debt ratios,
requires interest payments monthly with principal due at
maturity (July 2009), and is collateralized by substantially
all the assets of Oxford Industries, Inc. and our domestic
subsidiaries (1) |
|
$ |
72,900 |
|
£12 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility (U.K.
Revolver), which accrues interest at the banks base rate
plus 1.0%, requires interest payments monthly with principal
payable on demand or at maturity (July 2008), and is
collateralized by substantially all the United Kingdom
assets of Ben Sherman |
|
|
|
|
$200 million Senior Unsecured Notes (Senior Unsecured
Notes), which accrue interest at 8.875% (effective rate of
9.0%), require interest payments semi-annually on June 1 and
December 1 of each year, require payment of principal at
maturity (June 2011), are subject to certain prepayment
penalties, as discussed below, and are guaranteed by our
domestic subsidiaries |
|
|
200,000 |
|
Unamortized discount on Senior Unsecured Notes |
|
|
(586 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Total debt |
|
$ |
272,314 |
|
Short-term debt and current maturities of long-term debt |
|
|
(37,900 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Total long-term debt, less current maturities |
|
$ |
234,414 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
$35.0 million and $37.9 million of the amount outstanding under the U.S. Revolver at February
2, 2008 was classified as long-term debt and short-term debt, respectively. The amount classified
as long-term debt represents the minimum amount we anticipate to be outstanding under the U.S.
Revolver during fiscal 2008. |
Our U.S. Revolver and U.K. Revolver are used to finance trade letters of credit and standby
letters of credit, as well as provide funding for other operating activities and acquisitions. As
of February 2, 2008, approximately $52.2 million of trade letters of credit and other limitations
on availability were outstanding against our U.S. Revolver and the U.K. Revolver. The aggregate net
availability under our U.S. Revolver and U.K. Revolver
agreements was approximately $178.7 million
as of February 2, 2008 subject to the respective limitations on borrowings set forth in our U.S.
Revolver, U.K. Revolver and the indenture for the Senior Unsecured Notes.
50
Our U.S. Revolver and Senior Unsecured Notes each include certain debt covenant restrictions
that require us or our subsidiaries to maintain certain financial ratios that we believe are
customary for similar facilities. As of February 2, 2008, we were compliant with all financial
covenants and restricted payment provisions related to our debt agreements.
Our U.S. Revolver also includes limitations on certain restricted payments, including payment
of dividends. Pursuant to the U.S. Revolver agreement, subject to
other conditions, we may pay
dividends if our Total Debt to EBITDA ratio, as defined in the U.S. Revolver agreement, for the
four preceding quarters would have been not more than 3.00:1.00 after giving effect to the dividend
payment. Our U.S. Revolver further provides that, effective as
of August 3, 2008, this limitation will change so that we may
make restricted payments such as dividends if, subject to other
conditions, our Total Debt to EBITDA ratio for the four preceding
quarters is 2.75:1.00 after giving effect to the payment. Additionally, our Senior Unsecured Notes include limitations on the
payment of dividends. Pursuant to the indenture governing our Senior Unsecured Notes, we may make
certain Restricted Payments, as defined in the indenture, to the extent that the sum of the
Restricted Payments do not exceed the allowable amount described in the indenture. Restricted
Payments include the payment of dividends, the repurchase of our common shares, repayment of
certain debt, the payment of amounts pursuant to earn-out agreements and certain investments. The
allowable amount includes 50% of GAAP net income, as adjusted, cash proceeds from the issuance of
shares of our common stock including stock options and restricted stock awards and certain other
items. We were compliant with these limitations as of February 2, 2008.
The Senior Unsecured Notes are subject to redemption at any time after June 1, 2007, at our
option, in whole or in part, on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior notice. During the
period from June 1, 2007 through May 31, 2008, the amount paid at redemption would be equal to
104.438% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Unsecured Notes to be redeemed together
with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption. During the period from June 1,
2008 through May 31, 2009, the amount paid at redemption would be equal to 102.219% of the
aggregate principal amount of the Senior Unsecured Notes to be redeemed together with accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption. Subsequent to June 1, 2009, the amount paid at
redemption would be equal to 100.000% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Unsecured
Notes to be redeemed together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.
Our debt to total capitalization ratio was 40%, 31% and 32% at February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007
and February 2, 2007, respectively. The change in this ratio from June 1, 2007 and February 2, 2007
was primarily a result of our $60 million share repurchase program and the acquisition of the Tommy
Bahama buying agent on February 1, 2008, both of which were funded from borrowings under our U.S.
Revolver. Our debt level, as well as the ratio of debt to total capitalization, in future years may
not be comparable to historical amounts as we continuously assess and periodically make changes to
our capital structure and may make additional acquisitions, investments or repurchases of shares in
the future.
We anticipate that we will be able to satisfy our ongoing cash requirements, which generally
consist of working capital needs, capital expenditures (primarily for the opening of additional
Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman retail stores) and interest payments on our debt during fiscal 2008,
primarily from cash on hand and cash flow from operations supplemented by borrowings under our
lines of credit, if necessary. Our need for working capital is typically seasonal with the greatest
requirements generally existing in the fall and spring of each year. Our capital needs will depend
on many factors including our growth rate, the need to finance increased inventory levels and the
success of our various products.
If appropriate investment opportunities arise that exceed the availability under our existing
credit facilities, we believe that we will be able to fund such acquisitions through additional or
refinanced debt facilities or the issuance of additional equity. However, our ability to obtain
additional borrowings or refinance our credit facilities will depend on many factors, including the
prevailing market conditions, our financial condition and our ability to negotiate favorable terms
and conditions. There is no assurance that financing would be available on terms that are
acceptable or favorable to us, if at all. At maturity of the U.S. Revolver, the U.K. Revolver and
the Senior Unsecured Notes, we anticipate that we will be able to refinance the facilities and debt
with terms available in the market at that time.
51
The following table summarizes our contractual cash obligations, as of February 2, 2008, by
future period:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period |
|
|
|
Less Than |
|
|
1-3 |
|
|
3-5 |
|
|
More Than |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 year |
|
|
Years |
|
|
Years |
|
|
5 Years |
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
Contractual Obligations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Unsecured Notes |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
200,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
200,000 |
|
Interest on Senior Unsecured Notes |
|
|
17,750 |
|
|
|
35,500 |
|
|
|
8,875 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62,125 |
|
U.S. Revolver and U.K. Revolver (1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
72,900 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
72,900 |
|
Operating leases (2) |
|
|
32,946 |
|
|
|
64,152 |
|
|
|
56,867 |
|
|
|
86,092 |
|
|
|
240,057 |
|
Minimum royalty and advertising
payments pursuant to royalty
agreements |
|
|
8,068 |
|
|
|
7,614 |
|
|
|
1,869 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,551 |
|
Letters of credit |
|
|
52,164 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52,164 |
|
Other (3)(4)(5) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
110,928 |
|
|
$ |
180,166 |
|
|
$ |
267,611 |
|
|
$ |
86,092 |
|
|
$ |
644,797 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Interest amounts payable in future periods on our U.S. Revolver and U.K. Revolver have been
excluded from the table above as the amount that will be outstanding and interest rate during any
fiscal year will be dependent upon future events which are not known at this time. |
|
(2) |
|
Amounts to be paid in future periods for real estate taxes, insurance, other operating expenses
and contingent rent applicable to the properties pursuant to the respective operating leases have
been excluded from the table above as the amounts payable in future periods are generally not
specified in the lease agreements and are dependent on amounts which are not known at this time.
Such amounts incurred in the eight months ended February 2, 2008 and fiscal 2007 totaled
approximately $8.2 million and $10.8 million, respectively. |
|
(3) |
|
Amounts totaling $11.9 million of deferred compensation obligations and $0.7 million of
obligations related to the post-retirement benefit portions of endorsement-type split dollar life
insurance policies which are included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance
sheet as of February 2, 2008 have been excluded from the table above due to the uncertainty of the
timing of the payment of these obligations, which are generally at the discretion of the individual
employees or upon the death of the former employee, respectively. |
|
(4) |
|
An environmental reserve of $4.4 million, which is included in other non-current liabilities in
our consolidated balance sheet as of February 2, 2008 and discussed in Note 6 to our consolidated
financial statements included in this report, has been excluded from
the above table as we were not
contractually obligated to incur these costs as of February 2, 2008. |
|
(5) |
|
A $2.8 million provision related to uncertain tax positions included in other non-current
liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of February 2, 2008 has been excluded from the
table above due to the uncertainty of the timing of payment of the amounts. |
Our anticipated capital expenditures for fiscal 2008 are expected to be approximately
$25 million. These expenditures will consist primarily of the continued expansion of our retail
operations of Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman.
Accelerated Share Repurchase Program
On October 31, 2007, our board of directors authorized the repurchase by us of up to $60
million of our outstanding common stock, replacing our previously announced stock repurchase
authorization. On November 8, 2007, we entered into and publicly announced an accelerated share
repurchase agreement with Bank of America, N.A., an unrelated third party, under which we will
repurchase $60 million of our common stock. The material terms of the agreement are described in
Part II, Item 7. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Overview, included in this report. We funded the $60 million repurchase in November
2007 and do not anticipate any future cash outflows pursuant to the agreement.
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have not entered into agreements which meet the SECs definition of an off balance sheet
financing arrangement, other than operating leases, and have made no financial commitments to or
guarantees with respect to any unconsolidated subsidiaries or special purpose entities.
52
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based
upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements
requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets,
liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosures. On a periodic basis, we evaluate our
estimates, including those related to receivables, inventories, goodwill, intangible assets, income
taxes, contingencies and other accrued expenses. We base our estimates on historical experience and
on various other assumptions. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different
assumptions or conditions. We believe that we have appropriately applied our critical accounting
policies. However, in the event that inappropriate assumptions or methods were used relating to the
critical accounting policies below, our consolidated statements of earnings could be misstated.
The detailed summary of significant accounting policies is included in Note 1 to our
consolidated financial statements contained in this report. The following is a brief discussion of
the more significant accounting policies, estimates and methods we use.
Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable
Our revenue consists of wholesale, retail store, e-commerce and restaurant sales. We consider
revenue realized or realizable and earned when the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive
evidence of an agreement exists, (2) delivery has occurred, (3) our price to the buyer is fixed and
determinable, and (4) collectibility is reasonably assured.
In the normal course of business we offer certain discounts or allowances to our wholesale
customers. Wholesale operations sales are recorded net of such discounts, allowances, advertising
support not specifically relating to the reimbursement for actual advertising expenses by our
customers and provisions for estimated returns. As certain allowances and other deductions are not
finalized until the end of a season, program or other event which may not have occurred yet, we
estimate such discounts and allowances on an ongoing basis. Significant considerations in
determining our estimates for discounts, returns and allowances for wholesale customers include
historical and current trends, projected seasonal results, an evaluation of current economic
conditions and retailer performance. Actual discounts and allowances to our wholesale customers
have not differed materially from our estimates in prior periods. As of February 2, 2008, our total
reserves for discounts and allowances were approximately $14.3 million, and therefore, a
hypothetical change in our allowances of 10% would have a pre-tax impact of $1.4 million on net
earnings.
In circumstances where we become aware of a specific customers inability to meet its
financial obligations, a specific reserve for bad debts is taken as a reduction to accounts
receivable to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount reasonably expected to be
collected. For all other customers, we recognize estimated reserves for bad debts based on our
historical collection experience, the financial condition of our customers, an evaluation of
current economic conditions and anticipated trends, each of which are subjective and require
certain assumptions. Actual charges for uncollectible amounts have not differed materially from our
estimates in prior periods. As of February 2, 2008, our allowance for doubtful accounts was
approximately $1.3 million, and therefore, a change in our reserves of 10% would have a pre-tax
impact of approximately $0.1 million on net earnings.
Inventories
For operating group reporting, inventory is carried at the lower of FIFO cost or market. We
continually evaluate the composition of our inventories for identification of distressed inventory.
In performing this evaluation we consider slow-turning products, prior seasons fashion products
and current levels of replenishment program products as compared to future sales estimates. For
wholesale inventory, we estimate the amount of goods that we will not be able to sell in the normal
course of business and write down the value of these goods as necessary. For retail inventory, we
provide an allowance for shrinkage and goods expected to be sold below cost. As the amount to be
ultimately realized for the goods is not necessarily known at period end, we must utilize certain
assumptions
53
considering historical experience, the age of the inventory, inventory quantity, quality and
mix, historical sales trends, future sales projections, consumer and retailer preferences, market
trends and general economic conditions.
For consolidated financial reporting, approximately $64.1 million of our inventories are
valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market after deducting the $39.8 million LIFO reserve as of
February 2, 2008. Approximately $94.8 million of our inventories are valued at the lower of FIFO
cost or market as of February 2, 2008. LIFO inventory calculations are made on a legal entity basis
which does not correspond to our operating group definitions, but generally our inventories valued
at the lower of LIFO cost or market relate to our historical businesses included in the Lanier
Clothes and Oxford Apparel groups and our inventories valued at the lower of FIFO cost or market
relate to recently acquired businesses. LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to
the respective operating groups. LIFO reserves are based on the Producer Price Index as published
by the United States Department of Labor. We write down inventories valued at the lower of LIFO
cost or market when LIFO exceeds market value. The impact of accounting for inventories on the LIFO
method is reflected in Corporate and Other for operating group reporting purposes included in
Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements and in the results of operations in our
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in
this report.
A change in the markdowns of our inventory valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market method
would not be expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements due to the
existence of our LIFO reserve of $39.8 million as of February 2, 2008. A hypothetical 10% change in
the amount of markdowns for inventory valued on the lower of FIFO cost or market method would have
a pre-tax impact of approximately $0.6 million on net earnings.
Goodwill, net
Goodwill is recognized as the amount by which the cost to acquire a company or group of assets
exceeds the fair value of assets acquired less any liabilities assumed at acquisition. Such
goodwill is allocated to the respective reporting unit at the time of acquisition. Goodwill is not
amortized but instead is evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events or
circumstances indicate that the goodwill might be impaired. The evaluation of the recoverability of
goodwill includes valuations of each applicable underlying business using fair value techniques and
market comparables which may include a discounted cash flow analysis or an independent appraisal.
Significant estimates included in such a valuation include future cash flow projections of the
business, which are based on our future expectations for the business. Additionally, the discount
rate used in this analysis is an estimate of the risk-adjusted market-based cost of capital. If
this analysis indicates an impairment of goodwill balances, the impairment is recognized in the
consolidated financial statements. Such estimates of future operating results and discount rates
involve significant uncertainty, and if our plans or anticipated results change, the impact on our
financial statements could be significant.
Intangible Assets, net
At acquisition, we estimate and record the fair value of purchased intangible assets, which
primarily consist of trademarks and trade names, license agreements and customer relationships. The
fair values and useful lives of these intangible assets are estimated based on managements
assessment as well as independent third party appraisals in some cases. Such valuation may include
a discounted cash flow analysis of anticipated revenues or cost savings resulting from the acquired
intangible asset using an estimate of a risk-adjusted market-based cost of capital as the discount
rate.
Amortization of intangible assets with finite lives, which consist of license agreements,
certain trademarks, customer relationships and covenants not to compete, is recognized over their
estimated useful lives using a method of amortization that reflects the pattern in which the
economic benefits of the intangible assets are consumed or otherwise realized. We amortize our
intangible assets with finite lives for periods of up to 20 years. The determination of an
appropriate useful life for amortization is based on our plans for the intangible asset as well as
factors outside of our control. Intangible assets with finite lives are reviewed for impairment
periodically if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be
recoverable. If expected future undiscounted cash flows from operations are less than their
carrying amounts, an asset is determined to be impaired and a loss is
54
recorded for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value.
During the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, we recognized approximately $5.4 million of
expense for the amortization of intangible assets. If the useful lives assigned to these intangible
assets with finite lives had been reduced by 10% at acquisition, the amount of additional
amortization expense would have been approximately $0.5 million during the twelve months ended
February 2, 2008.
Trademarks with indefinite lives are not amortized but instead evaluated for impairment
annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the intangible asset might be
impaired. The evaluation of the recoverability of trademarks with indefinite lives includes
valuations based on a discounted cash flow analysis utilizing the relief from royalty method. This
approach is dependent upon a number of uncertain factors including estimates of future net sales,
growth rates, royalty rates for the trademarks and discount rates. Such estimates involve
significant uncertainty, and if our plans or anticipated results change, the impact on our
financial statements could be significant. If this analysis indicates an impairment of a trademark
with an indefinite useful life, the amount of the impairment is recognized in the consolidated
financial statements based on the amount that the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value
of the asset.
Income Taxes
Significant judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes for a company
with global operations. The ultimate tax outcome may be uncertain for many transactions. Our
provisions are based on federal and projected state statutory rates and take into account our
quarterly assessment of permanent book/tax differences, income tax credits and uncertain tax
positions. We estimate the effective tax rate for the full fiscal year and record a quarterly
income tax provision in accordance with the anticipated annual rate. As the fiscal year progresses,
the estimate is refined based upon actual events and earnings by jurisdiction and to reflect
changes in our judgment of the likely outcome of uncertain tax positions. This estimation process
periodically results in a change to the expected effective tax rate for the fiscal year. When this
occurs, we adjust the income tax provision during the quarter in which the change in estimate
occurs so that the year-to-date provision reflects the expected annual rate. Income tax expense
may also be adjusted for discrete events occurring during the year, such as the enactment of tax
rate changes or changes in reserves for uncertain tax positions, which are reflected in the quarter
that the changes occur. In the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, an increase in the effective
tax rate percentage from 28% to 29% would have reduced net earnings by approximately $0.6 million.
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
See Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report for a description
of recent accounting pronouncements.
SEASONALITY
Although our various product lines are sold on a year-round basis, the demand for specific
products or styles may be seasonal. For example, the demand for golf and Tommy Bahama products is
higher in the spring and summer seasons. Generally, our products are sold prior to each of the
retail selling seasons, including spring, summer, fall and holiday. As the timing of product
shipments and other events affecting the retail business may vary, results for any particular
quarter may not be indicative of results for the full year. The percentage of net sales by quarter
for the twelve months ended February 2, 2008 was 27%, 23%, 26% and 24%, respectively, and the
percentage of earnings before income taxes by quarter for the twelve months ended February 2, 2008
was 40%,18%, 28% and 14%, respectively, which we do not believe is indicative of the
distribution in future years as the last three quarters of the twelve months ended February 2, 2008
were impacted by the current economic environment.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Trade Policy Risk
Under the terms of Chinas World Trade Organization (WTO) accession agreement, the United
States and other WTO members may impose additional duties or quantitative import restrictions
(quotas) on specific products and specific categories of products from China under certain
circumstances. Any such additional duties or quota could cause disruption in our supply chain or
adversely impact our business by increasing our cost of goods sold. During the twelve months ended
February 2, 2008, we sourced approximately 45% of our product purchases from China.
55
We benefit from duty-free treatment under international trade agreements and regulations such
as the North American Free Trade Agreement and the Andean Trade Preference and Drug Eradication
Act. The elimination of such treatment or our inability to qualify for such benefits would
adversely impact our business by increasing our cost of goods sold.
Furthermore, under long-standing statutory authority applicable to imported goods in general,
the United States may unilaterally impose additional duties: (i) when imported merchandise is sold
at less than fair value and causes material injury, or threatens to cause material injury, to the
domestic industry producing a comparable product (generally known as anti-dumping duties); or
(ii) when foreign producers receive certain types of governmental subsidies, and when the
importation of their subsidized goods causes material injury, or threatens to cause material
injury, to the domestic industry producing a comparable product (generally known as
countervailing duties). The imposition of anti-dumping or countervailing duties on products we
import would increase the cost of those products to us. We may not be able to pass on any such cost
increase to our customers.
Interest Rate Risk
We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on our indebtedness, which could
impact our financial condition and results of operations in future periods. Our objective is to
limit the impact of interest rate changes on earnings and cash flow, primarily through a mix of
fixed and variable rate debt. This assessment also considers our need for flexibility in our
borrowing arrangements resulting from the seasonality of our business, among other factors. We
continuously monitor interest rates to consider the sources and terms of our borrowing facilities
in order to determine whether we have achieved our interest rate management objectives.
As of February 2, 2008, we had approximately $72.9 million of debt outstanding subject to
variable interest rates. Our average variable rate borrowings for the eight month transition period
ended February 2, 2008 were $25.5 million, with an average interest rate of 6.6% during the period.
Our lines of credit are based on variable interest rates in order to provide the necessary
borrowing flexibility we require. To the extent that the amounts outstanding under our variable
rate lines of credit change, our exposure to changes in interest rates would also change. Based on
the average variable rate borrowings outstanding for the eight month transition period ended
February 2, 2008, if our average interest rates increased by 100 basis points, our interest expense
for a full twelve month period would increase by approximately $0.3 million. Borrowings, and
therefore interest expense, for the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 and the
twelve months ended February 2, 2008 are not indicative of borrowings in future periods as we did
not have significant borrowings under our U.S. Revolver during the eight month transition period
ended February 2, 2008 until we entered into a $60 million accelerated share repurchase agreement
in November 2007 and acquired Tommy Bahamas buying agent
for approximately $35 million on February 1, 2008.
Additionally, if we acquire additional businesses or change our capital structure in the future
such a transaction would impact our interest expense in future periods.
As of February 2, 2008, we had approximately $200 million of fixed rate debt outstanding with
substantially all the debt, consisting of our Senior Unsecured Notes, having an effective interest
rate of 9.0% and maturing in June 2011. Such agreements may result in higher interest expense than
could be obtained under variable interest rate arrangements in certain periods, but are primarily
intended to provide long-term financing of our capital structure and minimize our exposure to
increases in interest rates. A change in the market interest rate impacts the fair value of our
fixed rate debt but has no impact on interest incurred or cash flows.
None of our debt was entered into for speculative purposes. We generally do not engage in
hedging activities with respect to our interest rate risk and do not enter into such transactions
on a speculative basis.
Foreign Currency Risk
To the extent that we have assets and liabilities, as well as operations, denominated in
foreign currencies that are not hedged, we are subject to foreign currency transaction and
translation gains and losses. We view our foreign investments as long-term and as a result we
generally do not hedge such foreign investments. We do not hold or issue any derivative financial
instruments related to foreign currency exposure for speculative purposes.
56
We receive United States dollars for most of our product sales. Less than 15% of our net sales
for the twelve months ended February 2, 2008 were denominated in currencies other than the United
States dollar. These sales primarily relate to Ben Sherman sales in the United Kingdom and Europe.
With the United States dollar trading at a weaker position than it has historically traded versus
the pound sterling and the Canadian dollar, a strengthening United States dollar could result in
lower levels of sales and earnings in our consolidated statements of earnings in future periods,
although the sales in foreign currencies could be equal to or greater than amounts as previously
reported. Based on our net sales during the twelve months ended February 2, 2008 denominated in
foreign currencies, if the dollar had strengthened by 5% in the twelve months ended February 2,
2008, we would have experienced a decrease in sales of approximately $6.5 million.
Substantially all of our inventory purchases from contract manufacturers throughout the world
are denominated in United States dollars. Purchase prices for our products may be impacted by
fluctuations in the exchange rate between the United States dollar and the local currencies of the
contract manufacturers, which may have the effect of increasing our cost of goods sold in the
future. Due to the number of currencies involved and the fact that not all foreign currencies react
in the same manner against the United States dollar, we cannot quantify in any meaningful way the
potential effect of such fluctuations on future costs. However, we do not believe that exchange
rate fluctuations will have a material impact on our inventory costs in future periods.
We may from time to time purchase short-term foreign currency forward exchange contracts to
hedge against changes in foreign currency exchange rates, but at February 2, 2008, we have not
entered into any such agreements that have not been settled. During the twelve months ended
February 2, 2008, foreign currency forward exchange contracts outstanding did not exceed
$11 million at any time and did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial
statements. When such contracts are outstanding, the contracts are marked to market with the offset
being recognized in our consolidated statement of earnings or other comprehensive income if the
transaction does not or does, respectively, qualify as a hedge in accordance with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States.
Commodity and Inflation Risk
We are affected by inflation and changing prices primarily through the purchase of raw
materials and finished goods and increased operating costs to the extent that any such fluctuations
are not reflected by adjustments in the selling prices of our products. Inflation/deflation risks
are managed by each operating group through selective price increases when possible, productivity
improvements and cost containment initiatives. We do not enter into significant long-term sales or
purchase contracts and we do not engage in hedging activities with respect to such risk.
57
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
June 1, |
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
June 2, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except par amounts) |
|
ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
14,912 |
|
|
$ |
36,882 |
|
|
$ |
30,462 |
|
|
$ |
10,479 |
|
Receivables, net |
|
|
105,561 |
|
|
|
138,035 |
|
|
|
106,574 |
|
|
|
144,079 |
|
Inventories, net |
|
|
158,925 |
|
|
|
137,333 |
|
|
|
166,213 |
|
|
|
123,594 |
|
Prepaid expenses |
|
|
18,701 |
|
|
|
21,991 |
|
|
|
22,662 |
|
|
|
20,214 |
|
Current assets related to discontinued operations, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
59,215 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets |
|
|
298,099 |
|
|
|
334,241 |
|
|
|
325,911 |
|
|
|
357,581 |
|
Property, plant and equipment, net |
|
|
92,502 |
|
|
|
87,323 |
|
|
|
81,495 |
|
|
|
73,663 |
|
Goodwill, net |
|
|
257,921 |
|
|
|
222,430 |
|
|
|
201,793 |
|
|
|
199,232 |
|
Intangible assets, net |
|
|
230,933 |
|
|
|
234,081 |
|
|
|
235,803 |
|
|
|
234,453 |
|
Other non-current assets, net |
|
|
30,817 |
|
|
|
30,663 |
|
|
|
30,103 |
|
|
|
20,666 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets |
|
$ |
910,272 |
|
|
$ |
908,738 |
|
|
$ |
875,105 |
|
|
$ |
885,595 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade accounts payable and other accrued expenses |
|
$ |
101,123 |
|
|
$ |
84,385 |
|
|
$ |
107,224 |
|
|
$ |
105,038 |
|
Accrued compensation |
|
|
14,485 |
|
|
|
26,254 |
|
|
|
19,934 |
|
|
|
26,754 |
|
Additional acquisition cost payable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,575 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,897 |
|
Dividends payable |
|
|
2,889 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,205 |
|
|
|
2,646 |
|
Income taxes payable |
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
8,827 |
|
|
|
2,123 |
|
|
|
3,138 |
|
Short-term debt and current maturities of long-term debt |
|
|
37,900 |
|
|
|
403 |
|
|
|
406 |
|
|
|
130 |
|
Current liabilities related to discontinued operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
662 |
|
|
|
30,716 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities |
|
|
156,417 |
|
|
|
142,444 |
|
|
|
133,554 |
|
|
|
180,319 |
|
Long-term debt, less current maturities |
|
|
234,414 |
|
|
|
199,294 |
|
|
|
199,236 |
|
|
|
200,023 |
|
Other non-current liabilities |
|
|
50,909 |
|
|
|
40,947 |
|
|
|
36,290 |
|
|
|
29,979 |
|
Non-current deferred income taxes |
|
|
60,984 |
|
|
|
72,000 |
|
|
|
80,730 |
|
|
|
76,573 |
|
Commitments and contingencies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders Equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $1.00 par value; 30,000 authorized and
none issued and outstanding at February 2, 2008;
June 1, 2007; February 2, 2007 (unaudited) and June 2,
2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $1.00 par value; 60,000 authorized and
16,049 issued and outstanding at February 2, 2008;
17,843 issued and outstanding at June 1, 2007; 17,804
issued and outstanding at February 2, 2007 (unaudited);
and 17,646 issued and outstanding at June 2, 2006 |
|
|
16,049 |
|
|
|
17,843 |
|
|
|
17,804 |
|
|
|
17,646 |
|
Additional paid-in capital |
|
|
85,224 |
|
|
|
81,611 |
|
|
|
79,688 |
|
|
|
74,812 |
|
Retained earnings |
|
|
293,212 |
|
|
|
341,369 |
|
|
|
318,379 |
|
|
|
300,973 |
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income |
|
|
13,063 |
|
|
|
13,230 |
|
|
|
9,424 |
|
|
|
5,270 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity |
|
|
407,548 |
|
|
|
454,053 |
|
|
|
425,295 |
|
|
|
398,701 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities and Shareholders Equity |
|
$ |
910,272 |
|
|
$ |
908,738 |
|
|
$ |
875,105 |
|
|
$ |
885,595 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
58
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eight Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transition Period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended February 2, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
Fiscal 2007 |
|
|
Fiscal 2006 |
|
|
Fiscal 2005 |
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
695,798 |
|
|
$ |
1,128,907 |
|
|
$ |
1,109,116 |
|
|
$ |
1,056,787 |
|
Cost of goods sold |
|
|
420,038 |
|
|
|
681,147 |
|
|
|
677,429 |
|
|
|
653,538 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
275,760 |
|
|
|
447,760 |
|
|
|
431,687 |
|
|
|
403,249 |
|
Selling, general and administrative |
|
|
244,033 |
|
|
|
356,970 |
|
|
|
339,073 |
|
|
|
314,413 |
|
Amortization of intangible assets |
|
|
3,184 |
|
|
|
6,405 |
|
|
|
7,642 |
|
|
|
8,622 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
247,217 |
|
|
|
363,375 |
|
|
|
346,715 |
|
|
|
323,035 |
|
Royalties and other operating income |
|
|
12,451 |
|
|
|
16,462 |
|
|
|
13,144 |
|
|
|
12,060 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
40,994 |
|
|
|
100,847 |
|
|
|
98,116 |
|
|
|
92,274 |
|
Interest expense, net |
|
|
15,302 |
|
|
|
22,214 |
|
|
|
23,971 |
|
|
|
26,146 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings before income taxes |
|
|
25,692 |
|
|
|
78,633 |
|
|
|
74,145 |
|
|
|
66,128 |
|
Income taxes |
|
|
6,477 |
|
|
|
26,313 |
|
|
|
22,944 |
|
|
|
22,177 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings from continuing operations |
|
|
19,215 |
|
|
|
52,320 |
|
|
|
51,201 |
|
|
|
43,951 |
|
(Loss) Earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(183 |
) |
|
|
19,270 |
|
|
|
5,876 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings |
|
$ |
19,215 |
|
|
$ |
52,137 |
|
|
$ |
70,471 |
|
|
$ |
49,827 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings from continuing operations per common share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
1.12 |
|
|
$ |
2.96 |
|
|
$ |
2.93 |
|
|
$ |
2.62 |
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
1.11 |
|
|
$ |
2.93 |
|
|
$ |
2.88 |
|
|
$ |
2.53 |
|
(Loss) Earnings from discontinued operations per common share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(0.01 |
) |
|
$ |
1.10 |
|
|
$ |
0.35 |
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(0.01 |
) |
|
$ |
1.08 |
|
|
$ |
0.34 |
|
Net earnings per common share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
1.12 |
|
|
$ |
2.95 |
|
|
$ |
4.03 |
|
|
$ |
2.97 |
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
1.11 |
|
|
$ |
2.92 |
|
|
$ |
3.96 |
|
|
$ |
2.87 |
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
17,227 |
|
|
|
17,673 |
|
|
|
17,492 |
|
|
|
16,788 |
|
Dilution |
|
|
131 |
|
|
|
208 |
|
|
|
289 |
|
|
|
562 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
|
17,358 |
|
|
|
17,881 |
|
|
|
17,781 |
|
|
|
17,350 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends declared per common share |
|
$ |
0.54 |
|
|
$ |
0.66 |
|
|
$ |
0.57 |
|
|
$ |
0.51 |
|
See accompanying notes.
59
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common |
|
|
Paid-In |
|
|
Retained |
|
|
Comprehensive |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock |
|
|
Capital |
|
|
Earnings |
|
|
Income |
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
Balance, May 28, 2004 |
|
$ |
16,215 |
|
|
$ |
23,673 |
|
|
$ |
199,089 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
238,977 |
|
Comprehensive income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings and other comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49,827 |
|
|
|
298 |
|
|
|
50,125 |
|
Shares issued under stock plans, net of tax
benefit of $1.6 million |
|
|
184 |
|
|
|
3,879 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,063 |
|
Compensation expense for stock awards |
|
|
|
|
|
|
970 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
970 |
|
Stock issued for acquisition |
|
|
485 |
|
|
|
17,396 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,881 |
|
Cash dividends declared |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,515 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,515 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, June 3, 2005 |
|
$ |
16,884 |
|
|
$ |
45,918 |
|
|
$ |
240,401 |
|
|
$ |
298 |
|
|
$ |
303,501 |
|
Comprehensive income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings and other comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70,471 |
|
|
|
4,972 |
|
|
|
75,443 |
|
Shares issued under stock plans, net of tax
benefit of $2.2 million |
|
|
277 |
|
|
|
5,889 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,166 |
|
Compensation expense for stock awards |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,231 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,231 |
|
Stock issued for acquisition |
|
|
485 |
|
|
|
19,774 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,259 |
|
Cash dividends declared |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,899 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,899 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, June 2, 2006 |
|
$ |
17,646 |
|
|
$ |
74,812 |
|
|
$ |
300,973 |
|
|
$ |
5,270 |
|
|
$ |
398,701 |
|
Comprehensive income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings and other comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52,137 |
|
|
|
7,960 |
|
|
|
60,097 |
|
Shares issued under stock plans, net of tax
benefit of $1.1 million |
|
|
197 |
|
|
|
4,398 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,595 |
|
Compensation expense for stock awards |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,401 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,401 |
|
Cash dividends declared |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11,741 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11,741 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, June 1, 2007 |
|
$ |
17,843 |
|
|
$ |
81,611 |
|
|
$ |
341,369 |
|
|
$ |
13,230 |
|
|
$ |
454,053 |
|
Comprehensive income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings and other comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,215 |
|
|
|
(167 |
) |
|
|
19,048 |
|
Shares issued under stock plans, net of tax
benefit of $0.3 million |
|
|
144 |
|
|
|
2,437 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,581 |
|
Compensation expense for stock awards |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,176 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,176 |
|
Repurchase of common stock |
|
|
(1,938 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(58,120 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(60,058 |
) |
Adoption of new accounting standards |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
91 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
91 |
|
Cash dividends declared |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,343 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,343 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, February 2, 2008 |
|
$ |
16,049 |
|
|
$ |
85,224 |
|
|
$ |
293,212 |
|
|
$ |
13,063 |
|
|
$ |
407,548 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
60
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eight Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transition |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period Ended |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
Fiscal 2007 |
|
|
Fiscal 2006 |
|
|
Fiscal 2005 |
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
Cash Flows From Operating Activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings from continuing operations |
|
$ |
19,215 |
|
|
$ |
52,320 |
|
|
$ |
51,201 |
|
|
$ |
43,951 |
|
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings from continuing operations to
net cash provided by operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation |
|
|
12,839 |
|
|
|
16,720 |
|
|
|
15,092 |
|
|
|
13,321 |
|
Amortization of intangible assets |
|
|
3,184 |
|
|
|
6,405 |
|
|
|
7,642 |
|
|
|
8,622 |
|
Amortization of deferred financing costs and bond discount |
|
|
1,710 |
|
|
|
2,465 |
|
|
|
2,462 |
|
|
|
4,439 |
|
Stock compensation expense |
|
|
1,176 |
|
|
|
2,401 |
|
|
|
1,292 |
|
|
|
907 |
|
Loss (gain) on sale of property, plant and equipment |
|
|
592 |
|
|
|
(1,325 |
) |
|
|
248 |
|
|
|
(95 |
) |
Equity method investment (income) loss |
|
|
(1,050 |
) |
|
|
(1,187 |
) |
|
|
475 |
|
|
|
(479 |
) |
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
(4,933 |
) |
|
|
(5,962 |
) |
|
|
(2,847 |
) |
|
|
(5,014 |
) |
Stock option income tax benefit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,189 |
|
|
|
1,566 |
|
Changes in working capital: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables |
|
|
33,649 |
|
|
|
8,075 |
|
|
|
3,689 |
|
|
|
(5,412 |
) |
Inventories |
|
|
(21,696 |
) |
|
|
(12,809 |
) |
|
|
22,751 |
|
|
|
(32,025 |
) |
Prepaid expenses |
|
|
1,180 |
|
|
|
(1,687 |
) |
|
|
(119 |
) |
|
|
(1,487 |
) |
Current liabilities |
|
|
(6,494 |
) |
|
|
(17,079 |
) |
|
|
(27,716 |
) |
|
|
5,104 |
|
Other non-current assets |
|
|
(616 |
) |
|
|
340 |
|
|
|
(1,801 |
) |
|
|
(4,610 |
) |
Other non-current liabilities |
|
|
5,381 |
|
|
|
10,929 |
|
|
|
6,397 |
|
|
|
12,455 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities |
|
|
44,137 |
|
|
|
59,606 |
|
|
|
80,955 |
|
|
|
41,243 |
|
Cash Flows From Investing Activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired |
|
|
(55,628 |
) |
|
|
(13,260 |
) |
|
|
(11,501 |
) |
|
|
(143,727 |
) |
Investments in unconsolidated entities |
|
|
(568 |
) |
|
|
(9,391 |
) |
|
|
(431 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Distributions from unconsolidated entities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,026 |
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property, plant and equipment |
|
|
(21,097 |
) |
|
|
(31,312 |
) |
|
|
(24,953 |
) |
|
|
(23,407 |
) |
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment |
|
|
2,475 |
|
|
|
2,496 |
|
|
|
265 |
|
|
|
430 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities |
|
|
(74,818 |
) |
|
|
(51,467 |
) |
|
|
(34,594 |
) |
|
|
(166,704 |
) |
Cash Flows From Financing Activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment of financing arrangements |
|
|
(147,661 |
) |
|
|
(190,349 |
) |
|
|
(461,326 |
) |
|
|
(542,473 |
) |
Proceeds from financing arrangements |
|
|
220,554 |
|
|
|
189,315 |
|
|
|
368,883 |
|
|
|
624,921 |
|
Deferred financing costs paid |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,766 |
) |
Repurchase of common stock |
|
|
(60,058 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of common stock |
|
|
2,581 |
|
|
|
4,595 |
|
|
|
3,976 |
|
|
|
2,501 |
|
Dividends on common stock |
|
|
(6,454 |
) |
|
|
(14,387 |
) |
|
|
(9,531 |
) |
|
|
(8,184 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided (used in) by financing activities |
|
|
8,962 |
|
|
|
(10,826 |
) |
|
|
(97,998 |
) |
|
|
73,999 |
|
Cash Flows From Discontinued Operations: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating cash flows provided by discontinued operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,316 |
|
|
|
20,417 |
|
|
|
10,360 |
|
Net investing cash flows provided by (used in) discontinued operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35,403 |
|
|
|
(71 |
) |
Net financing cash flows used in discontinued operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(60 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by discontinued operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,316 |
|
|
|
55,820 |
|
|
|
10,229 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net change in cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
(21,719 |
) |
|
|
25,629 |
|
|
|
4,183 |
|
|
|
(41,233 |
) |
Effect of foreign currency translation on cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
(251 |
) |
|
|
774 |
|
|
|
(203 |
) |
|
|
163 |
|
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year |
|
|
36,882 |
|
|
|
10,479 |
|
|
|
6,499 |
|
|
|
47,569 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year |
|
$ |
14,912 |
|
|
$ |
36,882 |
|
|
$ |
10,479 |
|
|
$ |
6,499 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrual for additional acquisition cost |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
22,575 |
|
|
$ |
11,897 |
|
|
$ |
25,754 |
|
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest, net |
|
$ |
11,318 |
|
|
$ |
20,968 |
|
|
$ |
26,250 |
|
|
$ |
33,531 |
|
Cash paid for income taxes |
|
$ |
17,589 |
|
|
$ |
29,336 |
|
|
$ |
38,509 |
|
|
$ |
21,196 |
|
See accompanying notes.
61
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
February 2, 2008
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Principal Business Activity
We are an international apparel design, sourcing and marketing company that features a diverse
portfolio of owned and licensed brands, company-owned retail operations, and a collection of
private label apparel businesses. Originally founded in 1942 as a Georgia corporation, we have
undergone a transformation in recent years as we migrated from our historical domestic
manufacturing roots towards a focus on designing, sourcing and marketing apparel products bearing
prominent trademarks owned by us.
All references to assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses in these financial statements
reflect continuing operations and exclude discontinued operations of our Womenswear Group, as
discussed below, unless otherwise indicated.
Fiscal Year
We operate and report our results of operations using a 52/53 week fiscal year. On October 8,
2007 our board of directors approved a change to our fiscal year end. Effective with our fiscal
period which commenced on June 2, 2007, our fiscal year end will be the Saturday closest to January
31 and will, in each case, begin at the beginning of the day next following the last day of the
preceding fiscal year. Prior to this change to our fiscal year end, our fiscal years ended on the
Friday nearest May 31. Accordingly, there was an eight month transition period from June 2, 2007
through February 2, 2008. As used in these financial statements, the terms listed below (or words
of similar import) reflect the respective period noted:
|
|
|
Fiscal
2009
|
|
52 weeks ending
January 30, 2010 |
Fiscal 2008
|
|
52 weeks ending January 31, 2009 |
Eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008
|
|
35 weeks and one day ended February 2, 2008 |
Fiscal 2007
|
|
52 weeks ended June 1, 2007 |
Eight months ended February 2, 2007
|
|
35 weeks ended February 2, 2007 |
Fiscal 2006
|
|
52 weeks ended June 2, 2006 |
Fiscal 2005
|
|
53 weeks ended June 3, 2005 |
As a result of the change in our fiscal year, we have presented the following unaudited
information for the eight months ended February 2, 2007 for comparison purposes. Additionally, any
information included in the financial statements or accompanying notes as of or for the eight
months ended February 2, 2007 is unaudited.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eight Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transition |
|
|
Eight Months |
|
|
|
Period Ended |
|
|
Ended |
|
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
695,798 |
|
|
$ |
739,489 |
|
Cost of goods sold |
|
|
420,038 |
|
|
|
453,794 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
275,760 |
|
|
|
285,695 |
|
Selling, general and administrative |
|
|
244,033 |
|
|
|
234,951 |
|
Amortization of intangible assets |
|
|
3,184 |
|
|
|
4,198 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
247,217 |
|
|
|
239,149 |
|
Royalties and other operating income |
|
|
12,451 |
|
|
|
9,637 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
40,994 |
|
|
|
56,183 |
|
Interest expense, net |
|
|
15,302 |
|
|
|
15,169 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings before income taxes |
|
|
25,692 |
|
|
|
41,014 |
|
Income taxes |
|
|
6,477 |
|
|
|
14,892 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings from continuing operations |
|
$ |
19,215 |
|
|
$ |
26,122 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62
Principles of Consolidation
Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Oxford Industries, Inc. and any
other entities in which we have a controlling financial interest, including our wholly owned
domestic and foreign subsidiaries, or entities that meet the definition of a variable interest
entity, of which we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary. In determining whether a controlling
financial interest exists, we consider ownership of voting interests, as well as other rights of
the investors. The results of operations of acquired businesses are included in our consolidated
statements of earnings from the respective dates of the acquisitions. All significant intercompany
accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.
We account for investments in which we exercise significant influence, but do not control and
have not been determined to be the primary beneficiary, using the equity method of accounting.
Significant influence is generally presumed to exist when we own between 20% and 50% of the entity.
However, as a matter of policy, if we own a greater than 50% ownership interest in an entity and
the minority shareholders hold certain rights that allow them to approve or veto certain major
decisions of the business, we would also use the equity method of accounting. Under the equity
method of accounting, original investments are recorded at cost, and are subsequently adjusted for
our contributions, distributions and share of income or losses of the joint ventures. Allocations
of income and loss and distributions by the entity are made in accordance with the terms of the
individual joint venture agreements. Our investments accounted for under the equity method are
included in other assets, net in our consolidated balance sheets and the related income (loss) is
included in royalties and other operating income in our consolidated statements of earnings.
Our total investment in unconsolidated entities which are accounted for under the equity
method as of February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007, February 2, 2007 and June 2, 2006 was $10.9 million,
$10.4 million, $10.5 million (unaudited) and $0.8 million, respectively. These investments are
included in other non-current assets in our consolidated balance sheets and consist of an Oxford
Apparel ownership interest in an entity that owns a manufacturing facility in Asia and an Oxford
Apparel ownership interest in an entity which owns certain trademarks, including the Hathaway
trademark, which was acquired in August 2006.
Equity income (loss) from our investments in unconsolidated entities is included in royalties
and other income in our consolidated statements of earnings and totaled $1.1 million, $1.2 million,
$(0.5) million and $0.5 million during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008,
fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, respectively. During the eight month transition period
ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, we purchased approximately $8.8
million, $17.1 million, $11.1 million and $13.6 million, respectively, of inventory from our joint
ventures accounted for using the equity method of accounting. The net amount due from (to) the
unconsolidated entities accounted for using the equity method of accounting was $(0.3) million,
$(0.5) million, $(0.4) million (unaudited) and $0.5 million at February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007,
February 2, 2007 and June 2, 2006, respectively.
Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable
Our revenue consists of wholesale, retail store, e-commerce and restaurant sales. We consider
revenue realized or realizable and earned when the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive
evidence of an agreement exists, (2) delivery has occurred, (3) our price to the buyer is fixed and
determinable, and (4) collectibility is reasonably assured.
For sales within our wholesale operations, we consider a completed purchase order or some form
of electronic communication from the customer requesting the goods persuasive evidence of an
agreement. For substantially all of our wholesale sales, our products are considered sold and
delivered at the time that the products are shipped as substantially all products are sold based on
FOB shipping point terms. This generally coincides with the time that title passes and the risks
and rewards of ownership have passed to the customer. For certain transactions in which the goods
do not pass through our owned or third party distribution centers and title and the risks and
rewards of ownership pass at the time the goods leave the foreign port, revenue is recognized at
that time. In certain cases in which we retain the risk of loss during shipment, revenue
recognition does not occur until the goods have reached the specified customer. Retail store
revenue, net of estimated returns, and restaurant revenues are recorded at the
63
time of sale to consumers. E-commerce revenue, net of estimated returns, are recorded at the
time of shipment to consumers. Retail store, e-commerce and restaurant revenues are recorded net of
applicable sales taxes in our consolidated statements of earnings.
In the normal course of business we offer certain discounts or allowances to our wholesale
customers. Wholesale operations sales are recorded net of such discounts, allowances, advertising
support not specifically relating to the reimbursement for actual advertising expenses by our
customers and provisions for estimated returns. As certain margin support allowances and other
deductions are not finalized until the end of a season, program or other event which may not have
occurred yet, we estimate such discounts and allowances on an ongoing basis. Significant
considerations in determining our estimates for discounts, returns and allowances for wholesale
customers include historical and current trends, projected seasonal results, an evaluation of
current economic conditions and retailer performance. We record the discounts, returns and
allowances as a reduction to net sales in our consolidated statements of earnings. As of February
2, 2008, June 1, 2007, February 2, 2007 and June 2, 2006, reserve balances for these items were
$14.3 million, $14.4 million, $15.0 million (unaudited) and $17.3 million, respectively.
In circumstances where we become aware of a specific customers inability to meet its
financial obligations, a specific reserve for bad debts is taken as a reduction to accounts
receivable to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount reasonably expected to be
collected. Such amounts are written off at the time that the amounts are not considered
collectible. For all other customers, we recognize estimated reserves for bad debts based on our
historical collection experience, the financial condition of our customers, an evaluation of
current economic conditions and anticipated trends, each of which are subjective and require
certain assumptions. We record such charges and write-offs to selling, general and administrative
expenses in our consolidated statements of earnings. As of February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007, February
2, 2007 and June 2, 2006, bad debt reserve balances were $1.3 million, $1.9 million $2.9 million
(unaudited) and $3.4 million, respectively.
We have determined that gift card balances are unlikely to be redeemed once they have been
outstanding for four years and therefore may be recognized as income, subject to applicable laws in
certain states. Gift card breakage is included in net sales in our consolidated statements of
earnings.
Royalties, which are generally based on the greater of a percentage of the licensees actual
net sales or a contractually determined minimum royalty amount, are recorded based upon the
guaranteed minimum levels and adjusted as sales data is received from licensees. We may receive
initial payments for the grant of license rights, which are recognized as revenue over the term of
the license agreement. Royalties were $11.4 million, $13.3 million, $13.4 million and $11.5 million
during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and
fiscal 2005, respectively. Such income is included in royalties and other income in our
consolidated statements of earnings.
Cost of Goods Sold
We include in cost of goods sold and inventories all manufacturing, sourcing and procurement
costs and expenses incurred prior to or in association with the receipt of finished goods at our
distribution facilities. These costs principally include product cost, inbound freight charges,
import costs, purchasing costs, internal transfer costs, direct labor, manufacturing overhead,
insurance, duties, brokers fees and consolidators fees. For retail operations, in-bound freight
from our warehouse to our own retail stores is also included.
Our gross margins may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as statement of
earnings classifications of certain expenses may vary by company.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
We include in selling, general and administrative expenses costs incurred subsequent to the
receipt of finished goods at our distribution facilities, such as the cost of inspection, stocking,
warehousing, picking and packing, and shipping and handling of goods for delivery to customers.
Selling, general and administrative expenses also include product design costs, selling costs,
royalty costs, advertising, promotion and marketing expenses, professional fees, other general and
administrative expenses and our corporate overhead costs. Additionally, all costs associated with
64
the operations of our retail stores and restaurants, such as labor and occupancy costs, are
included in selling, general and administrative expenses.
Distribution network costs, including shipping and handling, are included as a component of
selling, general and administrative expenses. In the eight month transition period ended February
2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, distribution network costs, including shipping
and handling, included in selling, general and administrative expenses totaled approximately $20.7
million $31.4 million, $28.9 million and $28.3 million, respectively. We generally classify amounts
billed to customers for shipping and handling fees as revenues and classify costs related to
shipping in selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of
earnings.
All costs associated with advertising, promoting and marketing of our products are expensed
during the periods when the advertisement first shows. Costs associated with cooperative
advertising programs under which we agree to make general contributions to the customers
advertising and promotional funds are recorded as a reduction to net sales as recognized. If we
negotiate an advertising plan and share in the cost for an advertising plan that is for specific
ads run to market specific products purchased by the customer from us, and the customer is required
to provide proof that the advertisement was run, such costs are recognized as selling, general and
administrative expenses. Advertising, promotions and marketing expenses included in selling,
general and administrative expense in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008,
fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 were $16.8 million, $25.2 million, $26.4 million and $26.9
million, respectively. Prepaid advertising, promotions and marketing expenses included in prepaid
expenses in our consolidated balance sheets as of February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007, February 2, 2007
and June 2, 2006 were $2.3 million, $1.6 million, $2.5 million (unaudited) and $1.4 million,
respectively.
Royalty expenses recognized as selling, general and administrative expense in the eight month
transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 were $5.5
million, $8.8 million, $10.4 million and $9.2 million, respectively. Such amounts are dependent
upon sales of our products which we sell pursuant to the terms of a license agreement with another
party.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
We consider cash equivalents to be short-term investments with original maturities of three
months or less for purposes of our consolidated statements of cash flows.
Inventories, net
For operating group reporting, inventory is carried at the lower of FIFO cost or market. We
continually evaluate the composition of our inventories for identification of distressed inventory.
In performing this evaluation we consider slow-turning products, prior seasons fashion products
and current levels of replenishment program products as compared to future sales estimates. For
wholesale inventory, we estimate the amount of goods that we will not be able to sell in the normal
course of business and write down the value of these goods as necessary. For retail inventory, we
provide an allowance for shrinkage and goods expected to be sold below cost. As the amount to be
ultimately realized for the goods is not necessarily known at period end, we must utilize certain
assumptions considering historical experience, the age of the inventory, inventory quantity,
quality and mix, historical sales trends, future sales projections, consumer and retailer
preferences, market trends and general economic conditions.
For consolidated financial reporting, approximately $64.1 million of our inventories are
valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market after deducting the $39.8 million LIFO reserve as of
February 2, 2008. Approximately $94.8 million of our inventories are valued at the lower of FIFO
cost or market as of February 2, 2008. As of February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007, February 2, 2007 and
June 2, 2006, approximately 40%, 52%, 48% (unaudited) and 49% of our inventories are accounted for
using the LIFO method. LIFO inventory calculations are made on a legal entity basis which does not
correspond to our operating group definitions, but generally our inventories valued at the lower of
LIFO cost or market relate to our historical businesses included in the Lanier Clothes and Oxford
Apparel groups and our inventories valued at the lower of FIFO cost or market relate to recently
acquired businesses. LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to the respective
operating groups. LIFO reserves are based on the Producer Price Index as published by the United
States Department of Labor. We write down inventories valued
65
at the lower of LIFO cost or market when LIFO cost exceeds market value. The impact of
accounting for inventories on the LIFO method is reflected in Corporate and Other for operating
group reporting purposes included in Note 10.
During fiscal 2006, we adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Statement No.
151 Inventory Costs, an Amendment of ARB No. 43 Chapter 4 (FAS 151). FAS 151 requires that
items such as idle facility expense, excessive spoilage, double freight, and re-handling be
recognized as current-period charges rather than being included in inventory regardless of whether
the costs meet the criterion of abnormal as defined in ARB No. 43. The adoption of FAS 151 did not
have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Property, Plant and Equipment, net
Property, plant and equipment, including any assets under capital leases and leasehold
improvements that are reimbursed by landlords as a tenant improvement allowance, is carried at cost
less accumulated depreciation. Additions are capitalized while repair and maintenance costs are
charged to operations as incurred. Depreciation is calculated using both straight-line and
accelerated methods generally over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:
|
|
|
Buildings and improvements
|
|
7 - 50 years |
Machinery and equipment
|
|
2 - 15 years |
Leasehold improvements
|
|
Lesser of remaining life of the asset or lease term |
Property, plant and equipment is reviewed periodically for impairment if events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If expected future
undiscounted cash flows from operations are less than their carrying amounts, an asset is
determined to be impaired and a loss is recorded for the amount by which the carrying value of the
asset exceeds its fair value.
Depreciation expense for the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, includes
approximately $1.1 million of impairment charges for property, plant and equipment that we own.
These charges, which were recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in our
consolidated statements of earnings, primarily relate to the determination to discontinue the use
of certain trade show assets. During fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, we did not recognize
any material impairment charges for property, plant and equipment.
Goodwill, net
Goodwill is recognized as the amount by which the cost to acquire a company or group of assets
exceeds the fair value of assets acquired less any liabilities assumed at acquisition. Such
goodwill is allocated to the respective reporting unit at the time of acquisition. Goodwill is not
amortized but instead evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events or
circumstances indicate that the goodwill might be impaired. The evaluation of the recoverability of
goodwill includes valuations of each applicable underlying business using fair value techniques and
market comparables which may include a discounted cash flow analysis or an independent appraisal.
Significant estimates included in such a valuation include future cash flow projections of the
business, which are based on our future expectations for the business. Additionally, the discount
rate used in this analysis is an estimate of the risk-adjusted market-based cost of capital. If
this analysis indicates an impairment of goodwill balances, the impairment is recognized in the
consolidated financial statements.
We test goodwill for impairment as of the first day of the fourth quarter of our fiscal year,
which coincides with the timing of our annual budgeting process that is used in estimating future
cash flows for the analysis. Due to the change in our fiscal year, we tested for impairment on the
first day of the last two months of the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008. No
impairment of goodwill was identified during the eight month transition period ended February 2,
2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 or fiscal 2005.
66
Intangible Assets, net
At acquisition, we estimate and record the fair value of purchased intangible assets, which
primarily consist of trademarks and trade names, license agreements and customer relationships. The
fair values of these intangible assets are estimated based on managements assessment as well as
independent third party appraisals in some cases. Such valuation may include a discounted cash flow
analysis of anticipated revenues or cost savings resulting from the acquired intangible asset using
an estimate of a risk-adjusted market-based cost of capital as the discount rate.
Amortization of intangible assets with finite lives, which consist of license agreements,
certain trademarks, customer relationships and covenants not to compete, is recognized over their
estimated useful lives using a method of amortization that reflects the pattern in which the
economic benefits of the intangible assets are consumed or otherwise realized. We amortize our
intangible assets with finite lives for periods of up to 20 years. The determination of an
appropriate useful life for amortization is based on our plans for the intangible asset as well as
factors outside of our control. Intangible assets with finite lives are reviewed for impairment
periodically if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be
recoverable. If expected future undiscounted cash flows from operations are less than their
carrying amounts, an asset is determined to be impaired and a loss is recorded for the amount by
which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. No impairment charges for intangible
assets with finite lives were recognized during the eight month transition period ended February 2,
2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 or fiscal 2005.
Trademarks and other intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized but instead
evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the
intangible asset might be impaired. The evaluation of the recoverability of intangible assets with
indefinite lives includes valuations based on a discounted cash flow analysis utilizing the relief
from royalty method. This approach is dependent upon a number of uncertain factors including
estimates of future net sales, growth rates, royalty rates for the trademarks and discount rates.
If this analysis indicates an impairment of an intangible asset with an indefinite useful life, the
amount of the impairment is recognized in the consolidated financial statements based on the amount
that the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset.
We test intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment as of the first day of the
fourth quarter, which coincides with the timing of our annual budgeting process that is used in
estimating future cash flows for the analysis. Due to the change in our fiscal year, we tested for
impairment on the first day of the last two months of the eight month transition period ended
February 2, 2008. No impairment of intangible assets with indefinite lives was identified during
the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005.
Prepaid Expenses and Other Non-Current Assets, net
Amounts included in prepaid expenses primarily consist of prepaid operating expenses including
rent, taxes, insurance, royalties and advertising. Other non-current assets primarily consist of
investments in joint ventures which are accounted for on the equity method, deferred financing
costs and investments related to our deferred compensation plans.
Deferred Financing Costs
Deferred financing costs, which are included in other non-current assets, net, are amortized
on a straight-line basis, which approximates an effective interest method over the life of the
related debt. Amortization expense for deferred financing costs, which is included in interest
expense in the consolidated statements of earnings was $1.6 million, $2.3 million, $2.3 million and
$4.3 million during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal
2006 and fiscal 2005, respectively. In fiscal 2005, approximately $1.8 million of unamortized
deferred financing costs were written off as a result of an amendment to certain of our financing
arrangements and were included in the amortization expense amount above. Unamortized deferred
financing costs totaled approximately $5.2 million, $6.6 million, $7.3 million (unaudited) and $8.9
million at February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007, February 2, 2007 and June 2, 2006, respectively.
67
Deferred Compensation
We have certain non-qualified deferred compensation plans offered to a select group of
management and highly compensated employees with varying terms and conditions. The plans provide
the participants with the opportunity to defer a portion of the participating employees total
compensation in a given plan year, of which a percentage may be matched in accordance with the
terms of the respective plan. All deferred amounts vest immediately, but the matching contributions
may require up to two years of service prior to vesting. We fund these deferred compensation
liabilities by making contributions to rabbi trusts or other
investments, dependent upon the
requirements of the plan. Investments held for our deferred compensation plans consist of
marketable securities and insurance contracts. These investments are recorded at fair value based
on quoted prices in an active market or based on valuations provided by insurance carriers, which
may incorporate unobservable factors . A change in the value of the underlying assets would
substantially be offset by a change in the liability to the employee resulting in an immaterial net
impact on our consolidated financial statements. These securities approximate the
participant-directed investment selections underlying the deferred compensation liabilities.
The total fair value of the deferred compensation investments, which are included in other
non-current assets, net, as of February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007, February 2, 2007 and June 2, 2006
was $12.0 million, $11.1 million, $10.3 million (unaudited) and $8.5 million, respectively. As of
February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007, February 2, 2007 and June 2, 2006, approximately $10.2 million,
$9.2 million, $8.4 million (unaudited) and $4.9 million, respectively, of these investments were
held in a rabbi trust. The liabilities associated with the non-qualified deferred compensation
plans are included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets and totaled
approximately $11.9 million, $11.5 million $11.2 million (unaudited) and $9.5 million at February
2, 2008, June 1, 2007, February 2, 2007 and June 2, 2006, respectively.
Trade Accounts Payable, Accrued Compensation and Other Accrued Expenses
Liabilities for trade accounts payable, accrued compensation and other accrued expenses are
carried at cost which is the fair value of the consideration expected to be paid in the future for
goods and services received whether or not billed to us. Accruals for employee insurance and
workers compensation, which are included in accounts payable and other accrued expenses in our
consolidated balance sheets, include estimated settlements for known claims, as well as accruals
for estimates of incurred but not reported claims based on our claims experience and statistical
trends.
We are subject to certain claims and assessments related to legal, environmental or tax items
in the ordinary course of business. For those matters where it is probable that we have incurred a
loss and the loss, or range of loss, can be reasonably estimated, we have recorded reserves in the
consolidated financial statements. In other instances, because of the uncertainties related to both
the probable outcome and amount or range of loss, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate of a
liability, if any, and therefore have not recorded a reserve. As additional information becomes
available, we adjust our assessment and estimates of such liabilities accordingly.
Other Non-current Liabilities
Amounts included in other non-current liabilities primarily consist of deferred rent related
to our lease agreements, as discussed below and deferred compensation and income tax uncertainties,
as discussed in note 9 and note 8, respectively.
Upon our adoption of EITF 06-4 Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements (EITF
06-4) at the beginning of the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, we recognized
a liability for the post-retirement benefit portion of certain endorsement-type split-dollar life
insurance policies because the liability is not effectively settled by the purchase of a life
insurance policy. The liability for future benefits is recognized based on the substantive
agreement with the employee (which provides a future death benefit). The adoption of EITF 06-4,
resulted in an immaterial decrease in retained earnings and recognition of a non-current liability
upon adoption. As of February 2, 2008, such obligations totaled approximately $0.7 million, with
no balances recognized prior to the beginning of the eight month transition period ended February
2, 2008.
68
Leases
In the ordinary course of business we enter into lease agreements for retail, office and
warehouse/distribution space, as well as leases for certain plant and equipment. The leases have
varying terms and expirations and frequently have provisions to extend, renew or terminate the
lease agreement, among other terms and conditions, as negotiated. We assess the lease at inception
and determine whether the lease qualifies as a capital or operating lease. Assets leased under
capital leases and the related liabilities are included in our consolidated balance sheets in
property, plant and equipment and short-term and long-term debt, respectively. Assets leased under
operating leases are not recognized as assets and liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets.
When a non-cancelable operating lease includes any fixed escalation clauses, lease incentives
for rent holidays or landlord build-out related allowances, rent expense is recognized on a
straight-line basis over the initial term of the lease from the date that we take possession of the
space. The excess between the average rental amount and amounts currently payable under the lease
is recorded in other non-current liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. Deferred rent as
of February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007, February 2, 2007 and June 2, 2006 was approximately $30.5
million, $25.0 million, $20.6 million (unaudited) and $16.0 million, respectively. Contingent
rents, including those based on a percentage of retail sales over stated levels, and rental payment
increases based on a contingent future event are recognized as the expense is incurred.
Dividends
Dividends are accrued at the time that the dividend is declared by our board of directors.
Other Comprehensive Income
Other comprehensive income includes all changes in equity from non-owner sources such as
foreign currency translation adjustments. Other comprehensive income amounts reflected in our
consolidated statements of shareholders equity are net of tax. We increased comprehensive income
and other comprehensive income and decreased non-current deferred income taxes for the year ended
June 1, 2007 by $3.0 million from amounts previously reported to properly reflect the impact of the
change in our APB 23 assertion, as discussed in note 8, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007.
During the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and
fiscal 2005, foreign currency translation adjustments were the only items recorded in other
comprehensive income.
Foreign Currency Translation
Assets and liabilities denominated in amounts other than the functional currency are
remeasured into the functional currency at the rate of exchange in effect on the balance sheet date
and income and expenses are remeasured at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the
reporting period. The impact of any such remeasurement is recognized in our consolidated statements
of earnings in the respective period. These gains and losses were not material for the eight month
transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005. The financial
statements of our subsidiaries for which the functional currency is a currency other than the
United States dollar are translated into United States dollars at the rate of exchange in effect on
the balance sheet date for the balance sheet and at the average rates of exchange prevailing during
the period for the statements of earnings. The impact of such translation is recognized in
accumulated other comprehensive income in our consolidated balance sheets.
Forward Foreign Exchange Contracts
We are exposed to foreign exchange risk when we purchase or sell goods in foreign currencies.
We may enter into short-term forward foreign exchange contracts in the ordinary course of business
to mitigate the risk associated with foreign exchange rate fluctuations related to purchases of
inventory by certain of our foreign subsidiaries. To date, our forward foreign exchange contracts
have not been designated as hedges for accounting purposes, thus the changes in fair value of the
derivative instruments are included in earnings. Such contracts have not been entered into for
speculative purposes. Unrealized gains and losses on outstanding foreign currency exchange
contracts used to mitigate currency risk on future purchases are included in earnings as a
component of selling, general and
69
administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of earnings and recognized as an asset
or liability in our consolidated balance sheets. Fair values for such contracts are generally
obtained from counterparties. Although we did have forward foreign exchange contracts outstanding
at times during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006
and fiscal 2005, as of February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007, February 2, 2007 and June 2, 2006, we did
not have any forward foreign exchange contracts outstanding.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Our financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable,
accounts payable and long-term debt. Given their short-term nature, the carrying amounts of cash
and cash equivalents, receivables and accounts payable approximate their fair values. The carrying
amounts of our variable rate borrowings approximate their fair value as the interest rate changes
with the market rate. The fair value of our fixed rate debt is approximately $197.0 million as of
February 2, 2008 based on a discounted cash flow assessment of the required principal and interest
payments using a market-based discount rate.
Concentration of Credit Risk and Significant Customers
Our financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily
of accounts receivable, for which the total exposure is limited to the amount recognized in our
consolidated balance sheets. We sell our merchandise in all major retail distribution channels
across the United States, as well as some distribution channels in other countries. We extend and
continuously monitor credit risk based on an evaluation of the customers financial condition and
credit history and generally require no collateral. Credit risk is impacted by conditions or
occurrences within the economy and the retail industry and is principally dependent on each
customers financial condition. Additionally, a decision by the controlling owner of a group of
stores or any significant customer to decrease the amount of merchandise purchased from us or to
cease carrying our products could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in
future periods. Macys, our largest customer, accounted for 11% and 10% of our consolidated sales
in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 and fiscal 2007, respectively. No
customer accounted for greater than 10% of our consolidated net sales from continuing operations
during fiscal 2006 and 2005. Macys and JC Penney each represent 10% of our consolidated accounts
receivable, net as of February 2, 2008.
In the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, our two largest Tommy Bahama
customers each represented 12% of Tommy Bahama sales, our largest Ben Sherman customer represented
10% of Ben Sherman sales, our two largest Lanier Clothes customers represented 28% and 22% of
Lanier Clothes sales and our two largest Oxford Apparel customers represented 18% and 16% of Oxford
Apparel sales.
In fiscal 2007, our largest Tommy Bahama customer represented 15% of Tommy Bahama sales, our
largest Ben Sherman customer represented 11% of Ben Sherman sales, our two largest Lanier Clothes
customers represented 27% and 24% of Lanier Clothes sales and our two largest Oxford Apparel
customers represented 18% and 11% of Oxford Apparel sales. In fiscal 2006, our largest Tommy Bahama
customer represented 16% of Tommy Bahama sales, our largest Ben Sherman customer represented 12% of
Ben Sherman sales, our largest three Lanier Clothes customers represented 24%, 24% and 13% of
Lanier Clothes sales and our largest Oxford Apparel customer represented 20% of Oxford Apparel
sales. In fiscal 2005, our largest Tommy Bahama customer represented 17% of Tommy Bahama sales, our
largest Ben Sherman customer represented 13% of Ben Sherman sales, our largest three Lanier Clothes
customers represented 29%, 25% and 18% of Lanier Clothes sales and our largest two customers
represented 25% and 11% of Oxford Apparel sales.
Income Taxes
We recognize deferred tax liabilities and assets based on the difference between the financial
and the tax bases of the assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to
taxable income in the period in which such amounts are expected to be realized or settled. Our
policy is to recognize net deferred tax assets, whose realization is dependent upon taxable
earnings in future years, when a greater than 50% probability exists that the tax benefits will
actually be realized some time in the future. No material valuation allowances for deferred tax
assets have been recognized in our financial statements.
70
In the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, we adopted FASB Interpretation
No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (FIN 48), which clarifies the accounting for
uncertainty in income taxes recognized in a companys financial statements in accordance with FASB
Statement No. 109 Accounting for Income Taxes. FIN 48 utilizes a two-step approach for evaluating
tax positions. Under the two-step method, recognition occurs when we conclude that a tax position,
based solely on technical merits, is more-likely-than-not (greater than 50%) to be sustained upon
examination. Measurement is only addressed if step one has been satisfied. The tax benefit recorded
is measured as the largest amount of benefit, determined on a cumulative probability basis that is
more-likely-than-not to be realized upon ultimate settlement. Those tax positions failing to
qualify for initial recognition are recognized in the first subsequent interim period they meet the
more-likely-than-not standard, or are resolved through negotiation or litigation with the taxing
authority or upon expiration of the statute of limitations. De-recognition of a tax position that
was previously recognized occurs when we subsequently determine that a tax position no longer meets
the more-likely-than-not threshold of being sustained.
We file income tax returns in the United Sates and various state, local and foreign
jurisdictions. Our federal, state, local and foreign income tax returns filed for the years ended
on or before May 30, 2003, with limited exceptions, are no longer subject to examination by tax
authorities.
Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions are recorded within income
tax expense in our consolidated statements of earnings.
We generally receive a United States income tax benefit upon the exercise of our employee
stock options and the vesting of stock granted to employees. The benefit is equal to the difference
between the fair market value of the stock at the time of the exercise and the option price, if
any, times the approximate tax rate. We have recorded the benefit associated with the exercise of
employee stock options and the vesting of stock granted to employees as a reduction to income taxes
payable. To the extent compensation expense has been recorded, income tax expense is reduced. Any
additional benefit is recorded directly to shareholders equity in our consolidated balance sheets.
Discontinued Operations
On June 2, 2006, we sold substantially all of the net assets and operations of our Womenswear
Group for approximately $37 million. The results of operations for this business, which were
reported as a separate operating group, have been reported as discontinued operations in our
consolidated statements of earnings. The assets and liabilities related to these discontinued
operations have been reclassified to current assets, non-current assets, current liabilities and
non-current liabilities related to discontinued operations, as applicable.
Proceeds from the transaction were equivalent to the net tangible assets of the Womenswear
Group as of June 2, 2006 which were sold, plus $25 million. We recognized an after-tax gain on sale
of the discontinued operations of approximately $10.4 million, which represented the proceeds less
the book value of the goodwill related to the Womenswear Group operations of $4.0 million,
transaction costs primarily consisting of professional fees of $0.5 million, payments to the
employees of the Womenswear Group of approximately $1.9 million, stock compensation costs of
approximately $1.8 million related to the modification of certain stock option and restricted stock
awards of the employees of the Womenswear Group and income taxes of approximately $6.3 million
related to the transaction.
With respect to interest expense, we have allocated interest expense to earnings from
discontinued operations based on the net proceeds from the transaction, as well as the proceeds
from the settlement of the retained assets and liabilities related to the discontinued operations.
All proceeds from the transaction and the conversion of the net retained assets were used to repay
debt on our U.S. Revolver (as defined in Note 5). Approximately $1.9 million, and $1.8 million of
corporate service costs for fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, respectively, that were allocated to our
Womenswear Group prior to its classification as discontinued operations were not classified as
discontinued operations, but instead included in Corporate and Other as those corporate costs may
continue. The income tax rate used for the tax effect of the discontinued operations is based on
the domestic effective rate of Oxford Industries, Inc. as the assets and operations disposed of
were primarily domestic operations of that entity and should not be impacted by rates in foreign
jurisdictions or rates of other subsidiaries.
71
As of June 2, 2006, amounts included in current assets related to discontinued operations
consisted of approximately $48.2 million of receivables, net and $11.0 million of inventories.
During fiscal 2007, we collected
the outstanding accounts receivable from our customers and sold the goods-in-transit of our
Womenswear Group as of the date of the transaction as the goods were delivered to the purchaser of
our Womenswear Group operations. Net sales for our Womenswear Group were $10.8 million, $285.2
million and $256.8 million in fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, respectively. Pretax profit
recognized in discontinued operations were ($0.3) million, $14.3 million and $9.5 million in
fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, respectively. Tax expense allocated to discontinued
operations, excluding the amount allocated related to the transaction in fiscal 2006, were ($0.1)
million, $5.4 million and $3.6 million in fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. No net sales or
profits were recognized as a result of the discontinued Womenswear Group operations during the
eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008.
In connection with the transaction, we, among other things, entered into a license agreement
with the purchaser pursuant to which we granted a perpetual license (subject to the limitations set
forth in the license agreement) to the purchaser to use the trade name Oxford Collections, a
services agreement with the purchaser pursuant to which we provided, for a period of up to 18
months, provide certain transitional support services to the purchaser in its operation of the
transferred assets, and a limited non-competition agreement with the purchaser pursuant to which we
have agreed (subject to the exceptions set forth in the non-competition agreement) not to engage in
certain activities through May 2009.
Stock-Based Compensation
We have certain stock-based employee compensation plans as described in Note 7, which provide
for the ability to grant stock options, restricted stock and other stock-based awards to our
employees. On June 3, 2006, we adopted FASB Statement No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment
(FAS 123R). FAS 123R supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (APB
25), and amends FASB Statement No. 95, Statement of Cash Flows. FAS 123R requires all share-based
payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the
consolidated statements of earnings based on their fair values. Pro forma disclosure is no longer
an alternative.
Upon adoption of FAS 123R, we applied the modified prospective transition method. Under this
transition method, we (1) did not restate any prior periods and (2) are recognizing compensation
expense for all share-based payment awards that were outstanding, but not yet vested, as of June 3,
2006, based upon the same estimated grant-date fair values and service periods used to prepare our
pro forma disclosures in prior years. The fair values of these stock options were estimated at the
date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumption
ranges: risk-free interest rates between 4.565% and 6.510%, dividend yields between 1.28% and
4.87%, volatility factors between 0.2814 and 0.3525, and expected lives of ten years.
In fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, we accounted for employee stock compensation using the
intrinsic value method. No compensation expense is generally recognized related to stock options
using the intrinsic value method because the exercise price of our employee stock option equaled
the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant. To the extent that stock options are
modified, which may result in a new measurement date and the recognition of compensation expense,
such expense is included in selling, general and administrative expense in our consolidated
statements of earnings.
Using the fair value method and the intrinsic value method, compensation expense, with a
corresponding entry to additional paid-in capital, is recognized related to the issuance of
restricted stock awards which are generally dependent upon us meeting certain performance measures
in one year and the employee remaining employed by us for a specified time subsequent to the
performance period. The amount of compensation expense recognized over the performance and vesting
period is calculated based upon the market value of the shares on the grant date. The compensation
expense, less an estimated forfeiture rate if material, is recognized on a straight-line basis over
the performance period and required service period. The estimated forfeiture rate is assessed and
adjusted periodically as appropriate.
72
The impact on net earnings from continuing operations and our consolidated statements of cash
flows resulting from the adoption of FAS 123R for each period subsequent to adoption is included in
the following table (amounts in thousands, except per share amounts):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eight Month |
|
|
|
|
Transition Period |
|
|
|
|
Ended February 2, |
|
Fiscal |
|
|
2008 |
|
2007 |
Stock compensation expense recognized in net earnings from continuing
operations: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Related to restricted stock awards and the modification of employee stock
options which would have been recognized under FAS 123R and APB 25 |
|
$ |
555 |
|
|
$ |
1,364 |
|
Related to employee stock options and stock purchase plan which would not
have been expensed under APB 25 |
|
$ |
621 |
|
|
$ |
1,037 |
|
|
|
|
Total stock compensation expense in net earnings from continuing operations |
|
$ |
1,176 |
|
|
$ |
2,401 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per share amount after tax related to employee stock options and stock
purchase plan which would not have been expensed under APB 25 |
|
$ |
0.02 |
|
|
$ |
0.04 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax benefit related to the compensation expense |
|
$ |
459 |
|
|
$ |
937 |
|
Increase in cash flow from operations from the adoption of FAS 123R |
|
$ |
283 |
|
|
$ |
1,136 |
|
The effect on continuing operations and net earnings of applying the fair value method to our
stock option plans in fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 is demonstrated below (amounts in thousands,
except per share amounts):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2006 |
|
|
Fiscal 2005 |
|
Net earnings from continuing operations, as reported |
|
$ |
51,201 |
|
|
$ |
43,951 |
|
Add: Total stock-based employee compensation expense recognized in
continuing operations as determined under intrinsic value method for all
awards, net of related tax effects |
|
|
843 |
|
|
|
597 |
|
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense to be recognized in
continuing operations determined under fair value based method for all
awards, net of related tax effects |
|
|
(1,520 |
) |
|
|
(1,331 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net earnings from continuing operations |
|
$ |
50,524 |
|
|
$ |
43,217 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net earnings from continuing operations per common share as reported |
|
$ |
2.93 |
|
|
$ |
2.62 |
|
Pro forma basic net earnings from continuing operations per common share |
|
$ |
2.89 |
|
|
$ |
2.57 |
|
Diluted net earnings from continuing operations per common share as reported |
|
$ |
2.88 |
|
|
$ |
2.53 |
|
Pro forma diluted net earnings from continuing operations per common share |
|
$ |
2.85 |
|
|
$ |
2.52 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings as reported |
|
$ |
70,471 |
|
|
$ |
49,827 |
|
Add: Total stock-based employee compensation expense recognized net
earnings as determined under intrinsic value method for all awards, net of
related tax effects |
|
|
2,079 |
|
|
|
639 |
|
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense to be recognized in
net earnings determined under fair value based method for all awards, net
of related tax effects |
|
|
(2,854 |
) |
|
|
(1,486 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net earnings |
|
$ |
69,696 |
|
|
$ |
48,980 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net earnings per common share as reported |
|
$ |
4.03 |
|
|
$ |
2.97 |
|
Pro forma basic net earnings per common share |
|
$ |
3.98 |
|
|
$ |
2.92 |
|
Diluted net earnings per common share as reported |
|
$ |
3.96 |
|
|
$ |
2.87 |
|
Pro forma diluted net earnings per common share |
|
$ |
3.93 |
|
|
$ |
2.85 |
|
Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding
during the period without any consideration for the impact of shares which are issuable upon the
exercise of a stock option or unvested shares which are contingent upon an employee providing
future services. Shares received under an accelerated share repurchase program or other repurchase
program are removed from the weighted average number of common shares outstanding upon repurchase
and delivery. In November 2007, approximately 1.9 million shares
73
were delivered under our current
$60 million accelerated share repurchase program, as discussed in note 7, and therefore removed
from the calculation of weighted average number of common shares outstanding on that date.
Diluted earnings per common share includes the effect of all stock options and unvested common
shares outstanding during the period using the treasury stock method. The treasury stock method
assumes that shares are
issued for stock options and restricted shares that are in the money, and that we use the
proceeds of such stock option exercises to repurchase shares at the average market value of our
shares for the respective period. For purposes of the treasury stock method, proceeds consist of
cash to be paid, future compensation expense to be recognized and the amount of tax benefits, if
any, that will be credited to additional paid-in capital assuming exercise of the stock options and
vesting of the unvested shares. For fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 no stock options were
excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share, but approximately 0.2 million stock
options were excluded from the computation of weighted average shares outstanding as the shares
were anti-dilutive.
For purposes of calculating diluted earnings per share, shares issuable pursuant to any
earn-out agreements and any performance based stock awards are included in the calculation as of
the first day of the quarter in which the performance criteria is met. During fiscal 2005,
approximately 485,000 shares were included in the calculation as of the first day of the fourth
quarter, which is the period that the earn-out targets were met, although the shares were not
issued until the next fiscal year. No shares were issued related to the fiscal 2007 and 2006
earn-out payments as those amounts were paid in cash.
Seasonality
Although our various product lines are sold on a year-round basis, the demand for specific
products or styles may be seasonal. For example, the demand for golf and Tommy Bahama products is
higher in the spring and summer seasons. Generally our products are sold prior to each of the
retail selling seasons, including spring, summer, fall and holiday. As the timing of product
shipments and other events affecting the retail business may vary, results for any particular
quarter may not be indicative of results for the full year. The percentage of net sales by quarter
(unaudited) for the twelve months ended February 2, 2008 was 27%, 23%, 26% and 24%, respectively,
and the percentage of earnings before income taxes by quarter (unaudited) for the twelve months
ended February 2, 2008 was 40%, 18%, 28% and 14%, respectively,
which we do not believe is indicative of the distribution in future years as the last three quarters of the twelve months
ended February 2, 2008 were impacted by the current economic environment.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States requires us to make certain estimates and
assumptions that affect the amounts reported as assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses in the
consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2007, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 141(R) Applying the Acquisition Method
(FAS 141R). FAS 141R is required to be adopted in fiscal 2009. FAS 141R provides guidance for
accounting for acquisitions subsequent to the date of adoption. FAS 141R requires that (1) 100% of
the fair values of acquired assets and liabilities, with limited exceptions, are recognized even if
the acquirer has not acquired 100% of the acquired entity, (2) contingent consideration is recorded
at estimated fair value on the date of acquisition rather than recognizing as earned, (3)
transaction costs are expenses as incurred rather than being capitalized as part of the fair value
of the acquired entity, (4) pre-acquisition contingencies will be recorded at fair value the
estimated fair value on the date of acquisition, (5) the criteria for accruing for a restructuring
plan must be met as of the date of acquisition, and (6) acquired research and development value is
not expensed, but instead capitalized as an indefinite-lived intangible asset, subject to periodic
impairment testing. We are currently assessing the potential impact of adopting FAS 141R.
In September 2006, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 157 Fair Value Measurements (FAS
157). FAS 157 is required to be adopted in fiscal 2008 for financial assets and liabilities, and
fiscal 2009 for non-financial
74
assets and liabilities. FAS 157 provides enhanced guidance for using
fair value measure of assets and liabilities. The standard also requires additional disclosures
about the extent to which companies measure assets and liabilities at fair value, the information
used to measure fair value and the effect of fair value measurements on earnings. We are currently
assessing the potential impact of adopting FAS 157.
In February 2007, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 159 The Fair Value Option for Financial
Assets and Financial Liabilities (FAS 159). FAS 159 is required to be adopted in fiscal 2009.
FAS 159 permits entities to choose to measure eligible items in the balance sheet at fair value at
specified election dates with the unrealized gains and losses recognized in earnings. We are
currently assessing the potential impact of adopting FAS 159.
Note 2. Inventories
The components of inventories are summarized as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
June 1, |
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
June 2, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
Finished goods |
|
$ |
171,685 |
|
|
$ |
139,087 |
|
|
$ |
161,953 |
|
|
$ |
125,466 |
|
Work in process |
|
|
10,142 |
|
|
|
12,031 |
|
|
|
13,496 |
|
|
|
9,774 |
|
Fabric, trim and supplies |
|
|
16,912 |
|
|
|
25,498 |
|
|
|
29,068 |
|
|
|
26,308 |
|
LIFO reserve |
|
|
(39,814 |
) |
|
|
(39,283 |
) |
|
|
(38,304 |
) |
|
|
(37,954 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total inventory |
|
$ |
158,925 |
|
|
$ |
137,333 |
|
|
$ |
166,213 |
|
|
$ |
123,594 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 3. Property, Plant and Equipment, Net
Property, plant and equipment, carried at cost, are summarized as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
June 1, |
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
June 2, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
Land |
|
$ |
740 |
|
|
$ |
2,021 |
|
|
$ |
2,045 |
|
|
$ |
2,045 |
|
Buildings |
|
|
24,959 |
|
|
|
26,717 |
|
|
|
29,845 |
|
|
|
29,606 |
|
Machinery and equipment |
|
|
73,891 |
|
|
|
70,445 |
|
|
|
71,023 |
|
|
|
64,016 |
|
Leasehold improvements |
|
|
92,886 |
|
|
|
79,948 |
|
|
|
72,673 |
|
|
|
63,430 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal |
|
|
192,476 |
|
|
|
179,131 |
|
|
|
175,586 |
|
|
|
159,097 |
|
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization |
|
|
(99,974 |
) |
|
|
(91,808 |
) |
|
|
(94,091 |
) |
|
|
(85,434 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total property, plant and equipment, net |
|
$ |
92,502 |
|
|
$ |
87,323 |
|
|
$ |
81,495 |
|
|
$ |
73,663 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 4. Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Intangible assets by category are summarized below (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
June 1, |
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
June 2, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets with finite lives: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross carrying amount: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
License agreements |
|
$ |
21,282 |
|
|
$ |
21,309 |
|
|
$ |
21,256 |
|
|
$ |
21,114 |
|
Customer relationships |
|
|
19,757 |
|
|
|
19,757 |
|
|
|
19,742 |
|
|
|
19,603 |
|
Trademarks |
|
|
4,827 |
|
|
|
4,827 |
|
|
|
4,821 |
|
|
|
|
|
Covenant not to compete |
|
|
460 |
|
|
|
460 |
|
|
|
460 |
|
|
|
460 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal |
|
|
46,326 |
|
|
|
46,353 |
|
|
|
46,279 |
|
|
|
41,177 |
|
75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
June 1, |
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
June 2, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated amortization: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
License agreements |
|
|
(18,354 |
) |
|
|
(16,617 |
) |
|
|
(15,261 |
) |
|
|
(12,207 |
) |
Customer relationships |
|
|
(13,566 |
) |
|
|
(12,384 |
) |
|
|
(11,634 |
) |
|
|
(10,677 |
) |
Trademarks |
|
|
(351 |
) |
|
|
(149 |
) |
|
|
(45 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Covenant not to compete |
|
|
(460 |
) |
|
|
(460 |
) |
|
|
(421 |
) |
|
|
(345 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal |
|
|
(32,731 |
) |
|
|
(29,610 |
) |
|
|
(27,361 |
) |
|
|
(23,229 |
) |
Total intangible assets with finite lives, net |
|
|
13,595 |
|
|
|
16,743 |
|
|
|
18,918 |
|
|
|
17,948 |
|
Intangible assets with indefinite lives: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trademarks |
|
|
217,338 |
|
|
|
217,338 |
|
|
|
216,885 |
|
|
|
216,505 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total intangible assets, net |
|
$ |
230,933 |
|
|
$ |
234,081 |
|
|
$ |
235,803 |
|
|
$ |
234,453 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During fiscal 2007, we determined that certain trademarks previously considered to have an
indefinite life have a finite life and reclassified those amounts to trademarks with finite lives
above. The useful lives assigned to these trademarks range from 10 to 20 years. Based on the
current estimated useful lives assigned to our intangible assets, amortization expense for the
twelve months ending January 2009, January 2010, January 2011, January 2012 and January 2013 is
projected to total $3.1 million, $2.1 million, $1.7 million, $1.4 million and $0.6 million,
respectively.
Goodwill primarily relates to the acquisition of Tommy Bahama in June 2003, Ben Sherman in
July 2004 and the third party buying agent utilized by Tommy Bahama in January 2008, which were
allocated to the Tommy Bahama Group, Ben Sherman Group and Tommy Bahama Group, respectively. No
intangible assets were identified on the date of acquisition of the third party buying agent of the
Tommy Bahama Group, therefore all amounts paid in excess of tangible assets and liabilities was
included in goodwill. The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the eight month transition
period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 are as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, May 28, 2004 |
|
$ |
111,434 |
|
Ben Sherman acquisition |
|
|
46,325 |
|
Tommy Bahama acquisition fiscal 2005 earn-out |
|
|
26,331 |
|
Other |
|
|
481 |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, June 3, 2005 |
|
|
184,571 |
|
Tommy Bahama acquisition fiscal 2006 earn-out |
|
|
12,258 |
|
Other |
|
|
2,403 |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, June 2, 2006 |
|
|
199,232 |
|
Tommy Bahama acquisition fiscal 2007 earn-out and cumulative earn-out |
|
|
22,264 |
|
Other |
|
|
934 |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, June 1, 2007 |
|
|
222,430 |
|
Acquisition of Tommy Bahamas buying agent |
|
|
35,491 |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, February 2, 2008 |
|
$ |
257,921 |
|
|
|
|
|
After considering all payments, the total purchase price for Tommy Bahama was approximately
$339.5 million, consisting of $240 million in cash and $10 million in our common stock at closing,
approximately $3.4 million in transaction costs and total earn-out payments of $86.1 million, of
which $38.4 million was paid in common stock.
Approximately 95% of the total value of the contingent payments, paid to selling stockholders
was treated as additional purchase price and recorded as goodwill in our consolidated balance
sheets. The remaining 5% of the total value of all consideration that was due and payable under the
earn-out agreement was designated to be paid toward an employee cash bonus plan to be distributed
to employees of Tommy Bahama under the terms of the plan. The contingent payments designated toward
the employee cash bonus plan were charged to selling, general and administrative expense in our
consolidated statements of earnings in the respective period.
76
Note 5. Debt
The following table details our debt (in thousands) as of the dates specified:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
June 1, |
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
June 2, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
$280 million U.S. Secured Revolving Credit Facility
(U.S. Revolver), which accrues interest (6.0% at
February 2, 2008), unused line fees and letter of
credit fees based upon a pricing grid which is tied to
certain debt ratios, requires interest payments monthly
with principal due at maturity (July 2009), and is
collateralized by substantially all the assets of
Oxford Industries, Inc. and its domestic subsidiaries
(1) |
|
$ |
72,900 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
900 |
|
£12 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility
(U.K. Revolver), which accrues interest at the banks
base rate plus 1.0%, requires interest payments monthly
with principal payable on demand or at maturity (July
2008), and is collateralized by substantially all the
United Kingdom assets of Ben Sherman |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
102 |
|
$200 million Senior Unsecured Notes (Senior Unsecured
Notes), which accrue interest at 8.875% (effective
interest rate of 9.0%) and require interest payments
semi-annually on June 1 and December 1 of each year,
require payment of principal at maturity (June 2011),
are subject to certain prepayment penalties, as
discussed below, and are guaranteed by our domestic
subsidiaries |
|
|
200,000 |
|
|
|
200,000 |
|
|
|
200,000 |
|
|
|
200,000 |
|
Other debt |
|
|
|
|
|
|
403 |
|
|
|
406 |
|
|
|
35 |
|
Unamortized discount on Senior Unsecured Notes |
|
|
(586 |
) |
|
|
(706 |
) |
|
|
(764 |
) |
|
|
(884 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt |
|
|
272,314 |
|
|
|
199,697 |
|
|
|
199,642 |
|
|
|
200,153 |
|
Short-term debt and current maturities of long-term debt |
|
|
(37,900 |
) |
|
|
(403 |
) |
|
|
(406 |
) |
|
|
(130 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt, less current maturities |
|
$ |
234,414 |
|
|
$ |
199,294 |
|
|
$ |
199,236 |
|
|
$ |
200,023 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
$35.0 million and $37.9 million of the amount outstanding under the U.S. Revolver at February
2, 2008 was classified as long-term debt and short-term debt, respectively. The amount classified
as long-term debt represents the minimum amount we anticipate outstanding under the U.S. Revolver
during fiscal 2008. |
Our U.S. Revolver and U.K. Revolver are used to finance trade letters of credit and standby
letters of credit, as well as provide funding for other operating activities and acquisitions. As
of February 2, 2008, approximately $52.2 million of trade letters of credit and other limitations
on availability were outstanding against our U.S. Revolver and the U.K. Revolver. The aggregate net
availability under our U.S. Revolver and U.K. Revolver agreements was
approximately $178.7 million
as of February 2, 2008 subject to the respective limitations on borrowings set forth in our U.S.
Revolver, U.K. Revolver and the indenture for the Senior Unsecured Notes.
Our U.S. Revolver and Senior Unsecured Notes each include certain debt covenant restrictions
that require us or our subsidiaries to maintain certain financial ratios that we believe are
customary for similar facilities. As of February 2, 2008, we were compliant with all financial
covenants and restricted payment provisions related to our debt agreements.
Our U.S. Revolver also includes limitations on certain restricted payments, including payment
of dividends. Pursuant to the U.S. Revolver agreement, subject to
other conditions, we may pay
dividends if our Total Debt to EBITDA ratio, as defined in the U.S. Revolver agreement, for the
four preceding quarters would have been not more than 3.00:1.00 after giving effect to the dividend
payment. Our U.S. Revolver further provides that, effective as of
August 3, 2008, this limitation will change so that we may make
restricted payments such as dividends if, subject to other
conditions, our Total Debt to EBITDA ratio for the four preceding
quarters is 2.75:1.00 after giving effect to the payment. Additionally, our Senior Unsecured Notes include limitations on the
payment of dividends. Pursuant to the indenture governing our Senior Unsecured Notes, we may make
certain Restricted Payments, as defined in the indenture, to the extent that the sum of the
Restricted Payments do not exceed the allowable amount described in the indenture. Restricted
Payments include the payment of dividends, the repurchase of our common shares, repayment of
certain debt, the payment of amounts pursuant to earn-out agreements and certain investments. The
allowable amount includes 50% of GAAP net income, as adjusted, cash proceeds from the issuance of
shares of our common stock including stock options and restricted stock awards and certain other
items. We were compliant with these limitations as of February 2, 2008.
77
The Senior Unsecured Notes are subject to redemption at any time after June 1, 2007, at our
option, in whole or in part, on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior notice. During the
period from June 1, 2007 through May 31, 2008, the amount paid at redemption would be equal to
104.438% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Unsecured Notes to be redeemed together
with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption. During the period from June 1,
2008 through May 31, 2009, the amount paid at redemption would be equal to 102.219% of the
aggregate principal amount of the Senior Unsecured Notes to be redeemed together with accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption. Subsequent to June 1, 2009, the amount paid at
redemption would be equal to 100.000% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Unsecured
Notes to be redeemed together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.
Note 6. Commitments and Contingencies
We have operating lease agreements for buildings, retail space, sales offices and equipment
with varying terms. The aggregate minimum rental commitments for all non-cancelable operating real
property leases with original terms in excess of one year are $32.9 million, $32.9 million, $31.3
million, $29.7 million, $27.2 million and $86.1 million for the twelve months ending January 2009,
January 2010, January 2011, January 2012, January 2013 and thereafter, respectively. The total base
rent expense under all leases was $26.5 million, $36.5 million, $33.2 million and $28.5 million in
the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005,
respectively. Additionally, most leases provide for additional payments of real estate taxes,
insurance and other operating expenses applicable to the property and contingent rent based on
retail sales which are not included in the aggregate minimum rental commitments above as the
amounts payable in future periods are generally not specified in the lease agreement and are
dependent on future events. The total amount of such charges were $8.2 million and $10.8 million
in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 and fiscal 2007, respectively, which
includes $0.7 million and $1.2 million of percentage rent during the eight month transition period
ended February 2, 2008 and fiscal 2007, respectively.
We
are also currently obligated under certain apparel license and design agreements to make future
minimum royalty and advertising payments of $8.1 million, $5.1 million, $2.6 million, $1.9 million
for the twelve months ending January 2009, January 2010,
January 2011, January 2012, respectively, and none
thereafter. These amounts do not include amounts due under arrangements which require
a royalty fee or sales commission based on a specified percentage of net sales in future periods.
In a prior fiscal year, we discovered the presence of a hazardous waste on one of our
properties. We believe that remedial action will be required, including continued investigation,
monitoring and treatment of groundwater and soil. As of February 2, 2008, the reserve for the
remediation of this site is approximately $4.4 million, which is included in other non-current
liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. The amount recorded represents our estimate of the
costs to clean up this site based on currently available information. This estimate may change in
future periods as more information on the activities required to remediate this site become known.
No significant amounts have been recorded in the statement of earnings for the eight month
transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 or fiscal 2005.
As of February 2, 2008, we do not have any material obligations outstanding under any earn-out
agreements.
Note 7. Shareholders Equity Transactions
Accelerated Share Repurchase Program
On November 8, 2007, we entered into an accelerated share repurchase agreement with Bank of
America, N.A., an unrelated third party, under which we are repurchasing $60 million of our common
stock. The material terms of the agreement are as follows:
78
|
|
|
The agreement provides for a capped accelerated share repurchase
pursuant to which we will purchase shares of our common stock from
Bank of America for an aggregate purchase price of $60 million. |
|
|
|
|
On November 8, 2007, we made a payment of $60 million to Bank of
America in respect of the shares to be acquired under the agreement.
We funded this payment from borrowings under our U.S. Revolver. |
|
|
|
|
Bank of America made an initial delivery to us of 1.9 million shares
of our common stock during November 2007. |
|
|
|
|
The actual per share purchase price and the number of shares to be
repurchased will be based on the volume weighted average price, or
VWAP, of our common stock over a specified calculation period,
beginning on November 20, 2007 and ending no later than May 19, 2008.
The purchase price we will pay under the agreement will not exceed
$30.95556 per share. |
|
|
|
|
At the end of the repurchase program, Bank of America will be required
to deliver additional shares if the VWAP over the specified
calculation period is below $30.95556. |
|
|
|
|
The agreement contains other terms and conditions governing the
accelerated stock repurchase, including the circumstances under which
Bank of America is permitted to terminate the program early or extend
the repurchase period and the circumstances under which we may be
required to purchase shares at a price in excess of the cap price or
would receive shares representing less than $60 million of the VWAP
for our common stock during the calculation period. |
Except in limited circumstances, we will not be required to reissue any of the acquired shares
to Bank of America pursuant to the accelerated share repurchase agreement. At this time, the
maximum number of shares that may yet be acquired under the accelerated share repurchase program is
not determinable.
Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan
As of February 2, 2008, approximately 0.9 million share awards were available for issuance
under our Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (the Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan), which was approved
by our shareholders on October 5, 2004. The plan allows us to grant stock-based awards to employees
and non-executive directors including stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock
and other performance-based benefits. Shares granted under our previous stock incentive plans, the
1992 Stock Option Plan and the 1997 Stock Option Plan continue to be governed under those plans and
the individual agreements with respect to provisions relating to exercise, termination and
forfeiture. No additional grants are available under the previous plans. Under the previous plans,
we typically granted stock options to employees at the end of each fiscal year or at certain other
times as determined by the board of directors through December 2003. Stock options were granted
with an exercise price equal to the stocks fair market value on the date of grant. The stock
options have ten-year terms and vest and become exercisable in increments of 20% on each
anniversary from the date of grant.
In fiscal 2005, upon inception of the Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan, we transitioned from the
use of options to performance and service based restricted stock awards as the primary vehicle in
our stock-based compensation strategy, although we are not prohibited from granting other types of
share-based compensation awards. The value of the restricted stock awards are based on the
grant-date fair value.
During fiscal 2007 and 2006, we issued restricted stock awards to certain employees and
members of our board of directors based on our achievement of certain performance criteria in
fiscal 2006 and 2005, respectively. The restricted shares will generally vest three years from the
end of the fiscal year in which the awards were earned if the employee is still employed by us on
that date. At the time that the shares are issued, the shareholder is entitled to the same dividend
and voting rights as other holders of our common stock. The employee is restricted from
transferring or selling the restricted shares and forfeits the shares upon the termination of
employment prior to the end of the vesting period. The specific provisions of the awards, including
exercisability and term of the award, are evidenced by agreements with the employee as determined
by the compensation committee. No restricted stock awards were issued to employees for the eight
month transition period ended February 2, 2008 and fiscal 2007 as the performance criteria
specified at the grant date was not met.
79
The table below summarizes the restricted stock award activity during the eight month
transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eight Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transition |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended |
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 2, |
|
Fiscal |
|
Fiscal |
|
|
2008 |
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
Restricted stock outstanding at beginning of fiscal period |
|
|
88,910 |
|
|
|
67,125 |
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted stock issued |
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,440 |
|
|
|
72,225 |
|
Restricted stock vested |
|
|
(12,460 |
) |
|
|
(13,536 |
) |
|
|
(4,725 |
) |
Restricted stock forfeited |
|
|
(3,586 |
) |
|
|
(5,119 |
) |
|
|
(375 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted stock outstanding at end of fiscal period |
|
|
72,864 |
|
|
|
88,910 |
|
|
|
67,125 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In addition, in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal
2006 and fiscal 2005, we granted restricted stock awards to our non-employee directors for a
portion of each non-employee directors compensation by granting restricted stock awards, which
are not dependent upon any performance criteria. The non-employee directors must complete certain
service requirements; otherwise, the restricted shares are subject to forfeiture. On the date of
issuance, the non-employee directors are entitled to the same dividend and voting rights of other
holders of our common stock. The non-employee directors are restricted from transferring or
selling the restricted shares prior to the end of the vesting period. As of February 2, 2008,
approximately 0.02 million of such awards were outstanding and unvested.
As of February 2, 2008, there was approximately $0.7 million of unrecognized compensation cost
related to unvested share-based compensation awards which have been issued. That cost is expected
to be recognized through June 2009. The following table summarizes information about the unvested
shares as of February 2, 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of |
|
Market Price on |
|
|
Restricted Stock Grant |
|
Shares |
|
Date of Grant |
|
Vesting Date |
Fiscal 2005 Performance Awards |
|
|
41,100 |
|
|
$ |
42 |
|
|
June 2008 |
Fiscal 2006 Performance Awards |
|
|
31,764 |
|
|
$ |
42 |
|
|
June 2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
72,864 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A summary of the status of our stock option plans and changes during the eight month
transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 is presented
below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eight Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transition Period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended February 2, |
|
|
Fiscal |
|
|
Fiscal |
|
|
Fiscal |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise |
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Price |
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Price |
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Price |
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Price |
|
Stock options
outstanding, beginning
of fiscal period |
|
|
364,950 |
|
|
$ |
22 |
|
|
|
533,180 |
|
|
$ |
22 |
|
|
|
763,380 |
|
|
$ |
21 |
|
|
|
1,003,920 |
|
|
$ |
19 |
|
Stock options exercised |
|
|
(122,685 |
) |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
(137,290 |
) |
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
(179,260 |
) |
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
(175,020 |
) |
|
|
14 |
|
Stock options forfeited |
|
|
(10,400 |
) |
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
(30,940 |
) |
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
(50,940 |
) |
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
(65,520 |
) |
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options
outstanding, end of
fiscal period |
|
|
231,865 |
|
|
$ |
25 |
|
|
|
364,950 |
|
|
$ |
22 |
|
|
|
533,180 |
|
|
$ |
22 |
|
|
|
763,380 |
|
|
$ |
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options
exercisable, end of
fiscal period |
|
|
181,865 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
216,350 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
218,460 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
215,080 |
|
|
|
|
|
80
The total intrinsic value for options exercised during the eight month transition period ended
February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 was approximately $2.2 million, $3.3
million, $5.5 million and $4.3 million, respectively. The total fair value (as calculated as of the
date of grant) for options that vested during the eight month transition period ended February 2,
2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 was approximately $1.4 million, $1.8 million, $1.8
million and $1.9 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value for all options outstanding
and exercisable, excluding the 0.2 million of options which have no intrinsic value at February 2,
2008 as their exercise price exceeds the stock price at that date, was approximately $0.7 million.
As of February 2, 2008, there was approximately $0.6 million of unrecognized compensation cost
related to unvested stock options, all of which will be recognized during fiscal 2008.
The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding as of February 2,
2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of |
|
Exercise |
|
Grant Date |
|
Number |
|
|
Date of Option Grant |
|
Shares |
|
Price |
|
Fair Value |
|
Exercisable |
|
Expiration Date |
July 13, 1998 |
|
|
1,000 |
|
|
$ |
17.83 |
|
|
$ |
5.16 |
|
|
|
1,000 |
|
|
July 13, 2008 |
July 12, 1999 |
|
|
3,800 |
|
|
|
13.94 |
|
|
|
4.70 |
|
|
|
3,800 |
|
|
July 12, 2009 |
July 10, 2000 |
|
|
2,200 |
|
|
|
8.63 |
|
|
|
2.03 |
|
|
|
2,200 |
|
|
July 10, 2010 |
July 16, 2001 |
|
|
11,895 |
|
|
|
10.73 |
|
|
|
3.18 |
|
|
|
11,895 |
|
|
July 16, 2011 |
July 15, 2002 |
|
|
39,880 |
|
|
|
11.73 |
|
|
|
3.25 |
|
|
|
39,880 |
|
|
July 15, 2012 |
August 18, 2003 |
|
|
90,440 |
|
|
|
26.44 |
|
|
|
11.57 |
|
|
|
61,740 |
|
|
Aug. 18, 2013 |
December 16, 2003 |
|
|
82,650 |
|
|
|
32.75 |
|
|
|
14.17 |
|
|
|
61,350 |
|
|
Dec. 16, 2013 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
231,865 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
181,865 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
On October 5, 2004, our shareholders approved the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP). There
are approximately 0.2 million shares of common stock authorized for issuance under the ESPP, which
allows for qualified employees to purchase shares on a quarterly basis based on certain limitations
with respect to the employees salary and other limitations through payroll deductions. There are
no vesting or other restrictions on the stock purchased by employees under the ESPP. On the last
day of each calendar quarter, the accumulated payroll deductions are applied toward the purchase of
our common stock at a price equal to 85% of the market price on that date. Stock compensation
expense related to the employee stock purchase plan recognized was $0.1 million, $0.2 million, $0.1
million and $0.1 million in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007,
fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005.
Note 8. Income Taxes
The provision (benefit) for income taxes includes the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eight |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transition |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
Fiscal |
|
|
Fiscal |
|
|
Fiscal |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
Current: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal |
|
$ |
8,374 |
|
|
$ |
25,514 |
|
|
$ |
18,551 |
|
|
$ |
21,226 |
|
State |
|
|
943 |
|
|
|
2,537 |
|
|
|
2,560 |
|
|
|
881 |
|
Foreign |
|
|
2,093 |
|
|
|
2,593 |
|
|
|
4,680 |
|
|
|
5,084 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,410 |
|
|
|
30,644 |
|
|
|
25,791 |
|
|
|
27,191 |
|
Adjustment for enacted tax rate changes |
|
|
(1,891 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred |
|
|
(3,042 |
) |
|
|
(4,331 |
) |
|
|
(2,847 |
) |
|
|
(5,014 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income Taxes |
|
$ |
6,477 |
|
|
$ |
26,313 |
|
|
$ |
22,944 |
|
|
|
22,177 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
81
Reconciliations of the United States federal statutory income tax rates and our effective tax
rates are summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eight |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transition |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 2, |
|
Fiscal |
|
Fiscal |
|
Fiscal |
|
|
2008 |
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
Statutory rate |
|
|
35.0 |
% |
|
|
35.0 |
% |
|
|
35.0 |
% |
|
|
35.0 |
% |
State income taxes net of federal income tax benefit |
|
|
2.3 |
% |
|
|
2.0 |
% |
|
|
1.8 |
% |
|
|
1.1 |
% |
Impact of foreign earnings (1) |
|
|
(7.0 |
)% |
|
|
(2.4 |
)% |
|
|
(1.5 |
)% |
|
|
(1.4 |
)% |
Impact of APB 23 assertion (2) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4.5 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 965 repatriation (3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4.0 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
Change in contingency reserve |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.9 |
% |
|
|
(1.0 |
)% |
|
|
(0.9 |
)% |
Other adjustment (4) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.1 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impact of enacted tax rate changes |
|
|
(7.4 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other, net |
|
|
2.3 |
% |
|
|
0.4 |
% |
|
|
0.6 |
% |
|
|
(0.3 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective rate for continuing operations |
|
|
25.2 |
% |
|
|
33.5 |
% |
|
|
30.9 |
% |
|
|
33.5 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The percentage in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 is higher than
normal due to the change in the amortization amount of goodwill being proportional to the change in
the calendar but the change in our earnings before income taxes was not proportional to the change
in the calendar. |
|
(2) |
|
In accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 23 Accounting for Income Taxes
Special Areas (APB 23) we made the determination in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007 that
our original investment in Ben Sherman U.K. is considered to be indefinitely reinvested and
accordingly, recorded an income tax benefit to reverse the deferred tax liability previously
recorded related to the excess of book over tax basis. Upon distribution of the original investment
in the form of dividends or otherwise, we would be subject to United States income taxes (subject
to an adjustment for foreign tax credits). If the original investment were not permanently
reinvested, an additional deferred tax liability of approximately $3.9 million would have been
required as of February 2, 2008. The excess of book over tax basis of the original investment as of
February 2, 2008 was approximately $11.2 million. |
|
(3) |
|
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006, we completed our assessment of earnings to be
repatriated under the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 and repatriated approximately $22.9
million of earnings, which were not previously considered permanently invested outside of the
United States. The impact of this repatriation has been included in our tax provision for fiscal
2006. The repatriation of the earnings resulted in a one-time reduction to tax expense of
approximately $2.9 million in fiscal 2006. |
|
(4) |
|
The other adjustment in fiscal 2007 relates to reconciliation adjustments to tax balances
arising in prior years. |
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
June 1, |
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
June 2, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred Tax Assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories |
|
$ |
1,044 |
|
|
$ |
1,327 |
|
|
$ |
1,820 |
|
|
$ |
2,003 |
|
Accrued compensation and benefits |
|
|
7,527 |
|
|
|
8,438 |
|
|
|
6,796 |
|
|
|
6,260 |
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts |
|
|
190 |
|
|
|
334 |
|
|
|
446 |
|
|
|
566 |
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
8,855 |
|
|
|
7,317 |
|
|
|
6,376 |
|
|
|
5,458 |
|
Non-current liabilities |
|
|
1,723 |
|
|
|
1,740 |
|
|
|
1,707 |
|
|
|
1,709 |
|
Deferred rent and lease obligations |
|
|
1,507 |
|
|
|
1,379 |
|
|
|
2,048 |
|
|
|
1,952 |
|
Other, net |
|
|
2,657 |
|
|
|
2,616 |
|
|
|
2,280 |
|
|
|
2,761 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets |
|
|
23,503 |
|
|
|
23,151 |
|
|
|
21,473 |
|
|
|
20,709 |
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
June 1, |
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
June 2, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred Tax Liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquired intangible assets |
|
|
76,815 |
|
|
|
79,525 |
|
|
|
84,183 |
|
|
|
83,048 |
|
Foreign |
|
|
1,326 |
|
|
|
3,728 |
|
|
|
5,063 |
|
|
|
3,167 |
|
Other, net |
|
|
614 |
|
|
|
4,008 |
|
|
|
3,158 |
|
|
|
3,067 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities |
|
|
78,775 |
|
|
|
87,261 |
|
|
|
92,404 |
|
|
|
89,282 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax (liability) asset |
|
$ |
(55,252 |
) |
|
$ |
(64,110 |
) |
|
$ |
(70,931 |
) |
|
$ |
(68,573 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007, and February 2, 2007 and June 2, 2006, we had
undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries of approximately $7.8 million, $13.9 million, $14.4
million and $13.4 million, respectively, which have been provided for in our income tax provision
as the earnings are not considered permanently invested outside of the United States. If the
earnings were repatriated to the United States, the earnings would be subject to United States
taxation at that time. The amount of deferred tax liability recognized associated with the
undistributed earnings as of February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007, February 2, 2007 and June 2, 2006 was
approximately $1.3 million, $3.7 million, $5.1 million (unaudited) and $3.2 million, respectively, which
represents the approximate excess of the United States tax liability over the creditable foreign
taxes paid that would result from a full remittance of undistributed earnings.
Upon the adoption of FIN 48 at the beginning of the eight month transition period ended
February 2, 2008, we recognized an immaterial increase to retained earnings and a reduction of
deferred income taxes in our consolidated balance sheets. Upon adoption, the gross amount of
unrecognized tax benefits was approximately $5.3 million, which was reclassified from income taxes
payable and non-current income taxes to other non-current liabilities. This reclassification is
reflected as a non-cash operating item for statement of cash flow purposes. Additionally, we had
recognized $0.6 million of related interest and penalties related to these unrecognized tax
benefits as of the date of adoption. If we were to prevail on all unrecognized tax benefits
recorded, approximately $4.7 million of the reserve for unrecognized tax benefits recorded and the
full amount of related interest and penalties would benefit the effective tax rate. A
reconciliation of unrecognized tax benefits at the beginning and end of year is as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at June 2, 2007 |
|
$ |
5,271 |
|
Additions for current year tax positions |
|
|
60 |
|
Expiration of the statute of limitation for the assessment of taxes |
|
|
(4 |
) |
Additions for tax positions of prior year |
|
|
815 |
|
Reductions for tax positions of prior year |
|
|
(677 |
) |
Settlements |
|
|
(383 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Balance at February 2, 2008 |
|
|
5,082 |
|
Included in the unrecognized tax benefits of $5.1 million at February 2, 2008 was $4.4 million
of tax benefits that, if recognized, would reduce our annual effective rate. We also accrued
potential interest of $0.4 million related to these unrecognized tax benefits during the eight
month transition period ended February 2, 2008. In total as of February 2, 2008, we have recorded a
liability for potential penalties and interest of $0.4 million and $0.6 million, respectively. It
is reasonably possible that the amount of unrecognized benefit with respect to certain of our
unrecognized tax positions will increase or decrease within the next twelve months. Events that may
cause these changes include the settlement of issues with taxing authorities or expiration of
statutes of limitations. At this time an estimate of the reasonably possible changes cannot be
made.
Note 9. Defined Contribution Plans
We have tax-qualified voluntary retirement savings plans covering substantially all full-time
United States employees and other similar plans covering certain foreign employees. If a
participant decides to contribute, a portion of the contribution is matched by us. Our expense
under these defined contribution plans in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008,
fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 were $1.8 million, $2.8 million, $2.8 million and $2.7
million, respectively.
83
Additionally, we incur certain charges related to our deferred compensation plan as discussed
in Note 1. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on the deferred compensation plan investments
are recorded in our consolidated statements of earnings and substantially offset the changes in
deferred compensation liabilities to participants resulting from changes in market values. The
total expense for our match under these non-qualified deferred compensation plans in the eight
month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 was
approximately $0.3 million, $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively.
Note 10. Operating Groups
Our business is operated through our four operating groups: Tommy Bahama, Ben Sherman, Lanier
Clothes and Oxford Apparel. We identify our operating groups based on the way our management
organizes the components of our business for purposes of allocating resources and assessing
performance. Leaders of the operating groups report directly to our Chief Executive Officer.
Tommy Bahama designs, sources and markets collections of mens and womens sportswear and
related products under brands that include Tommy Bahama, Indigo Palms and Island Soft. Tommy
Bahamas products can be found in our own retail stores and on our e-commerce website as well as
certain department stores and independent specialty stores throughout the United States. The target
consumers of Tommy Bahama are affluent 35 and older men and women who embrace a relaxed and casual
approach to daily living. Tommy Bahama also licenses its brands for a wide variety of product
categories.
Ben Sherman is a London-based designer, marketer and distributor of branded sportswear and
footwear. We also license the Ben Sherman name to third parties for various product categories. Ben
Sherman was established in 1963 as an edgy, young mens, Mod"-inspired shirt brand and has evolved
into a global lifestyle brand of apparel and footwear targeted at youthful-thinking men and women
ages 19 to 35. We offer a full Ben Sherman sportswear collection as well as tailored clothing,
footwear and accessories. Our Ben Sherman products can be found in certain department stores and a
variety of independent specialty stores, as well as in our own Ben Sherman retail stores and on our
e-commerce websites.
Lanier Clothes designs and markets branded and private label mens suits, sportcoats, suit
separates and dress slacks across a wide range of price points. Our Lanier Clothes branded products
include Nautica, Kenneth Cole, Dockers, O Oscar and Geoffrey Beene, all of which trademarks are
licensed to us by third parties. We also product products under the Arnold Brant and Billy London
trademarks, both of which are owned by us. In addition to the branded businesses, we design and
source certain private label tailored clothing products. Significant private label brands include
Stafford, Alfani, Tasso Elba and Lands End. Our Lanier Clothes products are sold to national
chains, department stores, mass merchants, specialty stores, specialty catalog retailers and
discount retailers throughout the United States.
Oxford Apparel produces branded and private label dress shirts, suited separates, sport
shirts, casual slacks, outerwear, sweaters, jeans, swimwear, westernwear and golf apparel. We
design and source certain private label programs for several customers including programs for
Lands End, LL Bean and Eddie Bauer. Owned brands of Oxford Apparel include Oxford Golf, Solitude,
Wedge, Kona Wind, Tranquility Bay, Ely, Cattleman and Cumberland Outfitters. Oxford Apparel also
owns a two-thirds interest in the entity that owns the Hathaway trademark in the United States and
several other countries. . Oxford Apparel also licenses from third parties the right to use the
Tommy Hilfiger, Dockers and United States Polo Association trademarks for certain apparel products.
Our Oxford Apparel products are sold to a variety of department stores, mass merchants, specialty
catalog retailers, discount retailers, specialty retailers, green grass golf merchants and
Internet retailers throughout the United States.
Corporate and Other is a reconciling category for reporting purposes and includes our
corporate offices, substantially all financing activities, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments
and other costs that are not allocated to the operating groups. LIFO inventory calculations are
made on a legal entity basis which does not correspond to our operating group definitions as
portions of Lanier Clothes and Oxford Apparel are on the LIFO basis of accounting. Therefore, LIFO
inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to operating groups. Total assets for Corporate
and Other includes the LIFO inventory reserve of $39.8 million, $39.3 million, $38.3 million
(unaudited) and $38.0 million, at February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007, February 2, 2007 and June 2,
2006, respectively.
84
Assets related to the Womenswear Group, which was disposed of on June 2, 2006, have been
included below to reconcile to total assets in our consolidated balance sheets.
The information below presents certain information about our operating groups included in
continuing operations (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eight Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transition |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period Ended |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
Fiscal |
|
|
Fiscal |
|
|
Fiscal |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
Net Sales |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tommy Bahama |
|
$ |
284,611 |
|
|
$ |
465,121 |
|
|
$ |
409,141 |
|
|
$ |
399,658 |
|
Ben Sherman |
|
|
101,578 |
|
|
|
156,773 |
|
|
|
166,606 |
|
|
|
154,105 |
|
Lanier Clothes |
|
|
107,457 |
|
|
|
165,159 |
|
|
|
180,411 |
|
|
|
173,168 |
|
Oxford Apparel |
|
|
201,301 |
|
|
|
339,309 |
|
|
|
352,932 |
|
|
|
329,333 |
|
Corporate and Other |
|
|
851 |
|
|
|
2,545 |
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
523 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
695,798 |
|
|
$ |
1,128,907 |
|
|
$ |
1,109,116 |
|
|
$ |
1,056,787 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tommy Bahama |
|
$ |
9,314 |
|
|
$ |
12,036 |
|
|
$ |
10,633 |
|
|
$ |
9,122 |
|
Ben Sherman |
|
|
1,848 |
|
|
|
2,203 |
|
|
|
1,462 |
|
|
|
847 |
|
Lanier Clothes |
|
|
540 |
|
|
|
878 |
|
|
|
1,193 |
|
|
|
1,353 |
|
Oxford Apparel |
|
|
890 |
|
|
|
1,175 |
|
|
|
1,396 |
|
|
|
1,635 |
|
Corporate and Other |
|
|
247 |
|
|
|
428 |
|
|
|
408 |
|
|
|
364 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
12,839 |
|
|
$ |
16,720 |
|
|
$ |
15,092 |
|
|
$ |
13,321 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of Intangible Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tommy Bahama |
|
$ |
1,445 |
|
|
$ |
2,975 |
|
|
$ |
4,170 |
|
|
$ |
5,563 |
|
Ben Sherman |
|
|
1,548 |
|
|
|
3,267 |
|
|
|
3,433 |
|
|
|
3,020 |
|
Lanier Clothes |
|
|
80 |
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Oxford Apparel |
|
|
111 |
|
|
|
103 |
|
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
3,184 |
|
|
$ |
6,405 |
|
|
$ |
7,642 |
|
|
$ |
8,622 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tommy Bahama |
|
$ |
38,041 |
|
|
$ |
81,533 |
|
|
$ |
71,522 |
|
|
$ |
54,128 |
|
Ben Sherman |
|
|
4,147 |
|
|
|
8,372 |
|
|
|
10,329 |
|
|
|
22,305 |
|
Lanier Clothes |
|
|
315 |
|
|
|
4,238 |
|
|
|
17,422 |
|
|
|
21,376 |
|
Oxford Apparel |
|
|
12,001 |
|
|
|
22,749 |
|
|
|
14,556 |
|
|
|
14,556 |
|
Corporate and Other |
|
|
(13,510 |
) |
|
|
(16,045 |
) |
|
|
(15,713 |
) |
|
|
(20,091 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Operating Income |
|
|
40,994 |
|
|
|
100,847 |
|
|
|
98,116 |
|
|
|
92,274 |
|
Interest expense, net |
|
|
15,302 |
|
|
|
22,214 |
|
|
|
23,971 |
|
|
|
26,146 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings Before Income Taxes |
|
$ |
25,692 |
|
|
$ |
78,633 |
|
|
$ |
74,145 |
|
|
$ |
66,128 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eight Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transition |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period Ended |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
Fiscal |
|
|
Fiscal |
|
|
Fiscal |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
Purchases of Property, Plant and Equipment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tommy Bahama |
|
$ |
18,193 |
|
|
$ |
26,790 |
|
|
$ |
16,904 |
|
|
$ |
19,953 |
|
Ben Sherman |
|
|
2,510 |
|
|
|
3,837 |
|
|
|
4,275 |
|
|
|
2,184 |
|
Lanier Clothes |
|
|
107 |
|
|
|
287 |
|
|
|
228 |
|
|
|
348 |
|
Oxford Apparel |
|
|
108 |
|
|
|
184 |
|
|
|
2,630 |
|
|
|
604 |
|
Corporate and Other |
|
|
179 |
|
|
|
214 |
|
|
|
916 |
|
|
|
318 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
21,097 |
|
|
$ |
31,312 |
|
|
$ |
24,953 |
|
|
$ |
23,407 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
June 1, |
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
June 2, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tommy Bahama |
|
$ |
519,291 |
|
|
$ |
469,414 |
|
|
$ |
441,657 |
|
|
$ |
423,376 |
|
Ben Sherman |
|
|
208,829 |
|
|
|
223,779 |
|
|
|
211,997 |
|
|
|
212,230 |
|
Lanier Clothes |
|
|
83,208 |
|
|
|
95,184 |
|
|
|
95,135 |
|
|
|
74,375 |
|
Oxford Apparel |
|
|
102,253 |
|
|
|
96,627 |
|
|
|
103,586 |
|
|
|
112,325 |
|
Corporate and Other |
|
|
(3,309 |
) |
|
|
23,734 |
|
|
|
22,730 |
|
|
|
4,074 |
|
Womenswear (discontinued) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
59,215 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
910,272 |
|
|
$ |
908,738 |
|
|
$ |
875,105 |
|
|
$ |
885,595 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tommy Bahama |
|
$ |
204,423 |
|
|
$ |
168,932 |
|
|
$ |
148,556 |
|
|
$ |
148,342 |
|
Ben Sherman |
|
|
51,651 |
|
|
|
51,651 |
|
|
|
51,390 |
|
|
|
49,043 |
|
Oxford Apparel |
|
|
1,847 |
|
|
|
1,847 |
|
|
|
1,847 |
|
|
|
1,847 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
257,921 |
|
|
$ |
222,430 |
|
|
$ |
201,793 |
|
|
$ |
199,232 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible Assets, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tommy Bahama |
|
$ |
132,579 |
|
|
$ |
134,023 |
|
|
$ |
135,015 |
|
|
$ |
136,998 |
|
Ben Sherman |
|
|
94,852 |
|
|
|
96,362 |
|
|
|
96,997 |
|
|
|
93,596 |
|
Lanier Clothes |
|
|
2,267 |
|
|
|
2,347 |
|
|
|
2,388 |
|
|
|
2,408 |
|
Oxford Apparel |
|
|
1,235 |
|
|
|
1,349 |
|
|
|
1,403 |
|
|
|
1,451 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
230,933 |
|
|
$ |
234,081 |
|
|
$ |
235,803 |
|
|
$ |
234,453 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Information for the net book value of our long-lived assets, including property, plant and
equipment, goodwill and intangible assets, by geographic area is presented below (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
June 1, |
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
June 2, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
United States |
|
$ |
427,155 |
|
|
$ |
385,588 |
|
|
$ |
361,530 |
|
|
$ |
354,507 |
|
Latin America |
|
|
1,335 |
|
|
|
4,460 |
|
|
|
4,576 |
|
|
|
4,859 |
|
United Kingdom and Europe |
|
|
152,623 |
|
|
|
153,544 |
|
|
|
152,663 |
|
|
|
147,540 |
|
Other foreign |
|
|
243 |
|
|
|
242 |
|
|
|
321 |
|
|
|
442 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
581,356 |
|
|
$ |
543,834 |
|
|
$ |
519,090 |
|
|
$ |
507,348 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
86
Information for the net sales included in continuing operations recognized by geographic area
is presented below (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eight Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transition |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period Ended |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
Fiscal |
|
|
Fiscal |
|
|
Fiscal |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
United States and Canada |
|
$ |
610,325 |
|
|
$ |
1,005,925 |
|
|
$ |
987,206 |
|
|
$ |
942,388 |
|
United Kingdom and Europe |
|
|
85,473 |
|
|
|
122,982 |
|
|
|
121,910 |
|
|
|
114,399 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
695,798 |
|
|
$ |
1,128,907 |
|
|
$ |
1,109,116 |
|
|
$ |
1,056,787 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 11. Related Party Transactions
SunTrust Banks, Inc. and its subsidiaries (SunTrust) holds shares of our common stock in
various fiduciary and agency capacities and as such is a principal shareholder of our common stock.
Mr. J. Hicks Lanier, our Chief Executive Officer, is on the board of directors of SunTrust and its
Audit Committee. Mr. E. Jenner Wood, III, a board member of Oxford Industries, Inc. was Chairman,
President and Chief Executive Officer of SunTrust Bank, Central Group, during the eight month
transition period ended February 2, 2008 and fiscal 2007.
We maintain a syndicated credit facility under which subsidiaries of SunTrust served as agent
and lender. In the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006
and fiscal 2005, the services provided and interest and fees paid to SunTrust in connection with
such services are set forth below (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eight Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transition |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 2, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
Fiscal 2007 |
|
Fiscal 2006 |
|
Fiscal 2005 |
Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest and agent fees for our credit facility |
|
$ |
592 |
|
|
$ |
525 |
|
|
$ |
1,307 |
|
|
$ |
2,999 |
|
Cash management and senior notes related services |
|
$ |
72 |
|
|
$ |
56 |
|
|
$ |
106 |
|
|
$ |
133 |
|
Other |
|
$ |
4 |
|
|
$ |
10 |
|
|
$ |
34 |
|
|
$ |
18 |
|
Our aggregate payments to SunTrust and its subsidiaries for these services, together with all
of the other services described above in this section, did not exceed 1% of our gross revenues
during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and
fiscal 2005 or 1% of SunTrusts gross revenues during its fiscal years ended December 31, 2007,
December 31, 2006, December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004.
87
Note 12. Summarized Quarterly Data (unaudited):
Following is a summary of the quarterly results of continuing operations for the eight month
transition period ended February 2, 2008 and the years ended June 1, 2007 and June 2, 2006 (in
thousands, except per share amounts):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First |
|
Second |
|
Third |
|
Fourth |
|
|
|
|
Quarter |
|
Quarter |
|
Quarter |
|
Quarter |
|
Total |
Eight Month Transition Period Ended
February 2, 2008 (1)(2) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
237,947 |
|
|
$ |
294,486 |
|
|
$ |
163,365 |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
$ |
695,798 |
|
Gross profit |
|
|
97,451 |
|
|
|
114,920 |
|
|
|
63,389 |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
275,760 |
|
Net earnings from continuing operations |
|
|
6,103 |
|
|
|
12,603 |
|
|
|
509 |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
19,215 |
|
(Loss) earnings from discontinued
operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings |
|
$ |
6,103 |
|
|
$ |
12,603 |
|
|
$ |
509 |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
$ |
19,215 |
|
Basic net earnings per common share
from continuing operations |
|
$ |
0.34 |
|
|
$ |
0.72 |
|
|
$ |
0.03 |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
$ |
1.12 |
|
Diluted net earnings per common share
from continuing operations |
|
$ |
0.34 |
|
|
$ |
0.71 |
|
|
$ |
0.03 |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
$ |
1.11 |
|
Fiscal 2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
284,078 |
|
|
$ |
290,987 |
|
|
$ |
266,595 |
|
|
$ |
287,247 |
|
|
$ |
1,128,907 |
|
Gross profit |
|
|
108,111 |
|
|
|
111,800 |
|
|
|
108,266 |
|
|
|
119,583 |
|
|
|
447,760 |
|
Net earnings from continuing operations |
|
|
11,155 |
|
|
|
12,145 |
|
|
|
9,726 |
|
|
|
19,294 |
|
|
|
52,320 |
|
(Loss) earnings from discontinued
operations |
|
|
(205 |
) |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(183 |
) |
Net earnings |
|
$ |
10,950 |
|
|
$ |
12,153 |
|
|
$ |
9,740 |
|
|
$ |
19,294 |
|
|
$ |
52,137 |
|
Basic net earnings per common share
from continuing operations |
|
$ |
0.63 |
|
|
$ |
0.69 |
|
|
$ |
0.55 |
|
|
$ |
1.09 |
|
|
$ |
2.96 |
|
Diluted net earnings per common share
from continuing operations |
|
$ |
0.63 |
|
|
$ |
0.68 |
|
|
$ |
0.54 |
|
|
$ |
1.08 |
|
|
$ |
2.93 |
|
Fiscal 2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
268,475 |
|
|
$ |
277,903 |
|
|
$ |
275,160 |
|
|
$ |
287,578 |
|
|
$ |
1,109,116 |
|
Gross profit |
|
|
105,715 |
|
|
|
102,806 |
|
|
|
109,866 |
|
|
|
113,300 |
|
|
|
431,687 |
|
Net earnings from continuing operations |
|
|
11,820 |
|
|
|
10,177 |
|
|
|
11,106 |
|
|
|
18,098 |
|
|
|
51,201 |
|
Earnings from discontinued operations |
|
|
2,063 |
|
|
|
831 |
|
|
|
3,496 |
|
|
|
12,880 |
|
|
|
19,270 |
|
Net earnings |
|
$ |
13,883 |
|
|
$ |
11,008 |
|
|
$ |
14,602 |
|
|
$ |
30,978 |
|
|
$ |
70,471 |
|
Basic net earnings per common share
from continuing operations |
|
$ |
0.68 |
|
|
$ |
0.58 |
|
|
$ |
0.63 |
|
|
$ |
1.03 |
|
|
$ |
2.93 |
|
Diluted net earnings per common share
from continuing operations |
|
$ |
0.67 |
|
|
$ |
0.57 |
|
|
$ |
0.63 |
|
|
$ |
1.02 |
|
|
$ |
2.88 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
There is no fourth quarter for the eight month transition period ended February 2,
2008 due to the change in our fiscal year-end. |
|
(2) |
|
The third quarter of the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008
represents the two month period from December 1, 2007 through February 2, 2008. |
The sum of the quarterly amounts for the eight months ended February 2, 2008, do not equal the
totals for the year then ended due to the impact of the timing of the accelerated share repurchase
program and rounding differences. The sum of the quarterly amounts for fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006
do not necessarily equal the totals for the year then ended due to rounding differences.
88
The first quarter of the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 has been
adjusted from amounts reported in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for that period to reflect an
additional $1.3 million of tax benefit related to the change in the enacted tax rate which occurred
during that quarter. The fourth quarter of fiscal 2007 includes severance costs and a gain on sale
of a facility which together had the effect of increasing net earnings from continuing operations
by $0.7 million. The fourth quarter of fiscal 2006 includes charges for plant closures which had
the effect of reducing net income from continuing operations by approximately $1.0 million. In the
fourth quarter of fiscal 2007, tax adjustments related to foreign income taxes, tax contingency
reserves and other adjustments had the effect of increasing net earnings from continuing operations
by approximately $1.1 million. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006 foreign income tax and
contingency reserve adjustments had the effect of increasing net earnings from continuing
operations by approximately $3.7 million.
Note 13. Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements:
Our Senior Unsecured Notes are guaranteed by our wholly owned domestic subsidiaries
(Subsidiary Guarantors). All guarantees are full and unconditional. For consolidated financial
reporting purposes, non-guarantors consist of our subsidiaries which are organized outside the
United States. We use the equity method with respect to investment in subsidiaries included in
other non-current assets in our condensed consolidating financial statements. Set forth below are
our condensed consolidating balance sheets as of February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007, February 2, 2007
(unaudited) and June 2, 2006 (in thousands) as well as our condensed consolidating statements of
earnings and statements of cash flows for the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008,
fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 (in thousands).
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS
February 2, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Oxford |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Industries |
|
|
Subsidiary |
|
|
Subsidiary |
|
|
Consolidating |
|
|
Consolidated |
|
|
|
(Parent) |
|
|
Guarantors |
|
|
Non-Guarantors |
|
|
Adjustments |
|
|
Total |
|
ASSETS
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
2,100 |
|
|
$ |
1,050 |
|
|
$ |
11,762 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
14,912 |
|
Receivables, net |
|
|
52,599 |
|
|
|
38,244 |
|
|
|
20,763 |
|
|
|
(6,045 |
) |
|
|
105,561 |
|
Inventories |
|
|
64,896 |
|
|
|
76,462 |
|
|
|
18,826 |
|
|
|
(1,259 |
) |
|
|
158,925 |
|
Prepaid expenses |
|
|
6,595 |
|
|
|
8,475 |
|
|
|
3,631 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,701 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets |
|
|
126,190 |
|
|
|
124,231 |
|
|
|
54,982 |
|
|
|
(7,304 |
) |
|
|
298,099 |
|
Property, plant and equipment, net |
|
|
7,933 |
|
|
|
77,652 |
|
|
|
6,917 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
92,502 |
|
Goodwill, net |
|
|
1,847 |
|
|
|
168,932 |
|
|
|
87,142 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
257,921 |
|
Intangible assets, net |
|
|
1,235 |
|
|
|
134,846 |
|
|
|
94,852 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
230,933 |
|
Other non-current assets, net |
|
|
825,252 |
|
|
|
150,142 |
|
|
|
70,673 |
|
|
|
(1,015,250 |
) |
|
|
30,817 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets |
|
$ |
962,457 |
|
|
$ |
655,803 |
|
|
$ |
314,566 |
|
|
$ |
(1,022,554 |
) |
|
$ |
910,272 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Current liabilities |
|
|
78,518 |
|
|
|
54,268 |
|
|
|
29,066 |
|
|
|
(5,435 |
) |
|
|
156,417 |
|
Long-term debt, less current portion |
|
|
234,414 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
234,414 |
|
Non-current liabilities |
|
|
246,261 |
|
|
|
(197,557 |
) |
|
|
111,564 |
|
|
|
(109,359 |
) |
|
|
50,909 |
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
(4,284 |
) |
|
|
38,910 |
|
|
|
26,358 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60,984 |
|
Total shareholders/invested equity |
|
|
407,548 |
|
|
|
760,182 |
|
|
|
147,578 |
|
|
|
(907,760 |
) |
|
|
407,548 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities and Shareholders
Equity |
|
$ |
962,457 |
|
|
$ |
655,803 |
|
|
$ |
314,566 |
|
|
$ |
(1,022,554 |
) |
|
$ |
910,272 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
89
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS
June 1, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Oxford |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Industries |
|
|
Subsidiary |
|
|
Subsidiary |
|
|
Consolidating |
|
|
Consolidated |
|
|
|
(Parent) |
|
|
Guarantors |
|
|
Non-Guarantors |
|
|
Adjustments |
|
|
Total |
|
ASSETS
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
22,863 |
|
|
$ |
1,212 |
|
|
$ |
12,807 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
36,882 |
|
Receivables, net |
|
|
52,226 |
|
|
|
61,076 |
|
|
|
31,184 |
|
|
|
(6,451 |
) |
|
|
138,035 |
|
Inventories |
|
|
70,273 |
|
|
|
52,644 |
|
|
|
15,114 |
|
|
|
(698 |
) |
|
|
137,333 |
|
Prepaid expenses |
|
|
8,808 |
|
|
|
8,293 |
|
|
|
4,890 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,991 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets |
|
|
154,170 |
|
|
|
123,225 |
|
|
|
63,995 |
|
|
|
(7,149 |
) |
|
|
334,241 |
|
Property, plant and equipment, net |
|
|
9,221 |
|
|
|
68,932 |
|
|
|
9,170 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
87,323 |
|
Goodwill, net |
|
|
1,847 |
|
|
|
168,932 |
|
|
|
51,651 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
222,430 |
|
Intangible assets, net |
|
|
1,349 |
|
|
|
136,370 |
|
|
|
96,362 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
234,081 |
|
Other non-current assets, net |
|
|
770,809 |
|
|
|
150,496 |
|
|
|
1,346 |
|
|
|
(891,988 |
) |
|
|
30,663 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets |
|
$ |
937,396 |
|
|
$ |
647,955 |
|
|
$ |
222,524 |
|
|
$ |
(899,137 |
) |
|
$ |
908,738 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Current liabilities |
|
|
62,163 |
|
|
|
56,811 |
|
|
|
29,325 |
|
|
|
(5,855 |
) |
|
|
142,444 |
|
Long-term debt, less current portion |
|
|
199,294 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
199,294 |
|
Non-current liabilities |
|
|
222,114 |
|
|
|
(184,807 |
) |
|
|
112,789 |
|
|
|
(109,149 |
) |
|
|
40,947 |
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
(228 |
) |
|
|
43,604 |
|
|
|
28,624 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
72,000 |
|
Total shareholders/invested equity |
|
|
454,053 |
|
|
|
732,347 |
|
|
|
51,786 |
|
|
|
(784,133 |
) |
|
|
454,053 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities and Shareholders
Equity |
|
$ |
937,396 |
|
|
$ |
647,955 |
|
|
$ |
222,524 |
|
|
$ |
(899,137 |
) |
|
$ |
908,738 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS
February 2, 2007
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Oxford |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Industries |
|
|
Subsidiary |
|
|
Subsidiary |
|
|
Consolidating |
|
|
Consolidated |
|
|
|
(Parent) |
|
|
Guarantors |
|
|
Non-Guarantors |
|
|
Adjustments |
|
|
Total |
|
ASSETS
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
24,682 |
|
|
$ |
698 |
|
|
$ |
7,171 |
|
|
$ |
(2,089 |
) |
|
$ |
30,462 |
|
Receivables, net |
|
|
47,925 |
|
|
|
38,863 |
|
|
|
22,969 |
|
|
|
(3,183 |
) |
|
|
106,574 |
|
Inventories |
|
|
76,674 |
|
|
|
72,771 |
|
|
|
17,643 |
|
|
|
(875 |
) |
|
|
166,213 |
|
Prepaid expenses |
|
|
9,265 |
|
|
|
8,969 |
|
|
|
4,428 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,662 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets |
|
|
158,546 |
|
|
|
121,301 |
|
|
|
52,211 |
|
|
|
(6,147 |
) |
|
|
325,911 |
|
Property, plant and equipment, net |
|
|
10,029 |
|
|
|
62,337 |
|
|
|
9,129 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
81,495 |
|
Goodwill, net |
|
|
1,847 |
|
|
|
148,556 |
|
|
|
51,390 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
201,793 |
|
Intangible assets, net |
|
|
1,404 |
|
|
|
137,402 |
|
|
|
96,997 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
235,803 |
|
Other non-current assets, net |
|
|
712,502 |
|
|
|
150,167 |
|
|
|
1,393 |
|
|
|
(833,959 |
) |
|
|
30,103 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets |
|
$ |
884,328 |
|
|
$ |
619,763 |
|
|
$ |
211,120 |
|
|
$ |
(840,106 |
) |
|
$ |
875,105 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Current liabilities |
|
|
46,886 |
|
|
|
61,116 |
|
|
|
28,107 |
|
|
|
(2,555 |
) |
|
|
133,554 |
|
Long-term debt, less current portion |
|
|
199,236 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
199,236 |
|
Non-current liabilities |
|
|
213,766 |
|
|
|
(169,617 |
) |
|
|
103,645 |
|
|
|
(111,504 |
) |
|
|
36,290 |
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
(855 |
) |
|
|
47,245 |
|
|
|
34,340 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80,730 |
|
Total shareholders/invested equity |
|
|
425,295 |
|
|
|
681,019 |
|
|
|
45,028 |
|
|
|
(726,047 |
) |
|
|
425,295 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities and Shareholders
Equity |
|
$ |
884,328 |
|
|
$ |
619,763 |
|
|
$ |
211,120 |
|
|
$ |
(840,106 |
) |
|
$ |
875,105 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
91
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS
June 2, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Oxford |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Industries |
|
|
Subsidiary |
|
|
Subsidiary |
|
|
Consolidating |
|
|
Consolidated |
|
|
|
(Parent) |
|
|
Guarantors |
|
|
Non-Guarantors |
|
|
Adjustments |
|
|
Total |
|
ASSETS
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
5,175 |
|
|
$ |
1,134 |
|
|
$ |
4,181 |
|
|
$ |
(11 |
) |
|
$ |
10,479 |
|
Receivables, net |
|
|
61,428 |
|
|
|
57,785 |
|
|
|
39,009 |
|
|
|
(14,143 |
) |
|
|
144,079 |
|
Inventories |
|
|
58,924 |
|
|
|
50,880 |
|
|
|
14,546 |
|
|
|
(756 |
) |
|
|
123,594 |
|
Prepaid expenses |
|
|
8,959 |
|
|
|
7,321 |
|
|
|
3,934 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,214 |
|
Current assets related to discontinued
operations, net |
|
|
52,065 |
|
|
|
7,150 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
59,215 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets |
|
|
186,551 |
|
|
|
124,270 |
|
|
|
61,670 |
|
|
|
(14,910 |
) |
|
|
357,581 |
|
Property, plant and equipment, net |
|
|
11,122 |
|
|
|
53,648 |
|
|
|
8,893 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
73,663 |
|
Goodwill, net |
|
|
1,847 |
|
|
|
148,342 |
|
|
|
49,043 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
199,232 |
|
Intangible assets, net |
|
|
1,451 |
|
|
|
139,406 |
|
|
|
93,596 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
234,453 |
|
Other non-current assets, net |
|
|
677,414 |
|
|
|
143,790 |
|
|
|
1,436 |
|
|
|
(801,974 |
) |
|
|
20,666 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets |
|
$ |
878,385 |
|
|
$ |
609,456 |
|
|
$ |
214,638 |
|
|
$ |
(816,884 |
) |
|
$ |
885,595 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Current liabilities related to continuing
operations |
|
|
70,262 |
|
|
|
57,872 |
|
|
|
35,026 |
|
|
|
(13,557 |
) |
|
|
149,603 |
|
Current liabilities related to
discontinued operations |
|
|
27,813 |
|
|
|
2,903 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,716 |
|
Long-term debt, less current portion |
|
|
200,016 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
200,023 |
|
Non-current liabilities |
|
|
181,845 |
|
|
|
(154,586 |
) |
|
|
111,878 |
|
|
|
(109,158 |
) |
|
|
29,979 |
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
(252 |
) |
|
|
46,795 |
|
|
|
30,030 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76,573 |
|
Total shareholders/invested equity |
|
|
398,701 |
|
|
|
656,465 |
|
|
|
37,704 |
|
|
|
(694,169 |
) |
|
|
398,701 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities and Shareholders Equity |
|
$ |
878,385 |
|
|
$ |
609,456 |
|
|
$ |
214,638 |
|
|
$ |
(816,884 |
) |
|
$ |
885,595 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
92
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
Eight Month Transition Period Ended February 2, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Oxford |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Industries |
|
|
Subsidiary |
|
|
Subsidiary |
|
|
Consolidating |
|
|
Consolidated |
|
|
|
(Parent) |
|
|
Guarantors |
|
|
Non-Guarantors |
|
|
Adjustments |
|
|
Total |
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
302,259 |
|
|
$ |
313,501 |
|
|
$ |
107,082 |
|
|
$ |
(27,044 |
) |
|
$ |
695,798 |
|
Cost of goods sold |
|
|
241,232 |
|
|
|
139,311 |
|
|
|
46,142 |
|
|
|
(6,647 |
) |
|
|
420,038 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
61,027 |
|
|
|
174,190 |
|
|
|
60,940 |
|
|
|
(20,397 |
) |
|
|
275,760 |
|
Selling, general and administrative |
|
|
60,594 |
|
|
|
151,550 |
|
|
|
55,952 |
|
|
|
(20,879 |
) |
|
|
247,217 |
|
Royalties and other income |
|
|
162 |
|
|
|
7,502 |
|
|
|
5,794 |
|
|
|
(1,007 |
) |
|
|
12,451 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
595 |
|
|
|
30,142 |
|
|
|
10,782 |
|
|
|
(525 |
) |
|
|
40,994 |
|
Interest (income) expense, net |
|
|
18,111 |
|
|
|
(9,241 |
) |
|
|
6,396 |
|
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
15,302 |
|
Income from equity investment |
|
|
31,660 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(31,660 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings before income taxes |
|
|
14,144 |
|
|
|
39,383 |
|
|
|
4,386 |
|
|
|
(32,221 |
) |
|
|
25,692 |
|
Income taxes |
|
|
(5,435 |
) |
|
|
11,548 |
|
|
|
561 |
|
|
|
(197 |
) |
|
|
6,477 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings |
|
$ |
19,579 |
|
|
$ |
27,835 |
|
|
$ |
3,825 |
|
|
$ |
(32,024 |
) |
|
$ |
19,215 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW
Eight Month Transition Period Ended February 2, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Oxford |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Industries |
|
|
Subsidiary |
|
|
Subsidiary |
|
|
Consolidating |
|
|
Consolidated |
|
|
|
(Parent) |
|
|
Guarantors |
|
|
Non-Guarantors |
|
|
Adjustments |
|
|
Total |
|
Cash Flows From Operating Activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by operating
activities |
|
$ |
(6,456 |
) |
|
$ |
37,002 |
|
|
$ |
12,052 |
|
|
$ |
1,539 |
|
|
$ |
44,137 |
|
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
Acquisitions |
|
|
(54,899 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(34,066 |
) |
|
|
33,337 |
|
|
|
(55,628 |
) |
Investment in joint venture |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(568 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(568 |
) |
Purchases of property, plant and equipment |
|
|
(305 |
) |
|
|
(18,998 |
) |
|
|
(1,794 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(21,097 |
) |
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and
equipment |
|
|
126 |
|
|
|
2,349 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,475 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by
investing activities |
|
|
(55,078 |
) |
|
|
(17,217 |
) |
|
|
(35,860 |
) |
|
|
33,337 |
|
|
|
(74,818 |
) |
Cash Flows
from Financing Activities Change in debt |
|
|
72,900 |
|
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
72,893 |
|
Proceeds from issuance of common stock |
|
|
2,581 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,581 |
|
Change in inter-company payable |
|
|
21,893 |
|
|
|
(19,940 |
) |
|
|
(1,737 |
) |
|
|
(216 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of common stock/invested equity |
|
|
(60,058 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,660 |
|
|
|
(34,660 |
) |
|
|
(60,058 |
) |
Dividends on common stock |
|
|
3,455 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,909 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,454 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by
financing activities |
|
|
40,771 |
|
|
|
(19,947 |
) |
|
|
23,014 |
|
|
|
(34,876 |
) |
|
|
8,962 |
|
Net change in Cash and Cash Equivalents |
|
|
(20,763 |
) |
|
|
(162 |
) |
|
|
(794 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(21,719 |
) |
Effect of foreign currency translation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(251 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(251 |
) |
Cash and Cash Equivalents at the
Beginning of Year |
|
|
22,863 |
|
|
|
1,212 |
|
|
|
12,807 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,882 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and Cash Equivalents at the End of
Year |
|
$ |
2,100 |
|
|
$ |
1,050 |
|
|
$ |
11,762 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
14,912 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
93
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
Fiscal 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Oxford |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Industries |
|
|
Subsidiary |
|
|
Subsidiary |
|
|
Consolidating |
|
|
Consolidated |
|
|
|
(Parent) |
|
|
Guarantors |
|
|
Non-Guarantors |
|
|
Adjustments |
|
|
Total |
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
486,851 |
|
|
$ |
526,631 |
|
|
$ |
155,970 |
|
|
$ |
(40,545 |
) |
|
$ |
1,128,907 |
|
Cost of goods sold |
|
|
378,465 |
|
|
|
242,452 |
|
|
|
70,022 |
|
|
|
(9,792 |
) |
|
|
681,147 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
108,386 |
|
|
|
284,179 |
|
|
|
85,948 |
|
|
|
(30,753 |
) |
|
|
447,760 |
|
Selling, general and administrative |
|
|
92,950 |
|
|
|
224,900 |
|
|
|
77,886 |
|
|
|
(32,361 |
) |
|
|
363,375 |
|
Royalties and other income |
|
|
2,111 |
|
|
|
9,328 |
|
|
|
6,480 |
|
|
|
(1,457 |
) |
|
|
16,462 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
17,547 |
|
|
|
68,607 |
|
|
|
14,542 |
|
|
|
151 |
|
|
|
100,847 |
|
Interest (income) expense, net |
|
|
25,852 |
|
|
|
(12,067 |
) |
|
|
8,338 |
|
|
|
91 |
|
|
|
22,214 |
|
Income from equity investment |
|
|
59,586 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(59,589 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings before income taxes |
|
|
51,281 |
|
|
|
80,677 |
|
|
|
6,204 |
|
|
|
(59,529 |
) |
|
|
78,633 |
|
Income taxes |
|
|
(999 |
) |
|
|
27,209 |
|
|
|
83 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
26,313 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings from continuing operations |
|
|
52,280 |
|
|
|
53,468 |
|
|
|
6,121 |
|
|
|
(59,549 |
) |
|
|
52,320 |
|
Earnings (loss) from discontinued
operations, net of tax |
|
|
(183 |
) |
|
|
(64 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
64 |
|
|
|
(183 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings |
|
$ |
52,097 |
|
|
$ |
53,404 |
|
|
$ |
6,121 |
|
|
$ |
(59,485 |
) |
|
$ |
52,137 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
94
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW
Fiscal 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Oxford |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Industries |
|
|
Subsidiary |
|
|
Subsidiary |
|
|
Consolidating |
|
|
Consolidated |
|
|
|
(Parent) |
|
|
Guarantors |
|
|
Non-Guarantors |
|
|
Adjustments |
|
|
Total |
|
Cash Flows From Operating Activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by operating
activities |
|
$ |
(23,760 |
) |
|
$ |
73,311 |
|
|
$ |
10,055 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
59,606 |
|
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
Acquisitions |
|
|
(12,111 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,149 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(13,260 |
) |
Investment in joint venture |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,391 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,391 |
) |
Purchases of property, plant and equipment |
|
|
(659 |
) |
|
|
(28,847 |
) |
|
|
(1,806 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(31,312 |
) |
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and
equipment |
|
|
2,476 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,496 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by
investing activities |
|
|
(10,294 |
) |
|
|
(38,218 |
) |
|
|
(2,955 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(51,467 |
) |
Cash Flows
from Financing Activities Change in debt |
|
|
(912 |
) |
|
|
(17 |
) |
|
|
(105 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,034 |
) |
Proceeds from issuance of common stock |
|
|
4,595 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,595 |
|
Change in inter-company payable |
|
|
38,350 |
|
|
|
(39,218 |
) |
|
|
857 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends on common stock |
|
|
(14,387 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14,387 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by
financing activities |
|
|
27,646 |
|
|
|
(39,235 |
) |
|
|
752 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
(10,826 |
) |
Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating cash flows provided by
discontinued operations |
|
|
24,096 |
|
|
|
4,220 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,316 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net change in Cash and Cash Equivalents |
|
|
17,688 |
|
|
|
78 |
|
|
|
7,852 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
25,629 |
|
Effect of foreign currency translation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
774 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
774 |
|
Cash and Cash Equivalents at the
Beginning of Year |
|
|
5,175 |
|
|
|
1,134 |
|
|
|
4,181 |
|
|
|
(11 |
) |
|
|
10,479 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and Cash Equivalents at the End of
Year |
|
$ |
22,863 |
|
|
$ |
1,212 |
|
|
$ |
12,807 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
36,882 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
95
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
Fiscal 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Oxford |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Industries |
|
|
Subsidiary |
|
|
Subsidiary |
|
|
Consolidating |
|
|
Consolidated |
|
|
|
(Parent) |
|
|
Guarantors |
|
|
Non-Guarantors |
|
|
Adjustments |
|
|
Total |
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
521,113 |
|
|
$ |
481,700 |
|
|
$ |
171,723 |
|
|
$ |
(65,420 |
) |
|
$ |
1,109,116 |
|
Cost of goods sold |
|
|
397,939 |
|
|
|
217,803 |
|
|
|
78,422 |
|
|
|
(16,735 |
) |
|
|
677,429 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
123,174 |
|
|
|
263,897 |
|
|
|
93,301 |
|
|
|
(48,685 |
) |
|
|
431,687 |
|
Selling, general and administrative |
|
|
110,073 |
|
|
|
202,402 |
|
|
|
78,774 |
|
|
|
(44,534 |
) |
|
|
346,715 |
|
Royalties and other income |
|
|
276 |
|
|
|
7,806 |
|
|
|
5,359 |
|
|
|
(297 |
) |
|
|
13,144 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
13,377 |
|
|
|
69,301 |
|
|
|
19,886 |
|
|
|
(4,448 |
) |
|
|
98,116 |
|
Interest (income) expense, net |
|
|
30,802 |
|
|
|
(10,198 |
) |
|
|
7,520 |
|
|
|
(4,153 |
) |
|
|
23,971 |
|
Income from equity investment |
|
|
61,752 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(61,764 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings before income taxes |
|
|
44,327 |
|
|
|
79,511 |
|
|
|
12,366 |
|
|
|
(62,059 |
) |
|
|
74,145 |
|
Income taxes |
|
|
(7,066 |
) |
|
|
25,832 |
|
|
|
4,282 |
|
|
|
(104 |
) |
|
|
22,944 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings from continuing operations |
|
|
51,393 |
|
|
|
53,679 |
|
|
|
8,084 |
|
|
|
(61,955 |
) |
|
|
51,201 |
|
Earnings (loss) from discontinued
operations, net of tax |
|
|
19,270 |
|
|
|
(3,284 |
) |
|
|
(2,182 |
) |
|
|
5,466 |
|
|
|
19,270 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings |
|
$ |
70,663 |
|
|
$ |
50,395 |
|
|
$ |
5,902 |
|
|
$ |
(56,489 |
) |
|
$ |
70,471 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
96
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW
Fiscal 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Oxford |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Industries |
|
|
Subsidiary |
|
|
Subsidiary |
|
|
Consolidating |
|
|
Consolidated |
|
|
|
(Parent) |
|
|
Guarantors |
|
|
Non-Guarantors |
|
|
Adjustments |
|
|
Total |
|
Cash Flows From Operating Activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by operating
activities |
|
$ |
(8,760 |
) |
|
$ |
56,628 |
|
|
$ |
33,160 |
|
|
$ |
(73 |
) |
|
$ |
80,955 |
|
Cash Flows
from Investing Activities Acquisitions |
|
|
(6,930 |
) |
|
|
(4,571 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11,501 |
) |
Investment in joint venture |
|
|
(431 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(431 |
) |
Distribution from joint venture |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,026 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,026 |
|
Purchases of property, plant and equipment |
|
|
(3,575 |
) |
|
|
(19,886 |
) |
|
|
(1,492 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(24,953 |
) |
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and
equipment |
|
|
246 |
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
265 |
|
Dividends received from subsidiary |
|
|
28,752 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(28,752 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by
investing activities |
|
|
18,062 |
|
|
|
(22,412 |
) |
|
|
(1,492 |
) |
|
|
(28,752 |
) |
|
|
(34,594 |
) |
Cash Flows
from Financing Activities Change in debt |
|
|
(89,248 |
) |
|
|
(20 |
) |
|
|
(3,175 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(92,443 |
) |
Proceeds from issuance of common stock |
|
|
3,976 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,976 |
|
Change in inter-company payable |
|
|
28,922 |
|
|
|
(36,547 |
) |
|
|
7,590 |
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends on common stock |
|
|
(9,531 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(28,752 |
) |
|
|
28,752 |
|
|
|
(9,531 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by
financing activities |
|
|
(65,881 |
) |
|
|
(36,567 |
) |
|
|
(24,337 |
) |
|
|
28,787 |
|
|
|
(97,998 |
) |
Cash Flows
from Discontinued Operations Net operating cash flows provided by
discontinued operations |
|
|
23,638 |
|
|
|
1,626 |
|
|
|
(4,847 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,417 |
|
Net investing cash flows provided by
discontinued operations |
|
|
35,403 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35,403 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in)
discontinued operations |
|
|
59,041 |
|
|
|
1,626 |
|
|
|
(4,847 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
55,820 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net change in Cash and Cash Equivalents |
|
|
2,462 |
|
|
|
(725 |
) |
|
|
2,484 |
|
|
|
(38 |
) |
|
|
4,183 |
|
Effect of foreign currency translation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(203 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(203 |
) |
Cash and Cash Equivalents at the
Beginning of Year |
|
|
2,713 |
|
|
|
1,859 |
|
|
|
1,900 |
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
6,499 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and Cash Equivalents at the End of
Year |
|
$ |
5,175 |
|
|
$ |
1,134 |
|
|
$ |
4,181 |
|
|
$ |
(11 |
) |
|
$ |
10,479 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
97
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
Fiscal 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Oxford |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Industries |
|
|
Subsidiary |
|
|
Subsidiary |
|
|
Consolidating |
|
|
Consolidated |
|
|
|
(Parent) |
|
|
Guarantors |
|
|
Non-Guarantors |
|
|
Adjustments |
|
|
Total |
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
502,121 |
|
|
$ |
461,620 |
|
|
$ |
165,137 |
|
|
$ |
(72,091 |
) |
|
$ |
1,056,787 |
|
Cost of goods sold |
|
|
382,436 |
|
|
|
218,813 |
|
|
|
75,056 |
|
|
|
(22,767 |
) |
|
|
653,538 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
119,685 |
|
|
|
242,807 |
|
|
|
90,081 |
|
|
|
(49,324 |
) |
|
|
403,249 |
|
Selling, general and administrative |
|
|
118,534 |
|
|
|
186,370 |
|
|
|
71,638 |
|
|
|
(53,507 |
) |
|
|
323,035 |
|
Royalties and other income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,800 |
|
|
|
5,260 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,060 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
1,151 |
|
|
|
63,237 |
|
|
|
23,703 |
|
|
|
4,183 |
|
|
|
92,274 |
|
Interest (income) expense, net |
|
|
23,359 |
|
|
|
(8,789 |
) |
|
|
6,933 |
|
|
|
4,643 |
|
|
|
26,146 |
|
Income from equity investment |
|
|
59,267 |
|
|
|
82 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(59,349 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings before income taxes |
|
|
37,059 |
|
|
|
72,108 |
|
|
|
16,770 |
|
|
|
(59,809 |
) |
|
|
66,128 |
|
Income taxes |
|
|
(7,583 |
) |
|
|
24,701 |
|
|
|
4,917 |
|
|
|
142 |
|
|
|
22,177 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings from continuing operations |
|
|
44,642 |
|
|
|
47,407 |
|
|
|
11,853 |
|
|
|
(59,951 |
) |
|
|
43,951 |
|
Earnings from discontinued operations,
net of tax |
|
|
5,786 |
|
|
|
439 |
|
|
|
(394 |
) |
|
|
45 |
|
|
|
5,876 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings |
|
$ |
50,428 |
|
|
$ |
47,846 |
|
|
$ |
11,459 |
|
|
$ |
(59,906 |
) |
|
$ |
49,827 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
98
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW
Fiscal 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Oxford |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Industries |
|
|
Subsidiry |
|
|
Subsidiary |
|
|
Consolidating |
|
|
Consolidated |
|
|
|
(Parent) |
|
|
Guarantors |
|
|
Non-Guarantors |
|
|
Adjustments |
|
|
Total |
|
Cash Flows From Operating Activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by
operating activities |
|
$ |
(51,086 |
) |
|
$ |
62,519 |
|
|
$ |
19,033 |
|
|
$ |
10,777 |
|
|
$ |
41,243 |
|
Cash Flows
from Investing Activities Acquisitions |
|
|
(144,360 |
) |
|
|
(29,690 |
) |
|
|
(138,256 |
) |
|
|
168,579 |
|
|
|
(143,727 |
) |
Purchases of property, plant and
equipment |
|
|
(1,089 |
) |
|
|
(20,760 |
) |
|
|
(1,558 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(23,407 |
) |
Proceeds from sale of property, plant
and equipment |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
406 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
430 |
|
Dividends from subsidiary |
|
|
8,018 |
|
|
|
2,816 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10,834 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by
investing activities |
|
|
(137,407 |
) |
|
|
(47,228 |
) |
|
|
(139,814 |
) |
|
|
157,745 |
|
|
|
(166,704 |
) |
Cash Flows
from Financing Activities Change in debt |
|
|
90,266 |
|
|
|
(109,299 |
) |
|
|
101,481 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82,448 |
|
Deferred financing costs paid |
|
|
(2,766 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,766 |
) |
Proceeds from issuance of common stock |
|
|
2,501 |
|
|
|
138,885 |
|
|
|
29,694 |
|
|
|
(168,579 |
) |
|
|
2,501 |
|
Change in inter-company payable |
|
|
53,834 |
|
|
|
(45,230 |
) |
|
|
2,148 |
|
|
|
(10,752 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Dividends on common stock |
|
|
(8,184 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10,834 |
) |
|
|
10,834 |
|
|
|
(8,184 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by
financing activities |
|
|
135,651 |
|
|
|
(15,644 |
) |
|
|
122,489 |
|
|
|
(168,497 |
) |
|
|
73,999 |
|
Cash Flows
from Discontinued Operations Net operating cash flows provided by
discontinued operations |
|
|
10,281 |
|
|
|
774 |
|
|
|
(695 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,360 |
|
Net investing cash flows used in
discontinued operations |
|
|
(71 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(71 |
) |
Net financing cash flows used in
discontinued operations |
|
|
(60 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(60 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in)
discontinued operations |
|
|
10,150 |
|
|
|
774 |
|
|
|
(695 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,229 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net change in Cash and Cash Equivalents |
|
|
(42,692 |
) |
|
|
421 |
|
|
|
1,013 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
(41,233 |
) |
Effect of foreign currency translation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
163 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
163 |
|
Cash and Cash Equivalents at the
Beginning of Year |
|
|
45,405 |
|
|
|
1,438 |
|
|
|
724 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
47,569 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and Cash Equivalents at the End
of Year |
|
$ |
2,713 |
|
|
$ |
1,859 |
|
|
$ |
1,900 |
|
|
$ |
27 |
|
|
$ |
6,499 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
99
SCHEDULE II
Oxford Industries, Inc.
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Column A |
|
Column B |
|
Column C |
|
Column D |
|
Column E |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions |
|
Charged |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
Charged to |
|
to Other |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
|
Beginning |
|
Costs and |
|
Accounts |
|
Deductions |
|
End of |
Description |
|
of Period |
|
Expenses |
|
Describe |
|
Describe |
|
Period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eight month transition period ended |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 2, 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deducted from asset accounts: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable reserves(1) |
|
$ |
14,381 |
|
|
$ |
15,399 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(15,477 |
)(3) |
|
$ |
14,303 |
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts (2) |
|
|
1,918 |
|
|
|
1,059 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,654 |
)(4) |
|
|
1,323 |
|
Fiscal 2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deducted from asset accounts: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable reserves (1) |
|
|
17,294 |
|
|
|
22,891 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(25,804 |
)(3) |
|
|
14,381 |
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts (2) |
|
|
3,436 |
|
|
|
567 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,085 |
)(4) |
|
|
1,918 |
|
Fiscal 2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deducted from asset accounts: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable reserves (1) |
|
|
16,331 |
|
|
|
35,354 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(34,391 |
)(3) |
|
|
17,294 |
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts (2) |
|
|
3,608 |
|
|
|
340 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(512 |
)(4) |
|
|
3,436 |
|
Fiscal 2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deducted from asset accounts: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable reserves (1) |
|
|
9,734 |
|
|
|
35,484 |
|
|
|
2,387 |
(5) |
|
|
(31,274 |
)(3) |
|
|
16,331 |
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts (2) |
|
|
3,448 |
|
|
|
1,263 |
|
|
|
1,307 |
(5) |
|
|
(2,410 |
)(4) |
|
|
3,608 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Accounts receivable reserves includes estimated reserves for allowances, returns and
discounts related to our wholesale operations as discussed in our significant
accounting policy disclosure for Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable in note
1 of our consolidated financial statements. |
|
(2) |
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts consists of amounts reserved for our estimate of a
customers inability to meet its financial obligations as discussed in our
significant accounting policy disclosure for Revenue Recognition and Accounts
Receivable in note 1 of our consolidated financial statements. |
|
(3) |
|
Principally amounts written off related to customer allowances, returns and discounts. |
|
(4) |
|
Principally accounts written off as uncollectible. |
|
(5) |
|
Addition due to the acquisition of Ben Sherman in July 2004. |
100
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Oxford Industries, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Oxford Industries, Inc. as of
February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007, and June 2, 2006 and the related consolidated statements of
earnings, shareholders equity, and cash flows for the eight month period ended February 2, 2008
and for each of the three years in the period ended June 1, 2007. Our audits also included the
financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These consolidated financial
statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is
to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An
audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all
material respects, the consolidated financial position of Oxford Industries, Inc. at February 2,
2008, June 1, 2007, and June 2, 2006 and the consolidated results of their operations and their
cash flows for the eight month period ended February 2, 2008 and each of the three years in the
period ended June 1, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also,
in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic
financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set
forth therein.
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted Financial
Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation No. 48 Accounting for Uncertainty in Income
Taxes an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, effective June 2, 2007.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States), the effectiveness of Oxford Industries, Inc.s internal control over
financial reporting as of February 2, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal
Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission and our report dated March 31, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ Ernst & Young, LLP
Atlanta, Georgia
March 31, 2008
101
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have evaluated the
effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and
15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report.
Based upon that evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer
concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and
procedures were effective in ensuring that information required to be disclosed by us in our
Securities Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time
periods specified in the SECs rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and
communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial
officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
There have not been any changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term
is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act) during the period
from December 1, 2007 through February 2, 2008 that have materially affected, or are reasonably
likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Report of Management on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over
financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934). Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation
of our consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States.
Our internal control over financial reporting is supported by a program of appropriate reviews
by management, written policies and guidelines, careful selection and training of qualified
personnel and a written code of conduct. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. In addition, projections of any
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or
procedures may deteriorate.
Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of
February 2, 2008. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in the Internal
Control-Integrated Framework. Based on this assessment, our management believes that our internal
control over financial reporting was effective as of February 2, 2008.
Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our internal
control over financial reporting as of February 2, 2008, and its report thereon is included herein.
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ J. Hicks Lanier
|
|
/s/ K. Scott Grassmyer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
J. Hicks Lanier
|
|
K. Scott Grassmyer |
|
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
Senior Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and Controller |
|
|
(Principal Executive Officer)
|
|
(Principal Financial Officer) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 1, 2008
|
|
April 1, 2008 |
|
|
102
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Oxford Industries, Inc.
We have audited Oxford Industries, Inc.s internal control over financial reporting as of February
2, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal ControlIntegrated Framework issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Oxford
Industries, Inc.s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over
financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial
reporting included in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial
Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Companys internal control over
financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was
maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal
control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and
evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk,
and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe
that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A
companys internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1)
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company
are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company;
and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized
acquisition, use, or disposition of the companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or
detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are
subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that
the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Oxford Industries, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal
control over financial reporting as of February 2, 2008, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Oxford Industries, Inc. as of February 2,
2008, June 1, 2007 and June 2, 2006, and the related consolidated statements of earnings,
shareholders equity, and cash flows for the eight month period ended February 2, 2008 and for each
of the three years in the period ended June 1, 2007 of Oxford Industries, Inc. and our report dated
March 31, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ Ernst & Young, LLP
Atlanta, Georgia
March 31, 2008
103
Item 9B. Other Information
On March 27, 2008, our Board of Directors amended the Bylaws of Oxford Industries, Inc. to (i)
decrease the number of members on our full Board of Directors from 11 to 10, and (ii) specify that
an individual becomes ineligible for election or appointment as a director, (a) for any employee
director (other than an individual who has at any time served as our Chief Executive Officer),
following our fiscal year during which such individual reaches the age of 65 and (b) for any other
individual, following our fiscal year during which such individual reaches the age of 72. The
amendments became effective as of March 27, 2008.
As described in our proxy statement delivered to shareholders in connection with our 2007
annual meeting of shareholders, prior to the bylaw amendments described above, individuals were
ineligible for reelection or appointment as a director after reaching the applicable age set forth
in the following table:
|
|
|
|
|
Type of Director |
|
Retirement Age |
Non-employee directors actively employed by a company in which such director does
not beneficially own a controlling interest
|
|
|
75 |
|
All other non-employee directors
|
|
|
72 |
|
Any of our current or former chief executive officers
|
|
|
72 |
|
Employee directors (other than one of our current or former chief executive officers)
|
|
|
65 |
|
The Bylaws of Oxford Industries, Inc., as amended by our Board of Directors on March 27, 2008,
are filed with this transition report on Form 10-K as Exhibit 3(b) and are incorporated in this
Item 9B by reference.
Also, our Nominating, Compensation & Governance Committee, in accordance
with the provisions of our Amended and Restated Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan, approved one-time
grants of restricted stock, as of March 28, 2008, to certain of our officers and other
employees. The aggregate number of shares of restricted stock approved as part of the grants was
342,500. The one-time grants were intended to incent recipients to remain with us during the
duration of the vesting period and to further align the interests of our shareholders and
management. The grants approved by our Nominating, Compensation & Governance Committee included the
following grants to our named executive officers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Restricted Stock |
J. Hicks Lanier
|
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
25,000 |
|
Thomas C. Chubb III
|
|
Executive Vice President
|
|
|
25,000 |
|
John A. Baumgartner
|
|
Senior Vice President and
Chief Information Officer
|
|
|
10,000 |
|
Christine B. Cole
|
|
Vice President-Corporate Human
Resources
|
|
|
15,000 |
|
The shares of restricted stock vest on March 28, 2011 (other than the shares granted to Mr.
Baumgartner, which vest on March 28, 2010). The recipient will forfeit all rights to the restricted shares
granted if the recipients employment with us terminates before the shares are fully vested, unless
our Nominating, Compensation & Governance Committee waives the forfeiture condition at the time
that the recipients employment terminates, as evidenced by a written waiver adopted by the
committee. The shares are also subject to accelerated vesting in the event of a change of control,
as defined in each recipients restricted stock agreement.
The grants of restricted stock are subject to the terms and conditions of the Oxford
Industries, Inc. Restricted Stock Agreement, the form of which is filed with this transition report
as Exhibit 10(y) and is incorporated in this Item 9B by reference. The foregoing description of the
terms and conditions of the restricted stock grants is qualified in its entirety by reference to
the complete terms and conditions of the Oxford Industries, Inc. Amended and Restated Long-Term
Stock Incentive Plan and the Oxford Industries, Inc. Restricted Stock Agreement.
104
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
The information required by this Item 10 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy
statement under the headings Election of Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate
GovernanceCommittees of the Board of Directors and is incorporated herein by reference.
Our board of directors has adopted a code of ethical conduct for our Principal Executive
Officer, our Principal Financial Officer, and other designated key financial associates.
Additionally, our board of directors has adopted a conflict of interest and business ethics policy
for all of our employees. Our employees are expected to adhere at all times to these policies, as
applicable. We have posted both of these codes on our website, www.oxfordinc.com. We will provide,
at no cost, copies of these codes to any person who requests copies as described in Part I, Item 1.
Business Available Information. We will also disclose any amendments or waivers to our code of
ethical conduct on our website.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
The information required by this Item 11 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy
statement under the headings Executive and Director Compensation, Corporate
GovernanceCommittees of the Board of Directors, Nominating, Compensation and Governance
Committee Report and Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation and is
incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder
Matters
The information required by this Item 12 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy
statement under the headings Equity Compensation Plan Information and Common Stock Ownership by
Management and Certain Beneficial Owners and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information required by this Item 13 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy
statement under the headings Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Corporate
GovernanceDirector Independence and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
The information required by this Item 14 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy
statement under the heading Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm and is incorporated herein by reference.
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a) 1. Financial Statements
The following consolidated financial statements are included in Item 8:
|
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets at February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007, February 2, 2007
(Unaudited) and June 2, 2006. |
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the eight month transition period ended
February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005. |
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders Equity for eight month transition period
ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005. |
105
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for eight month transition period ended
February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005. |
|
|
|
|
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the eight month transition period
ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005. |
(a) 2. Financial Statement Schedules
|
|
|
Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts |
All other schedules for which provisions is made in the applicable accounting regulation of
the SEC are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been
omitted.
(b) Exhibits
|
|
|
2(a)
|
|
Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2006, by and between The Millwork Trading Co., Ltd., d/b/a
Li & Fung USA, and Oxford Industries, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2(a) to the
Companys 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 2, 2006. |
|
|
|
2(b)
|
|
Letter Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2006, by and between The Millwork Trading Co., Ltd., d/b/a
Li & Fung USA, and Oxford Industries, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2(b) to the
Companys 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 2, 2006. |
|
|
|
3(a)
|
|
Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the
Companys Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended August 29, 2003. |
|
|
|
3(b)
|
|
Bylaws of the Company, as amended.* |
|
|
|
4(a)
|
|
Indenture Agreement dated May 16, 2003 among Oxford Industries, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto
and SunTrust Bank. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(n) to the Companys Form 10-K for the
fiscal year ended May 30, 2003. |
|
|
|
4(b)
|
|
Supplemental Indenture Agreement No. 1 dated June 13, 2003 among Oxford Industries, Inc., the
Guarantors party thereto and SunTrust Bank. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b) to the
Companys Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 1, 2007. |
|
|
|
4(c)
|
|
Supplemental Indenture Agreement No. 2 dated July 28, 2004 among the Guarantors, Oxford Industries
Inc. and SunTrust Bank. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(c) to the Companys Form 10-K for
the fiscal year ended June 1, 2007. |
|
|
|
4(d)
|
|
Supplemental Indenture Agreement No. 3 dated December 30, 2004 among the Guarantors, Oxford
Industries, Inc. and SunTrust Bank. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(d) to the Companys Form
10-K for the fiscal year ended June 1, 2007. |
|
|
|
10(a)
|
|
1992 Stock Option Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(h) to the Companys Form 10-K for
the fiscal year ended June 1, 2001. |
|
|
|
10(b)
|
|
First Amendment to the 1992 Stock Option Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(r) to the
Companys 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 2, 2006. |
|
|
|
10(c)
|
|
1997 Stock Option Plan, as amended. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to the Companys
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2002. |
|
|
|
10(d)
|
|
Second Amendment to the 1997 Stock Option Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(s) to the
Companys 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 2, 2006. |
|
|
|
10(e)
|
|
1997 Restricted Stock Plan, as amended. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(b) to the Companys
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2002. |
|
|
|
10(f)
|
|
Amended and Restated Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan, effective as of April 2, 2007. Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10(f) to the Companys Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 1, 2007. |
|
|
|
10(g)
|
|
2005 Form of Performance Share Award under the Oxford Industries, Inc. Long-Term Stock Incentive
Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Companys Form 8-K filed on January 14,
2005. |
|
10(h)
|
|
2006 Form of Performance Share Aware under the Oxford Industries, Inc. Long-Term Stock Incentive
Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Form 8-K filed on August 31, 2005.
|
|
|
|
10(i)
|
|
2006 Form of Non-Employee Director Performance Share Award under the Oxford Industries, Inc.
Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Companys Form 8-K
filed on August 31, 2005. |
106
|
|
|
10(j)
|
|
Oxford Industries, Inc. Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2
to the Companys Form 8-K filed on August 29, 2003. |
|
|
|
10(k)
|
|
First Amendment to the Oxford Industries, Inc. Executive Performance Incentive Plan. Incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Companys Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended November 30,
2007. |
|
|
|
10(l)
|
|
Executive Medical Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d) to the Companys 10-K for the
fiscal year ended June 3, 2005. |
|
|
|
10(m)
|
|
Oxford Industries, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated.* |
|
|
|
10(n)
|
|
Release and Non-Solicitation Agreement, dated February 2, 2007. Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Form 8-K filed on February 7, 2007. |
|
|
|
10(o)
|
|
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated July 28, 2004, between Oxford Industries, Inc.,
certain of its domestic subsidiaries, and SunTrust Bank, Inc. as administrative agent, and various
financial institutions of lenders and issuing banks. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(k) to
the Companys Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 28, 2004. |
|
|
|
10(p)
|
|
First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated July 28, 2004. Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Form 8-K filed on January 14, 2005. |
|
|
|
10(q)
|
|
Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated September 21, 2005. Incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Form 8-K filed on September 26, 2005. |
|
|
|
10(r)
|
|
Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.1 to the Companys Form 8-K filed on October 12, 2007. |
|
|
|
10(s)
|
|
Consent Agreement, dated May 1, 2006. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys
Form 8-K filed on May 2, 2006. |
|
|
|
10(t)
|
|
Ben Sherman Group Long Term Incentive Plan, adopted as of October 1, 2007. Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended August 31, 2007. |
|
|
|
10(u)
|
|
Participant Award Letter, dated September 26, 2007, to Miles Gray pursuant to the Ben Sherman Group
Long Term Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Companys Form 10-Q for
the fiscal quarter ended August 31, 2007. |
|
|
|
10(v)
|
|
Employment Offer Letter to Knowlton J. OReilly. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the
Companys Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended November 30, 2007. |
|
|
|
10(w)
|
|
Letter Agreement, dated November 8, 2007, between Oxford Industries, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A.
relating to an Issuer Forward Repurchase Transaction. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to
the Companys Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended November 30, 2007. |
|
|
|
10(x)
|
|
Amendment, dated November 9, 2007, between Oxford Industries, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A. to
Letter Agreement relating to an Issuer Forward Repurchase Transaction. Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.4 to the Companys Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended November 30, 2007. |
|
|
|
10(y)
|
|
Form of Oxford Industries, Inc. Restricted Stock Agreement.* |
|
|
|
21
|
|
List of Subsidiaries.* |
|
|
|
23
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, Ernst & Young LLP.* |
|
|
|
24
|
|
Powers of Attorney.* |
|
|
|
31.1
|
|
Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.* |
|
|
|
31.2
|
|
Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.* |
|
|
|
32
|
|
Certification by Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.* |
|
|
|
* |
|
filed herewith |
|
|
|
Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement required to be
filed as an exhibit to this form pursuant to Item 15(b) of this
report. |
We agree to file upon request of the SEC a copy of all agreements evidencing long-term debt of
ours omitted from this report pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K.
107
Shareholders may obtain copies of Exhibits without charge upon written request to the
Corporate Secretary, Oxford Industries, Inc., 222 Piedmont Avenue, N.E., Atlanta, Georgia 30308.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, hereunto
duly authorized.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Oxford Industries, Inc.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ J. Hicks Lanier
|
|
|
|
J. Hicks Lanier |
|
|
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
Date: April 1, 2008
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been
signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the
dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
Signature |
|
Capacity |
|
Date |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ J. Hicks Lanier
|
|
Chairman of the Board of Directors and
|
|
April 1, 2008 |
|
|
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and Controller
|
|
April 1, 2008 |
K. Scott Grassmyer
|
|
(Principal Financial Officer) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Director
|
|
April 1, 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
Cecil D. Conlee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Director
|
|
April 1, 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
George C. Guynn |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Director
|
|
April 1, 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
J. Reese Lanier, Sr. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
April 1, 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
Robert E. Shaw |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Director
|
|
April 1, 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
Clarence H. Smith |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Director
|
|
April 1, 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
Helen B. Weeks |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Director
|
|
April 1, 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
E. Jenner Wood |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*By
|
|
/s/ Thomas E. Campbell
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas
|
|
E. Campbell |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
as Attorney-in-Fact
|
|
|
108
EX-3.(B) BYLAWS OF THE COMPANY
Exhibit 3(b)
As Amended Through March 27, 2008
BYLAWS
OF
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
ARTICLE I
STOCKHOLDERS
Section 1. Annual Meetings. The Annual Meeting of the stockholders for the election of
Directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting
shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Georgia, on such date, and at
such time, as the Board of Directors may by resolution provide, or if the Board of Directors fails
to provide for such meeting by action by November 1 of any year, then such meeting shall be held at
the principal office of the Company in Atlanta, Georgia, at 11 a.m. on the third Wednesday in
November of each year, if not a legal holiday under the laws of the State of Georgia, and if a
legal holiday, on the next succeeding business day.
Section 2. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders may be called by the
persons specified in the Companys Articles of Incorporation. Such meetings may be held at such
place, either within or without the State of Georgia, as is stated in the call and notice thereof.
Section 3. Notice of Meeting. A written or printed notice stating the place, day and hour
of the meeting, and in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is
called, shall be delivered or mailed by the Secretary of the Company to each holder of record of
stock of the Company at the time entitled to vote, at his address as appears upon the record of the
Company, not less than 10 nor more than 50 days prior to such meeting. If the Secretary fails to
give such notice within 20 days after the call of a meeting the person or persons calling such
meeting, or any person designated by them, may give such notice. Notice of such meeting may be
waived in writing by any stockholder. Attendance at any meeting, in person or by proxy, shall
constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting. Notice of any adjourned meeting of the stockholders
shall not be required.
Section 4. Quorum. A majority in interest of the outstanding capital stock of the Company
represented either in person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business
at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders. If a quorum shall not be present, the
holders of a majority of the stock represented may adjourn the meeting to some later time. When a
quorum is present, a vote of a majority of the stock represented in person or by proxy shall
determine any question, except as otherwise provided by the Articles of Incorporation, these
Bylaws, or by law.
Section 5. Proxies. A stockholder may vote, either in person or by proxy duly executed in
writing by the stockholder. A proxy for any meeting shall be valid for any adjournment of such
meeting.
Section 6. Record Date. The Board of Directors shall have power to close the stock
transfer books of the Company for a period not exceeding seventy days preceding the date of any
meeting of stockholders or the date for payment of any dividend or the date for allotment of rights
or the date when any change or conversion or exchange of capital stock shall go into effect;
provided, however, that in lieu of closing the stock transfer books as aforesaid, the Board of
Directors may fix in advance a date, not exceeding seventy days preceding the date of any meeting
of stockholders or the date for the payment of any dividend, or the date for allotment of rights,
or the date when any change or conversion or exchange of capital stock shall go into effect, as a
record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to such notice of, and to vote at,
any such meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any such dividend or to any such allotment of
rights, or to exercise the rights in respect of any such change, conversion or exchange of capital
stock, and in such case only such stockholders as shall be stockholders of record on the date so
fixed shall be entitled to such notice of, and to vote at, such meeting, or to receive payment of
such dividend, or to receive such allotment of rights, or to exercise such rights, as the case may
be, notwithstanding any transfer of any stock on the books of the Company after any such record
date fixed as aforesaid.
Section 7. Stockholder Proposals. No proposal for a stockholder vote (other than Director
nominations, to which Section 8 of Article II of these Bylaws applies) (a Stockholder Proposal)
shall be submitted by a stockholder, either pursuant to a rule of the Securities and Exchange
Commission or otherwise, to the Companys stockholders unless the stockholder submitting such
proposal (the Proponent) shall have given written notice to the Company setting forth with
particularity (a) the names and business addresses of the Proponent and all natural persons,
corporations, partnerships, trusts or any other type of legal entity or recognized ownership
vehicle (collectively, a Person) acting in concert with the Proponent; (b) the name and address
of the Proponent and the Persons identified in clause (a), as they appear on the Companys books
(if they so appear); (c) the class and number of shares of capital stock of the Company
beneficially owned by the Proponent and the Persons identified in clause (a); (d) a description of
the Stockholder Proposal containing all material information relating thereto; and (e) such other
information as the Board of Directors reasonably determines is necessary or appropriate to enable
the Board of Directors and stockholders of the Company to consider the Stockholder Proposal.
Stockholder Proposals (including, without limitation, the information described in the immediately
preceding sentence) shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Company at the principal executive
office of the Company within the time period specified in Securities and Exchange Commission Rule
14a-8(e)(2), or any successor rule. The presiding officer at any stockholders meeting may
determine that any Stockholder Proposal was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed
in these Bylaws or is otherwise not in accordance with law, and if it is so determined, such
officer shall so declare at the meeting and the Stockholder Proposal shall be disregarded.
2
ARTICLE II
DIRECTORS
Section 1. Powers of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the management of
business of the Company, and, subject to any restriction imposed by law, by the charter, or by
these Bylaws, may exercise all the powers of the corporation.
Section 2. Number of Directors. Effective March 27, 2008, the Board of Directors shall
consist of 10 members.
Section 3. Meeting of Directors. The Board may by resolution provide for the time and
place of regular meetings, and no notice need be given of such regular meetings. Special Meetings
of the Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board or by the President or by at least 30
percent of the Directors.
Section 4. Notice of Meeting. Notice of each meeting of the Directors shall be given by
the Secretary mailing the same at least five days before the meeting or by telephone or telegraph
or in person at least three days before the meeting, to each Director, except that no notice need
be given of regular meetings fixed by the resolution of the Board or of the meeting of the Board
held at the place of and immediately following the Annual Meeting of the stockholders.
Section 5. Executive Committee. The Board may by resolution provide for an Executive
Committee consisting of such Directors as are designated by the Board. Any vacancy in such
Committee may be filled by the Board. Except as otherwise provided by the law, by these Bylaws, or
by resolution of the full Board, such Executive Committee shall have and may exercise the full
powers of the Board of Directors during the interval between the meetings of the Board and wherever
by these Bylaws, or by resolution of the stockholders, the Board of Directors is authorized to take
action or to make a determination, such action or determination may be taken or made by such
Executive Committee, unless these Bylaws or such resolution expressly require that such action or
determination be taken or made by the full Board of Directors. The Executive Committee shall by
resolution fix its own rules of procedure, and the time and place of its meetings, and the person
or persons who may call, and the method of call, of its meetings. The Chairman of the Board of
Directors shall be a member of the Executive Committee and shall act as Chairman thereof.
Section 6. Compensation. A fee and reimbursement for expenses for attendance at meetings
of the Board of Directors or any Committee thereof may be fixed by resolution of the full Board.
Section 7. Retirement of Directors. Any person who has concurrently served, or would
concurrently serve, as a Director and as an employee of the Company, other than a person who is
serving or has served as the Chief Executive Officer, shall be ineligible for election or
appointment as a Director after the Companys fiscal year during which such person reaches
sixty-five (65) years of age. Except for those individuals described in the preceding sentence, all
other persons shall be ineligible for election or appointment as a Director after the Companys
fiscal year during which such person reaches seventy-two (72) years of age.
Section 8. Nominations of Directors. Subject to the rights of holders of any class or
series of capital stock of the Company then outstanding and except for filling vacancies on the
Board of Directors in accordance with the Articles of Incorporation, nominations for the election
of Directors may be made by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office or
by any stockholder of record entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors. However, any
stockholder of record entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors may nominate one or
more persons for election as directors at a meeting only if written notice of such stockholders
intent to make such nomination or nominations has been given, either by personal delivery or by
first class United States mail, postage prepaid, to the Secretary of the Company not less than 90
days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the date on which the Company first
mailed its proxy materials for the preceding years annual meeting of stockholders; provided,
however, that if the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to or
delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding years annual meeting,
notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not later than the close of business on
the
3
later of (a) the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or (ii) the tenth (10th) day
following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. Each
notice to the Secretary under this Section shall set forth: (i) the name and address of record of
the stockholder who intends to make the nomination; (ii) a representation that the stockholder is a
holder of record of shares of the Companys capital stock entitled to vote at such meeting and
intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified
in the notice; (iii) the class and number of shares of capital stock of the Company held of record,
owned beneficially, and represented by proxy, by the stockholder, and each proposed nominee, as of
the date of the notice; (iv) the name, age, business and residence addresses, and principal
occupation or employment of each proposed nominee; (v) a description of all arrangements or
understandings between the stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons
(naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by
the stockholder; (vi) such other information regarding each proposed nominee as would be required
to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the Securities and
Exchange Commission; and (vii) the written consent of each proposed nominee to serve as a Director
if so elected. The Company may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as
may reasonably be required by the Company to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to
serve as a Director. The presiding officer of the meeting may, if the facts warrant, determine that
a nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed in these Bylaws or is
otherwise not in accordance with law, and if it is so determined, such officer shall so declare at
the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.
Section 9. Election of Directors. Except as provided in the Companys Articles of
Incorporation with respect to filling vacancies on the Board of Directors, each Director shall be
elected to serve on the Board of Directors by the vote of the majority of the votes cast with
respect to the Director at any meeting of the stockholders for the election of Directors at which a
quorum is present, provided that if the number of nominees exceeds the number of Directors to be
elected at such meeting, the Directors shall be elected by the vote of a plurality of the shares
represented in person or by proxy at any such meeting and entitled to vote on the election of
Directors. For purposes of this Section, a majority of the votes cast means that the number of
shares voted for a Director must exceed the number of votes cast against that Director. If a
Director standing for election is not elected, the Director shall offer to tender his or her
resignation to the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors, in consultation with any committee
thereof so designated, shall determine whether to accept or reject the resignation, or whether
other action should be taken. The Board of Directors will publicly disclose its decision and the
rationale behind it within 90 days from the date of the certification of the election results.
ARTICLE III
OFFICERS
Section 1. Officers. The officers of the Company shall consist of a Chairman of the Board
of Directors, a Chief Executive Officer, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and
Treasurer, and such other officers or assistant officers as may be elected by the Board of
Directors. Any two offices may be held by the same person, except that the same person shall not
be Chief Executive Officer or President and Secretary. The Board may designate a Vice President as
an Executive Vice President, and may designate the order in which the other Vice Presidents may
act.
Section 2. Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors
shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders, of the Board of Directors and of the Executive
Committee, unless he designates another officer to preside. He shall act in a consultative
capacity and perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time direct.
Section 3. Chief Executive Officer. Subject to the directions of the Board of Directors,
the Chief Executive Officer shall give general supervision and direction to the affairs of the
Company. The Chief Executive Officer shall have authority to conduct all ordinary business on
behalf of the Company and may execute and deliver on behalf of the company any contract,
conveyance, or similar document not requiring approval by the Board of Directors or stockholders.
The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at meetings in case of the absence or disability of the
Chairman of the Board.
Section 4. President. Subject to the directions of the Chief Executive Officer, the
President shall assist the Chief Executive Officer in giving general supervision and direction to
the affairs of the Company.
4
Section 5. Vice President. The Vice President shall act in case of the absence or
disability of the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer. If there is more than one
Vice President such Vice Presidents shall act in the order of precedence as set out by the Board of
Directors, or in the absence of such designation, the Executive Vice President shall be first in
order of precedence.
Section 6. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall be responsible for the maintenance of proper
financial books and records of the Company.
Section 7. Secretary. The Secretary shall keep the minutes of the meetings of the
stockholders, the Directors, and the Executive Committee and shall have custody of the seal of the
corporation.
Section 8. Other Duties and Authorities. Each officer, employee, and agent shall have
such other duties and authorities as may be conferred on him by the Board of Directors and, subject
to any directions of the Board, by the Chairman of the Board.
Section 9. Removal. Any officer may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. A
contract of employment for a definite term shall not prevent the removal of any officer; but this
provision shall not prevent the making of a contract of employment with any officer and any officer
removed in breach of his contract of employment shall have cause of action therefor.
ARTICLE IV
DEPOSITORIES, SIGNATURES AND SEAL
Section 1. Form and Execution of Certificates. The certificates of shares of capital
stock of the Company shall be in such form as may be approved by the Board of Directors and shall
be signed by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or Vice President and by the Secretary or
any Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, provided that any such
certificate may be signed by the facsimile of the signature of either or both of such officers
imprinted thereon if the same is countersigned by a transfer agent of the Company, and provided
further that certificates bearing a facsimile of the signature of such officers imprinted thereon
shall be valid in all respects as if such person or persons were still in office, even though such
officer or officers shall have died or otherwise ceased to be officers.
Section 2. Contracts. All contracts and other instruments shall be signed on behalf of
the Company by such officer, officers, agent or agents, as the Board may from time to time by
resolution provide.
Section 3. Seal. The corporate seal of the Company shall be as follows:
(Imprint Seal)
5
The seal may be affixed to any instrument by any officer of the Company and may be lithographed or
otherwise printed on any document with the same force and effect as if it had been imprinted
manually.
ARTICLE V
STOCK TRANSFERS
Section 1. Form and Execution of Certificates. The certificates of shares of capital
stock of the Company shall be in such form as may be approved by the Board of Directors and shall
be signed by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Vice President and by the Secretary
or any Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, provided that any such
certificate may be signed by the facsimile of the signature of either or both of such officers
imprinted thereon if the same is countersigned by a transfer agent of the Company, and provided
further that certificates bearing a facsimile of the signature of such officers imprinted thereon
shall be valid in all respects as if such person or persons were still in office, even though such
officer or officers shall have died or otherwise ceased to be officers.
Section 2. Transfer of Shares. Shares of stock in the Corporation shall be transferable
only on the books of the Company by proper transfer signed by the holder of record thereof or by a
person duly authorized to sign for such holder of record. The Company or its transfer agent shall
be authorized to refuse any transfer unless and until it is furnished such evidence as it may
reasonable require showing that the requested transfer is proper.
Section 3. Lost, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates. The Board may by resolution provide
for the issuance of certificates in lieu of lost, destroyed or mutilated certificates and may
authorize such officer or agent as it may designate to determine the sufficiency of the evidence of
such loss, destruction or mutilation and the sufficiency of any security furnished to the Company
and to determine whether such duplicate certificate should be issued.
Section 4. Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Board may appoint a transfer agent or agents
and a registrar or registrars of transfer, and may require that all stock certificates bear the
signature of such transfer agent or such transfer agent and registrar.
ARTICLE VI
INDEMNITY
Section 1. Indemnity. Each person who is now, has been, or who shall hereafter become a
Director or officer of the Corporation, whether or not then in office, shall be indemnified by the
Corporation against all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by or imposed upon him in connection
with or resulting from any demand, action, suit or proceedings or threat thereof, to which he may
be made a party as a result or by reason of his being or having been a Director or officer of the
Corporation or of any other corporation which he serves as a Director or officer at the request of
the Corporation, except in relation to matters as to which a recovery shall be had against him or
penalty imposed upon him by reason of his having been finally adjudged in such action, suit or
proceedings to have been derelict in the performance of his duties as such Director or officer.
The foregoing right to indemnify shall include reimbursement of the amounts and expenses paid in
settling any such demand, suit or proceedings or threat thereof when settling the same appears to
the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee to be in the best interest of the Corporation,
and shall not be exclusive of other rights to which such Director or officer may be entitled as a
matter of law.
6
ARTICLE VII
AMENDMENTS
Section 1. Amendments. Except as otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation or
in resolutions of the Board of Directors pursuant to which preferred stock is issued, the Board of
Directors or the stockholders shall have the power to alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws or to adopt
new Bylaws. The stockholders may prescribe that any Bylaw or Bylaws adopted by them shall not be
altered, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors. Except as otherwise provided in the
Articles of Incorporation or in resolutions of the Board of Directors pursuant to which preferred
stock is issued, action by the Board of Directors with respect to the Bylaws shall be taken by the
affirmative vote of a majority of all Directors then holding office, and action by the stockholders
with respect to the Bylaws shall be taken by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of
all shares of common stock.
ARTICLE VIII
BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
Section 1. Business Combinations. All the requirements of Article 11A of the Georgia
Business Corporation Code (the Code), which includes Sections 14-2-1131, 14-2-1132 and 14-2-1133
of the Code, shall be applicable to the Company.
ARTICLE IX
FISCAL YEAR
Section 1. Fiscal Year. Effective with the Companys fiscal year which commenced on June 2,
2007, the fiscal year of the Company shall end at the end of the Saturday closest to January 31 and
shall, in each case, begin at the beginning of the day next succeeding the last day of the
preceding fiscal year.
7
EX-10.(M) DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
Exhibit 10m
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
(As amended and restated effective January 1, 2008)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS |
|
|
1 |
|
Section 1.1. Account |
|
|
1 |
|
Section 1.2. Beneficiary |
|
|
1 |
|
Section 1.3. Board |
|
|
1 |
|
Section 1.4. Code |
|
|
1 |
|
Section 1.5. Committee |
|
|
1 |
|
Section 1.6. Company |
|
|
1 |
|
Section 1.7. Compensation |
|
|
1 |
|
Section 1.8. Discretionary Contribution |
|
|
1 |
|
Section 1.9. Election Period |
|
|
2 |
|
Section 1.10. Eligible Employee |
|
|
2 |
|
Section 1.11. Employee |
|
|
2 |
|
Section 1.12. ERISA |
|
|
2 |
|
Section 1.13. Excess Compensation |
|
|
2 |
|
Section 1.14. 401(k) Plan |
|
|
2 |
|
Section 1.15. Matching Contribution |
|
|
2 |
|
Section 1.16. Maximum Deferral Percentage |
|
|
2 |
|
Section 1.17. Minimum Deferral Amount |
|
|
2 |
|
Section 1.18. Oxford |
|
|
2 |
|
Section 1.19. Plan |
|
|
2 |
|
Section 1.20. Plan Year |
|
|
2 |
|
Section 1.21. Plan Year 2006 |
|
|
2 |
|
Section 1.22. Pre-2005 Oxford Plan |
|
|
3 |
|
Section 1.23. Retirement Age |
|
|
3 |
|
Section 1.24. Separates from Service or Separation from Service |
|
|
3 |
|
Section 1.25. Tommy Bahama Plan |
|
|
3 |
|
Section 1.26. Years of Service |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE II PARTICIPATION AND DEFERRAL ELECTIONS |
|
|
3 |
|
Section 2.1. Start-Up Deferral Elections |
|
|
3 |
|
Section 2.2. Annual Deferral Elections |
|
|
3 |
|
(a) Salary |
|
|
3 |
|
(b) Bonuses |
|
|
3 |
|
(c) Commissions |
|
|
4 |
|
Section 2.3. Minimum Deferral Amount |
|
|
4 |
|
Section 2.4. Ongoing Election |
|
|
4 |
|
Section 2.5. Effect of Hardship Withdrawal |
|
|
4 |
|
Section 2.6. Form of Elections |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE III MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IV DISCRETIONARY CONTRIBUTIONS |
|
|
5 |
|
i
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
ARTICLE V ACCOUNT ADJUSTMENTS |
|
|
5 |
|
Section 5.1. General |
|
|
5 |
|
Section 5.2. Deferrals |
|
|
5 |
|
Section 5.3. Matching and Discretionary Contributions |
|
|
5 |
|
Section 5.4. Phantom Investments |
|
|
5 |
|
Section 5.5. Phantom Investment Election |
|
|
5 |
|
Section 5.6. Phantom Investment Adjustments |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VI VESTING |
|
|
6 |
|
Section 6.1. Amounts Deferred |
|
|
6 |
|
Section 6.2. Matching Contributions |
|
|
6 |
|
Section 6.3. Discretionary Contributions |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VII DISTRIBUTIONS |
|
|
6 |
|
Section 7.1. Distribution Elections |
|
|
6 |
|
(a) General |
|
|
6 |
|
(b) Ongoing Election |
|
|
6 |
|
(c) Default |
|
|
6 |
|
Section 7.2. Time of Distribution |
|
|
6 |
|
(a) Separation from Service |
|
|
7 |
|
(b) Death |
|
|
7 |
|
(c) In-Service |
|
|
7 |
|
(d) Hardship Withdrawal due to Unforeseeable
Emergency |
|
|
7 |
|
(e) Delay of Payments Under Certain Circumstances |
|
|
7 |
|
Section 7.3. Distribution Forms |
|
|
8 |
|
(a) Separation from Service After Retirement Age |
|
|
8 |
|
(b) Separation from Service Before Retirement Age
or Death |
|
|
8 |
|
(c) In-Service |
|
|
9 |
|
(d) Installments |
|
|
9 |
|
Section 7.4. Beneficiary |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VIII NO FUNDING OBLIGATION |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IX COMPLIANCE WITH CODE SECTION 409A |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS |
|
|
10 |
|
Section 10.1. Medium of Payment |
|
|
10 |
|
Section 10.2. Making and Revoking Elections and Designations |
|
|
10 |
|
Section 10.3. Statements |
|
|
10 |
|
Section 10.4. Claims Procedure |
|
|
10 |
|
Section 10.5. Withholding |
|
|
10 |
|
Section 10.6. No Liability |
|
|
10 |
|
Section 10.7. Nonalienation of Benefits |
|
|
10 |
|
Section 10.8. Plan Administration |
|
|
10 |
|
Section 10.9. Construction |
|
|
11 |
|
ii
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
Section 10.10. No Contract of Employment |
|
|
11 |
|
Section 10.11. ERISA |
|
|
11 |
|
Section 10.12. Amendment and Termination |
|
|
11 |
|
Section 10.13. Pre-2005 Oxford Plan |
|
|
11 |
|
(a) Pre-2005 Deferrals |
|
|
11 |
|
(b) Post-2004 and Pre-2006 Deferrals |
|
|
11 |
|
Section 10.14. Tommy Bahama Plan |
|
|
12 |
|
(a) Pre-2005 Deferrals |
|
|
12 |
|
(b) Post-2004 and Pre-2006 Deferrals |
|
|
12 |
|
Section 10.15. Special Transition Bonus Election |
|
|
12 |
|
iii
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
(As amended and restated effective January 1, 2008)
The primary purpose of this Plan is to assist Oxford Industries, Inc. (Oxford) and its
subsidiaries in attracting and retaining employees of exceptional ability by (a) allowing a select
group of management or highly-compensated employees of Oxford and certain of its subsidiaries to
defer the payment of a portion of their compensation that otherwise would become payable to them,
and (b) providing for discretionary contributions and matching contributions based on compensation
that exceeds the compensation that may be taken into account under the Oxford Industries, Inc.
Retirement Savings Plan or as a result of the dollar limitation applicable to the 401(k) Plan under
Section 401(a)(17) of the Code. The terms of this Plan supersede those of the Oxford Industries,
Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan adopted effective January 1, 2001, and the Viewpoint
International, Inc. Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan adopted effective July 20, 2001, except
with respect to amounts deferred prior to January 1, 2006, as provided in Sections 10.13 and 10.14.
DEFINITIONS
Account means the bookkeeping account maintained by or at the direction of the Committee to
show as of any date the benefit of each Eligible Employee. Separate subaccounts may be established
and maintained as part of an Eligible Employees Account as the Committee deems necessary or
appropriate to administer this Plan.
Beneficiary means the person or persons designated as such in accordance with Section 7.4.
Board means the Board of Directors of Oxford.
Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Committee means the committee appointed by the Board to administer the Plan.
Company means Oxford and each subsidiary of Oxford that is designated by the Board as a
participating company under this Plan.
Compensation means, for any Plan Year, compensation as defined in the 401(k) Plan
for purposes of determining the amount of pre-tax contributions and matching contributions under
such plan, without regard to any limitations on
compensation imposed under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, plus any deferrals made under this
Plan for such Plan Year.
Discretionary Contribution means the amount, if any, credited to an Eligible
Employees Account in accordance with Article IV.
Election Period means an annual enrollment period described in Section 2.2(a),
(b)(2) and (c); a 30-day election period described in Section 2.1; or a Performance-based Election
Period described in Section 2.2(b)(1).
Eligible Employee means, for each Plan Year, any employee of a Company whose gross
annual rate of base salary is $130,000 or more, with such salary threshold to be adjusted, at the
Committees discretion, for Plan Years subsequent to Plan Year 2006.
Employee means an employee of Oxford or any subsidiary of Oxford.
ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
Excess Compensation means the excess of an Eligible Employees Compensation for a
Plan Year over the Eligible Employees compensation as defined in the 401(k) Plan for purposes of
determining the amount of pre-tax contributions and matching contributions under such plan for such
Plan Year.
401(k) Plan means the Oxford Industries, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan, as amended
and as in effect from time to time, or any other successor defined contribution maintained by
Oxford or another Company that qualifies under Section 401(a) of the Code and satisfies the
requirements of Section 401(k) of the Code.
Matching Contribution means the amount credited to an Eligible Employees Account
in accordance with Article III.
Maximum Deferral Percentage means, for each Plan Year, the maximum percentage of an
Eligible Employees base salary, bonus and, if authorized by the Committee for a Plan Year,
commissions that can be deferred under the Plan, which shall be 50% of base salary, 100% of bonus,
and 50% of commissions, unless otherwise determined by the Committee prior to the beginning of such
Plan Year; provided, however, that no deferral election may reduce an Eligible Employees
compensation below an amount necessary to satisfy applicable employment and income tax withholding
requirements.
Minimum Deferral Amount means, for each Plan Year, an amount equal to 1% of the
Eligible Employees base salary, unless otherwise determined by the Committee prior to the
beginning of such Plan Year.
Oxford means Oxford Industries, Inc. and any successor to Oxford Industries, Inc.
Plan means this Oxford Industries, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated
effective January 1, 2008.
Plan Year means the calendar year.
Plan Year 2006 has the meaning specified in Section 2.1(a).
2
Pre-2005 Oxford Plan means the Oxford Industries, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred
Compensation Plan adopted effective January 1, 2001, as thereafter amended, as such amended plan
was in effect on October 3, 2004.
Retirement Age means age 55 and 5 Years of Service.
Separates from Service or Separation from Service means the termination of
employment with Oxford and all subsidiaries in such a manner as to constitute a separation from
service (other than death) within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations
thereunder.
Tommy Bahama Plan means the Viewpoint International, Inc. Nonqualified Deferred
Compensation Plan adopted effective July 20, 2001 as thereafter amended, as such amended plan was
in effect on October 3, 2004.
Years of Service means years of service as defined in the 401(k) Plan.
PARTICIPATION AND DEFERRAL ELECTIONS
Start-Up Deferral Elections. Each person who first qualifies as an Eligible Employee
after the beginning of a Plan Year but before the annual enrollment period for the next following
Plan Year, or after the beginning of a performance period, and who is treated as first becoming
eligible to participate in the Plan or any account balance plan aggregated with the Plan under
the plan aggregation rules of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder, shall be
eligible to elect to participate in this Plan during the 30-day period starting on the date he or
she first qualifies as an Eligible Employee. Such Eligible Employee may elect prior to the end of
such 30-day period to defer up to the Maximum Deferral Percentage of his or her base salary and
bonus, and (if authorized by the Committee) commissions, for services performed after the date the
Eligible Employee first begins to participate in the Plan (and not earlier than January 1, 2008).
Any such election shall be irrevocable at the end of such 30-day period and through the end of the
Plan Year or performance period for which it is made (except as provided in Section 2.5). The
amount of any bonus deferred with respect to an election made after the beginning of a performance
period will be pro rated in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations
thereunder.
Annual Deferral Elections.
Salary. An Eligible Employee shall have the right during the enrollment period
established by the Committee to defer up to the Maximum Deferral Percentage of his or her base
salary for services performed in the following Plan Year. Any such election that is not revoked by
the end of the enrollment period shall be irrevocable immediately following the enrollment period
and shall remain irrevocable through the end of the Plan Year for which it is made (except as
provided in Section 2.5).
Bonuses.
Performance-Based
Compensation Bonus. An Eligible Employee may elect during the annual
enrollment period or any other election period described in clause
(iii) below to
3
defer a performance-based compensation bonus earned for services performed during such
performance period; provided that (i) such bonus constitutes performance-based
compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, (ii) the performance period is
at least 12 months, (iii) the election period ends at least 6 months before the end of the
performance period (the Performance-based Election Period), (iv) the Eligible Employee has
been an Employee continuously from the date upon which the performance criteria were
established through the date of such election, and (v) at the time of the election, the
performance-based compensation is not substantially certain to be paid or is not readily
ascertainable.
Other Bonuses. If a bonus is not intended to satisfy the requirements for
performance-based compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, then an
Eligible Employee may elect during an annual enrollment period established by the Committee
to defer up to the Maximum Deferral Percentage of such bonus that otherwise would be payable
to such Eligible Employee for services performed during the performance period that begins
in the following Plan Year.
Commissions. If the Committee in its discretion determines to allow deferrals to be
made with respect to commissions for any Plan Year, an Eligible Employee may elect during the
annual enrollment period established by the Committee preceding such Plan Year to defer up to the
Maximum Deferral Percentage of his or her commissions that are treated under Section 409A of the
Code as attributable to services performed by him or her during such Plan Year.
Minimum Deferral Amount. An Eligible Employees deferral elections for a Plan Year
must provide for a deferral of base salary at least equal to the Minimum Deferral Amount for the
Eligible Employee for that Plan Year (pro-rated for a start-up election pursuant to Section 2.1 or
upon Separation from Service during a Plan Year).
Ongoing Election. A deferral election made in accordance with Sections 2.1 or 2.2
shall remain in effect for a subsequent Plan Year (or subsequent performance period in the case of
a performance-based compensation deferral) unless revised or revoked during the enrollment period
for such Plan Year or performance period, unless the Committee requires a new election.
Effect of Hardship Withdrawal. An Eligible Employee who has taken a hardship
withdrawal pursuant to Section 7.2(d), or has taken a hardship withdrawal pursuant to the 401(k)
Plan, shall have his or her deferral election under this Plan automatically cancelled effective
immediately upon such withdrawal and for the remainder of the Plan Year and performance period, or
for the remainder of the Plan Year and any subsequent Plan Year and performance period in which
deferrals under the 401(k) Plan are suspended. Such Eligible Employee may recommence participation
in the Plan only during an annual enrollment period or a Performance-based Election Period and his
or her election shall not become effective until the beginning of the following Plan Year or, with
respect to the deferral of performance-based compensation, the applicable performance period.
Form of Elections. Any deferral election shall be made in the form and manner
provided by the Committee for this purpose and in accordance with such other rules and procedures
as may be established from time to time by the Committee.
4
MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, Oxford shall credit the Account of each Eligible
Employee who elects to defer the Minimum Deferral Amount for a Plan Year with a Matching
Contribution equal to 4% of his or her Excess Compensation for such Plan Year.
DISCRETIONARY CONTRIBUTIONS
The Committee may credit each Eligible Employees Account with a Discretionary Contribution, if
any, at such times and in such amounts as recommended by the Committee and approved by the
Nominating, Compensation and Governance Committee of the Board, or the Board, in its sole
discretion.
ACCOUNT ADJUSTMENTS
General. An Eligible Employees benefit under this Plan shall be based entirely on the dollar
value credited to his or her Account at any time, which will depend upon the amount deferred under
Article II, the Matching Contributions credited under Article III, the Discretionary Contributions,
if any, credited under Article IV, and the phantom investment adjustments made in accordance with
this Article V.
Deferrals. Amounts deferred by an Eligible Employee shall be credited to his or to her
Account as soon as practicable after the date that such compensation otherwise would have been
payable to the Eligible Employee if no election had been made under Article II.
Matching and Discretionary Contributions. The Matching Contribution and Discretionary
Contribution, if any, shall be credited to an Eligible Employees Account as of the end of the
calendar year, or at such time as otherwise may be determined by the Committee in its absolute
discretion.
Phantom Investments. The Committee from time to time shall select one or more
investment funds that will serve as hypothetical investment options for the deferrals, Matching
Contributions and Discretionary Contributions credited to an Account (phantom investment funds).
The Committee may establish limits on the portion of an Account that may be invested hypothetically
in any phantom investment fund or in any combination of phantom investment funds.
Phantom Investment Election. Each Eligible Employee shall elect pursuant to
procedures established by the Committee to treat the amounts credited to his or her Account as if
they were invested in one or more phantom investment funds (a phantom investment election). An
Eligible Employee may change his or her phantom investment elections in accordance with the
Committees procedures. Any phantom investment election shall be effective only if made in
accordance with the Committees procedures.
Phantom Investment Adjustments. The Committee shall cause the Eligible Employees
Account to be adjusted from time to time for any earnings and losses as if it were invested in
5
accordance with the Eligible Employees phantom investment elections. Such adjustments shall be
made until his or her Account is distributed in full under Article VII.
VESTING
Amounts Deferred. An Eligible Employee shall be 100% vested at all times in the
Eligible Employees deferrals and the earnings thereon.
Matching Contributions. An Eligible Employees Matching Contributions, and earnings
thereon, shall be 100% vested at all times, unless otherwise determined by the Committee prior to
crediting to the Eligible Employees Account.
Discretionary Contributions. An Eligible Employees Discretionary Contributions, and
earnings thereon, shall become vested as determined by the Committee and as approved by the
Nominating, Compensation and Governance Committee of the Board, or the Board.
DISTRIBUTIONS
Distribution Elections.
General. At the same time as an Eligible Employee makes a deferral election under
Article II, he or she shall elect, pursuant to Section 7.2, the time as of which contributions
credited to his or her Account for such Plan Year (adjusted as provided under Article V) will be
distributed and, pursuant to Section 7.3, the form in which such distribution will be made.
Ongoing Election. In the absence of any contrary rule established by the Committee
before the applicable Election Period, a Separation from Service distribution election shall remain
in effect for contributions credited to an Account for a subsequent Plan Year (or subsequent
performance period in the case of a performance-based compensation deferral), unless revised or
revoked during the enrollment period for such Plan Year or the Performance-based Election Period.
An in-service distribution election will apply only to the Plan Year or performance period with
respect to which the election was made and will not apply to a subsequent Plan Year or performance
period.
Default. If an Eligible Employee fails to make an election as to the time or form of
distribution of his or her Account (or subaccount, as applicable), his or her distribution will be
made in a lump sum in the first calendar month that is at least 6 months after the date of his or
her Separation from Service.
Time of Distribution. Distribution of an Eligible Employees Account (or subaccount,
as applicable) may be made as a result of the Eligible Employees Separation from Service, death,
the occurrence of a hardship due to an unforeseeable emergency, or at a specified time while the
Eligible Employee is still an Employee.
6
Separation from Service. If distribution is made as a result of the Eligible
Employees Separation from Service, it will be made or commence in the first calendar month that is
(1) 6 months or 12 months (as selected by the Eligible Employee) from the date the Eligible
Employee Separates from Service, if the Separation from Service is after Retirement Age, or (2) 6
months from the date the Eligible Employee Separates from Service, if the Separation from Service
is before Retirement Age. If distribution is to be made in annual installments, any subsequent
annual installments shall be made in February of the applicable year.
Death. If an Eligible Employee dies before distributions commence, distribution will
be made in the first month of the calendar quarter immediately following the quarter in which his
or her death occurred. If an Eligible Employee dies after distributions have commenced pursuant to
his or her Separation from Service or paragraph (c) below, the balance, if any, of his or her
Account will be distributed in the first month of the calendar quarter immediately following the
quarter in which his or her death occurred.
In-Service. An Eligible Employee may elect that his or her subaccount for a Plan Year
or performance period be distributed or commence to be distributed in February of any Plan Year
that is at least 2 Plan Years after the deferrals were credited to such subaccount; provided he or
she is an Employee on the date of the distribution. An Eligible Employee may revise such
in-service distribution election to change the time of distribution; provided, however, that (1)
the revision will not take effect until 12 months after the date it is made, (2) the revision must
be made at least 12 months before the in-service distribution otherwise would commence, and (3) the
in-service distribution will be deferred for at least 5 years from the date the in-service
distribution would have commenced in the absence of the revision.
Hardship Withdrawal due to Unforeseeable Emergency. An Eligible Employee shall have
the right to request that the Committee distribute all, or a part of, his or her Account to him or
to her in a lump sum if he or she experiences severe financial hardship resulting from an illness
or accident of the Eligible Employee, the spouse of the Eligible Employee or a dependent (as
defined in Section 152(a) of the Code) of the Eligible Employee, loss of the Eligible Employees
property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as
a result of events beyond the control of the Eligible Employee (an unforeseeable emergency). The
Committee shall have the sole discretion to determine whether to grant an Eligible Employees
withdrawal request under this Section 7.1(d) and the amount to distribute to the Eligible Employee;
provided, however, that no distribution shall be made to an Eligible Employee under this Section
7.1(d) to the extent that such hardship is or may be relieved (1) through reimbursement or
compensation by insurance or otherwise, (2) by liquidation of the Eligible Employees assets, to
the extent the liquidation of the Eligible Employees assets would not itself cause severe
financial hardship, or (3) by a permissible cessation of deferral elections under this Plan. The
amount of any distributions from an Eligible Employees Account pursuant to this Section 7.1(d)
shall be limited to the amount necessary to meet the unforeseeable emergency, plus amounts
necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the distribution. An Eligible
Employee who takes a hardship withdrawal under this Section 7.1(d) will be ineligible to make
deferrals under the Plan for the remainder of the Plan Year and performance period. Distribution
shall be made in the calendar month following the determination by the Committee that a hardship
withdrawal will be permitted.
Delay of Payments Under Certain Circumstances. Notwithstanding the provisions of
paragraph (a) through (d) above, to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code and the
7
regulations thereunder, Oxford, in its discretion, may delay payment to a date after the payment
date designated in such paragraphs under any of the following circumstances:
Payments Made as Soon as Practicable After the Specified Date. Payments may be
made as soon as practicable after the date specified in paragraphs (a) through (d) and in
any event within the same calendar year or, if later, by the fifteenth day of the third
calendar month following the date specified in paragraphs (a) through (d).
Payments that Would Jeopardize Oxford and its Subsidiaries as a Going Concern.
Payment will be delayed where the Committee determines that the making of the payment at the
date specified under the Plan would jeopardize the ability of the Oxford and its
subsidiaries to continue as a going concern; provided that such delayed payment will be
made during the first taxable year of Oxford in which the making of the payment
will not have such effect.
Payments that Would Violate Federal Securities Laws or Other Applicable Law.
Payment will be delayed where the Committee reasonably anticipates that the making of the
payment will violate federal securities laws or other applicable law; provided that the
delayed payment is made at the earliest date at which the Committee reasonably anticipates
that the making of the payment will not cause such violation.
Payments Subject to Section 162(m). Payment to an Eligible Employee may be delayed
to the extent that Oxford reasonably anticipates that if the payment were made as scheduled,
Oxfords deduction with respect to such payment would not be permitted due to the
application of Section 162(m) of the Code; provided that the payment is made either during
the Eligible Employees first taxable year in which Oxford reasonably anticipates, or should
reasonably anticipate, that if the payment is made during such year, the deduction of such
payment will not be barred by application of Section 162(m) of the Code or during the period
beginning with the date of the Eligible Employees Separation from Service and ending on the
later of the last day of the taxable year of Oxford in which the Eligible Employee Separates
from Service or the 15th day of the third month following the Eligible Employees
Separation from Service; provided further that where any scheduled payment to a specific
Eligible Employee in a taxable year of Oxford is delayed in accordance with this Section
7.2(e)(4), all scheduled payments to such Eligible Employee that could be delayed in
accordance with this Section 7.2(e)(4) also will be delayed.
Distribution Forms.
Separation from Service After Retirement Age. An Eligible Employee may elect that if
he or she Separates from Service after Retirement Age, his or her subaccount for a Plan Year shall
be distributed in a lump sum or annual installments over 2 to 15 years. Notwithstanding anything
in this paragraph (a) to the contrary, if the Eligible Employees Account balance following
Separation from Service is less than $25,000, then the Account will be distributed in a lump sum,
rather than installments.
Separation from Service Before Retirement Age or Death. If the Eligible Employee
Separates from Service before Retirement Age or dies before his or her entire Account is
distributed, his or her entire Account will be distributed in a lump sum, regardless of whether
in-service distributions have commenced pursuant to Section 7.2(c).
8
In-Service. An Eligible Employee may elect that an in-service distribution be paid in
a lump sum or in annual installments over 2 to 5 years. An Eligible Employee may revise such
in-service distribution election to change the form of distribution; provided, however, that (1)
the revision will not take effect until 12 months after the date it is made, (2) the revision must
be made at least 12 months before the in-service distribution otherwise would commence, and (3) the
in-service distribution will be deferred for at least 5 years from the date the in-service
distribution would have commenced in the absence of the revision. If the Eligible Employee
Separates from Service before Retirement Age or dies, his or her Account will be distributed in
accordance with Section 7.3(b) and not this Section 7.3(c), even if distributions had commenced
under this Section 7.3(c). However, if the Eligible Employee
Separates from Service after Retirement Age, then distribution of any subaccount that had
commenced under this Section 7.3(c) shall continue to be paid as scheduled, but payment of any
subaccounts that had not commenced under this Section 7.3(c) shall be made in accordance with the
form elected in Section 7.3(a).
Installments. The amount of any installment distributable under this Section 7.3
shall be computed by multiplying the portion of the Eligible Employees Account (or subaccount, as
applicable) to be distributed in installments by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be one
and the denominator of which shall be the number of installments remaining after such installment
has been paid plus one.
Beneficiary. An Eligible Employee shall designate (on a form provided for this purpose) a
person, or more than one person, as his or her Beneficiary to receive the balance credited to his
or her Account in the event of his or her death. An Eligible Employee may change his or her
Beneficiary designation at any time. If no Beneficiary designation is in effect on the date an
Eligible Employee dies or if no designated Beneficiary survives the Eligible Employee, the Eligible
Employees estate automatically shall be treated as his or her Beneficiary under this Plan.
NO FUNDING OBLIGATION
The obligation of the Company to make any distributions under this Plan shall be unfunded and
unsecured; all distributions to, or on behalf of, an Eligible Employee under this Plan shall be
made from the general assets of the Company, and any claim by an Eligible Employee or Beneficiary
against the Company for any distribution under this Plan shall be treated the same as a claim of
any general and unsecured creditor of Oxford or of any other Company by whom the Eligible Employee
was employed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Oxford may, in its discretion, establish one or more
irrevocable grantor trusts for the purpose of funding all or part of its obligations under this
Plan; provided, however, that the terms of any such trusts require that the assets thereof remain
subject to the claims of Oxfords and the other Companys judgment creditors and are non-assignable
and non-alienable by any Eligible Employee or Beneficiary prior to distribution thereof.
COMPLIANCE WITH CODE SECTION 409A
Oxford intends that this Plan meet the requirements of Section 409A(a)(2), (3) and (4) of the Code
(and any successor provisions of the Code) and the regulations and other guidance
9
issued thereunder
(the Requirements) and be operated in accordance with such Requirements so that compensation
deferred under this Plan (and applicable investment earnings) shall not be included in income under
Section 409A of the Code. Any ambiguities in this Plan shall be construed to effect the intent as
described in this Article IX. If any provision of this Plan is found to be in violation of the
Requirements, then such provision shall be deemed to be modified or restricted to the extent and in
the manner necessary to render such provision in conformity with the Requirements, or shall be
deemed excised from this Plan, and this Plan shall be construed and enforced to the maximum extent
permitted by the Requirements as if such provision had been originally incorporated in this Plan as
so modified or restricted, or as if such provision had not originally been incorporated in this
Plan, as the case may be.
MISCELLANEOUS
Medium of Payment. All distributions under this Plan shall be made in cash.
Making and Revoking Elections and Designations. Any election or designation or
revised election or designation under this Plan shall be effective only when the properly completed
election or designation form is received by the Committee or its delegate before the Eligible
Employees death, subject to the rules set forth in this Plan.
Statements. Oxford or its agent shall provide periodic statements to the Eligible Employee to
show his or her Account balance.
Claims Procedure. Any claim for a benefit under this Plan shall be filed and resolved
in accordance with the claims procedure provided under the 401(k) Plan, which procedure hereby is
incorporated in this Plan by reference, except that (a) the Committee of this Plan shall be the
entity with whom a claim for review should be filed under this Plan and (b) the Committee has
absolute discretion to resolve any claims under this Plan.
Withholding. The Company may take whatever action that the Company deems appropriate
to satisfy applicable federal, state and local income tax withholding requirements that the Company
determines applicable under this Plan.
No Liability. No Eligible Employee and no Beneficiary of an Eligible Employee shall
have the right to look to, or have any claim whatsoever against, any officer, director, employee or
agent of the Company in his or her individual capacity for the distribution of any Account.
Nonalienation of Benefits. No benefit or payment under this Plan shall be subject in
any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, levy or
charge, and any attempt so to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, levy
upon or charge the same shall be void.
Plan Administration. The Committee shall be the administrator of this Plan, and the
Committee has the exclusive responsibility and complete discretionary authority to control the
operation, management and administration of this Plan, with all powers necessary to enable it
properly to carry out those responsibilities, including (but not limited to) the power to construe
this Plan, to determine eligibility for benefits, to settle disputed claims and to resolve all
administrative, interpretive, operational, equitable and other questions that arise under this
Plan.
10
The decisions of the Committee on all matters within the scope of its authority shall be
final and binding. To the extent a discretionary power or responsibility under this Plan is
expressly assigned to a person by the Committee, that person will have complete discretionary
authority to carry out that power or responsibility and that persons decisions on all matters
within the scope of that persons authority will be final and binding.
Construction. This Plan shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of
Georgia. Headings and subheadings have been added only for convenience of reference and shall have
no substantive effect whatsoever. All references to the singular shall include the plural and all
references to the plural shall include the singular.
No Contract of Employment. Nothing contained in this Plan shall be construed as a
contract of employment between the Company and an Eligible Employee, as a right of any Eligible
Employee to be continued in the employment of the Company, or as a limitation of the right of the
Company to discharge an Eligible Employee with or without cause.
ERISA. Oxford intends that this Plan come within the various exceptions and exemptions to
ERISA for a plan maintained for a select group of management or highly compensated employees as
described in Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3), and 401(a)(1) of ERISA. Any ambiguities in this Plan
shall be construed to affect the intent as described in this Section 10.11.
Amendment and Termination. The Nominating, Compensation and Governance Committee of
the Board shall have the right to amend this Plan from time to time and to terminate this Plan at
any time; provided, however, that (a) the balance credited to each Account immediately after any
such amendment or termination shall be no less than the balance credited to such Account
immediately before such amendment or termination (as adjusted for phantom investment fund
performance), (b) the Nominating, Compensation and Governance Committee may accelerate the
distribution of Account balances under this Plan upon termination to the extent permissible under
Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder, and (c) except to conform to the
requirements of Section 409A of the Code, no amendment or termination shall adversely affect an
Eligible
Employees right to the distribution of his or her Account or his or her Beneficiarys right
to the distribution of such Account.
Pre-2005 Oxford Plan.
Pre-2005 Deferrals. The Pre-2005 Oxford Plan and any liabilities thereunder hereby
are a part of this Plan effective as of January 1, 2006. Any amounts deferred before January 1,
2005 under the Pre-2005 Oxford Plan (as determined in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and
the regulations thereunder) shall be governed by the terms of the Pre-2005 Oxford Plan, which is
attached to this Plan as Exhibit A. Nothing herein is intended to give any additional benefits to
or enhance the benefits of a participant in the Pre-2005 Oxford Plan and it is intended that
amounts deferred under that plan (and any earnings on such amounts) are not subject to Section 409A
of the Code. There shall be no further deferrals under the terms of the Pre-2005 Oxford Plan after
December 31, 2004.
Post-2004 and Pre-2006 Deferrals. The Pre-2005 Oxford Plan is amended to comply with
Section 409A of the Code in the form of the addendum attached to this Plan as
11
Exhibit B with
respect to amounts deferred in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2004 and before January
1, 2006.
Tommy Bahama Plan.
Pre-2005 Deferrals. The Tommy Bahama Plan and any liabilities thereunder hereby are a
part of this Plan effective as of January 1, 2006. Any amounts deferred before January 1, 2005
under the Tommy Bahama Plan (as determined in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and the
regulations thereunder) shall be governed by the terms of the Tommy Bahama Plan, which is attached
to this Plan as Exhibit C. Nothing herein is intended to give any additional benefits to or
enhance the benefits of a participant in the Tommy Bahama Plan and it is intended that amounts
deferred under that plan (and any earnings on such amounts) are not subject to Section 409A of the
Code. There shall be no further deferrals under the terms of the Tommy Bahama Plan after December
31, 2004.
Post-2004 and Pre-2006 Deferrals. The Tommy Bahama Plan is amended to comply with
Section 409A of the Code in the form of the addendum attached to this Plan as Exhibit D with
respect to amounts deferred in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2004 and before January
1, 2006. Each Deferred Compensation Account maintained under the Tommy Bahama Plan for a person
who is an active Employee on January 1, 2006 shall be fully vested as of January 1, 2006.
Special Transition Bonus Election. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in the
Plan, the Committee in its discretion may allow an Eligible Employee to elect during 2007 (in
accordance with procedures established by the Committee and in compliance with transition guidance
provided under IRS Notice 2006-79) to elect to defer up to the Maximum Deferral Percentage of any
bonus attributable to a performance period beginning in 2007 that otherwise would be a short-term
deferral (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder) payable in
2007 or 2008.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Oxford Industries, Inc. has caused this Plan document to be executed
as of this 31st day of December, 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
ATTEST:
|
|
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: Suraj A. Palakshappa, Asst. Secretary
|
|
By: Thomas E. Campbell, Vice President |
|
|
12
EXHIBIT A
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
ARTICLE I PURPOSE; EFFECTIVE DATE
1.1. |
|
Purpose. The purpose of this Oxford Industries, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred
Compensation Plan (the Plan) is to permit a select group of management and highly
compensated employees of Oxford Industries, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company) to defer
the receipt of income which would otherwise become payable to them. It is intended that this
Plan, by providing this deferral opportunity, will assist the Company in attracting and
retaining individuals of exceptional ability. |
|
1.2. |
|
Effective Date. The Plan shall be effective as of January 1, 2001. |
ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS
For the purpose of this Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated unless the
context clearly indicates otherwise:
2.1. |
|
Account(s). Account(s) means the account or accounts maintained on the books of
the Company used solely to calculate the amount payable to each Participant under this Plan
and shall not constitute a separate fund or assets. The Accounts available for each
Participant shall be identified as: |
|
a) |
|
Retirement Account and/or, |
|
|
b) |
|
Up to two In-Service Accounts. |
2.2. |
|
Beneficiary. Beneficiary means the person, persons or entity, as designated by the
Participant, entitled under Article VI to receive any Plan benefits payable after the
Participants death. |
|
2.3. |
|
Board. Board means the Board of Directors of the Company. |
|
2.4. |
|
Change in Control. A Change in Control shall occur if: |
|
a) |
|
Any person or group (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) becomes the beneficial owner (as
defined in Rule 13-d under such Act) of more than fifty (50%) of the then outstanding
voting stock of the Company, other than through a transaction arranged by, or
consummated with the prior approval of, the Board; or |
|
|
b) |
|
During any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who at the
beginning of such period constitute the Board (and any new Director whose election by
the Board or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was
approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Directors at the beginning of
such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved)
cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or |
|
|
c) |
|
The shareholders of Company approve a merger or consolidation of Company with
any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the
voting securities of a Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to
represent |
|
|
|
(either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the
surviving entity) more than eighty percent (80%) of the combined voting power of the
voting securities of Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after
such merger or consolidation; or |
|
|
d) |
|
The shareholders of Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of Company
or an agreement for the sale or disposition by Company of all or substantially all of
the Companys assets. |
2.5. |
|
Committee. Committee means the Committee appointed by the Board to administer the
Plan pursuant to Article VII. |
|
2.6. |
|
Company. Company means Oxford Industries, Inc., a Georgia corporation, and any
directly or indirectly affiliated subsidiary corporations, any other affiliate which is
designated by the Board, or any successor to the business thereof. |
|
2.7. |
|
Compensation. Compensation means the base salary, commissions and/or bonus
compensation payable to a Participant with respect to employment services performed for the
Company by the Participant and Company matching contributions that would otherwise be included
in wages for purposes of federal income tax withholding. For purposes of this Plan,
Compensation shall be calculated before reduction for any amounts deferred by the Participant
pursuant to the Companys tax qualified plans which may be maintained under Section 401(k) or
Section 125 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the Code), or pursuant to
this Plan or any other non-qualified plan which permits the voluntary deferral of
compensation. Inclusion of any other forms of compensation is subject to Committee Approval. |
|
2.8. |
|
Deferral Commitment. Deferral Commitment means a commitment made by a Participant
and accepted by the Committee to defer a portion of Compensation paid to or earned such
Participant during a specified Deferral Period. The Deferral Commitment shall apply to each
payment of salary and/or bonus, as applicable, earned by or payable to a Participant for a
given Deferral Period, and shall specify the Account or Accounts to which such deferrals shall
be credited. Such designation shall be made in whole percentages and shall be made in a form
acceptable to the Committee. Once made, a Deferral Commitment shall, except as otherwise
provided herein, be irrevocable by the Participant for the Deferral Period to which it
applies. |
|
2.9. |
|
Deferral Period. Deferral Period means a calendar year to which a Deferral
Commitment applies. |
|
2.10. |
|
Determination Date. Determination Date means the last business day of each
calendar month. |
|
2.11. |
|
Disability. Disability means a physical or mental condition that prevents the
Participant from satisfactorily performing the Participants duties for Company. The
Committee shall, in its sole discretion, determine the existence of Disability and may rely on
such evidence of disability as it deems appropriate, including a determination of disability
under the Companys long-term disability plan or advice from a medical examiner satisfactory
to the Committee. |
|
2.12. |
|
Discretionary Contribution. Discretionary Contribution means the Company
contribution credited to a Participants Account(s) under Section 4.5, below. |
|
2.13. |
|
Distribution Election. Distribution Election means the form prescribed by the
Committee and completed by the Participant, indicating the chosen form of payment for benefits
payable from each Account under this Plan, as elected by the Participant. |
2
2.14. |
|
Financial Hardship. Financial Hardship means a severe, unexpected and
unforeseeable financial hardship of the Participant resulting from a Disability of the
Participant, a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or of a dependent
of the Participant, uninsured loss of the Participants property due to casualty, or other
similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstance arising as a result of events beyond the
control of the Participant. Financial Hardship shall be determined based upon such standards
as are, from time to time, established by the Committee, and such determination shall be in
the sole discretion of the Committee. |
|
2.15. |
|
401(k) Plan. 401(k) Plan means the Oxford Industries, Inc. Retirement Savings
Plan, or any other successor defined contribution plan maintained by the Company that
qualifies under Section 401(a) of the Code and satisfies the requirements of Section 401(k) of
the Code. |
|
2.16. |
|
Investment Option. Investment Option means one or more of the independently
established funds or indices that are identified and listed by the Committee. These
Investment Options are used solely to calculate the investment gains or losses that are
credited to each Participants Account(s) in accordance with Article IV. The determination of
the investment gains or losses attributable to the performance of each Investment Option shall
be made by the Committee in its reasonable discretion. The Committee shall select and provide
a list of the various Investment Options available to the Participants with respect to this
Plan; provided, that the Committee may amend such list from time to time in its sole
discretion. |
|
2.17. |
|
Matching Contribution. Matching Contribution means the Company contribution
credited to a Participants Account(s) under Section 4.4, below. |
|
2.18. |
|
Participant. Participant means any employee who is eligible pursuant to Section
3.1 to participate in this Plan and who has elected to defer Compensation under this Plan in
accordance with Article III. Such employee shall remain a Participant in this Plan for the
period of deferral and until such time as all benefits payable under this Plan have been paid
in accordance with the provisions hereof. |
|
2.19. |
|
Plan. Plan means this Oxford Industries, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation
Plan, as amended from time to time. |
|
2.20. |
|
Retirement. Retirement means the termination of employment with the Company of
the Participant on or after attaining age 65 or on or after attaining age 55 with at least 7
Years of Service, or a termination of employment that has received the approval by the
Committee as qualifying as a Retirement under this Plan. |
|
2.21. |
|
Years of Service. Years of Service shall have the meaning provided for such term
for purposes of vesting under the 401(k) Plan, whether or not the Participant is a participant
in such plan. |
ARTICLE III ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
3.1. |
|
Eligibility and Participation. |
|
a) |
|
Eligibility. Eligibility to participate in the Plan for a Deferral
Period shall be limited to a select group of management or highly compensated employees
of the Company designated by management, from time to time, and approved by the
Committee. |
|
|
b) |
|
Participation. An employees participation in the Plan for a Deferral
Period shall be effective upon notification to the employee by the Committee of
eligibility to participate, completion |
3
|
|
|
and submission of a Deferral Commitment, Distribution Election Form and Investment
Allocation Form to the Committee no later than the deadline established by the
Committee, and the acceptance by the Committee of such forms. |
3.2. |
|
Form of Deferral. A Deferral Commitment shall be made with respect to each payment of
salary, commissions and/or bonus earned by or payable to a Participant during the Deferral
Period, and shall designate the portion of each deferral that shall be allocated among the
various Accounts. The Participant shall set forth the amount to be deferred as a full
percentage of salary, commission and/or bonus. In addition, the Participant shall specify in
a separate form (known as the Investment Allocation Form) filed with the Committee, the
Participants initial allocation of the amounts deferred into each Account among the various
available Investment Options. |
|
3.3. |
|
Limitations on Deferral Commitments. The maximum percentage of each payment of base
salary and commissions that may be deferred during a Deferral Period shall be fifty percent
(50%), and the maximum percentage of bonus compensation that may be deferred during the
Deferral Period shall be one hundred percent (100%). The Committee may set such additional
limitations for a Deferral Period, as it determines in its sole discretion, once it has
reviewed the participation level for such Deferral Period. |
|
3.4. |
|
Commitment Limited by Termination. If a Participant terminates employment with
Company prior to the end of a Deferral Period, the Deferral Commitment in effect for such
Deferral Period shall be revoked as of the date of such termination. |
|
3.5. |
|
Modification of Deferral Commitment. Except as provided in Sections 3.4 and 5.5, a
Deferral Commitment for a Deferral Period shall be irrevocable by the Participant during such
Deferral Period. |
|
3.6. |
|
Change in Employment Status. If the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines
that the Participant no longer qualifies as a member of a select group of management or highly
compensated employees, as determined in accordance with the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, terminate any
Deferral Commitment currently in effect, prohibit the Participant from making any future
Deferral Commitments and/or distribute the Participants Account Balances in accordance with
Article V of this Plan as if the Participant had terminated employment with the Company as of
that time. |
ARTICLE IV DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNT
4.1. |
|
Accounts. The Compensation deferred by a Participant under the Plan, any Matching
Contributions deferred under the Plan, Discretionary Contributions and Earnings shall be
credited to the Participants Account(s). The Participant shall designate the portion of each
deferral that will be credited to each Account as set forth in Section 3.2(a). These Accounts
shall be used solely to calculate the amount payable to each Participant under this Plan and
shall not constitute a separate fund of assets. |
|
4.2. |
|
Timing of Credits; Withholding. A Participants deferred Compensation shall be
credited to each Account designated by the Participant on the last business day of the month
during which the compensation deferred would have otherwise been payable to the Participant.
Any Matching Contributions shall be credited to each Account on the last business day of the
month during which the deferred Compensation to which the Matching Contributions relates was
credited to each Account. Any Discretionary Contributions shall be credited to the
appropriate Account(s) as |
4
|
|
provided by the Committee. Any withholding of taxes or other amounts with respect to
deferred Compensation that is required by local, state or federal law shall be withheld from
the Participants corresponding non-deferred portion of the Compensation to the maximum
extent possible, and any remaining amount shall reduce the amount credited to the
Participants Account in a manner specified by the Committee. |
|
4.3. |
|
Investment Options. A Participant shall designate, at a time and in a manner
acceptable to the Committee, one or more Investment Options for each Account to be used for
the sole purpose of determining the amount of Earnings to be credited or debited to such
Account. Such election shall designate the portion of each deferral of Compensation made into
each Account that shall be allocated among the available Investment Option(s), and such
election shall apply to each succeeding deferral of Compensation until such time as the
Participant shall file a new election with the Committee. Upon notice to the Committee, the
Participant may also reallocate the balance in each Investment Option among the other
available Investment Options as of the next succeeding Determination Date, but in no event
shall such re-allocation occur more frequently than monthly. |
|
4.4. |
|
Matching Contributions. The Company shall credit the portion elected by the
Participant of the Companys total Matching Contribution on behalf of the Participant to the
Account designated by the Participant. |
|
4.5. |
|
Discretionary Contributions. The Company may make Discretionary Contributions to a
Participants Account. Discretionary Contributions shall be credited and shall become vested
at such times and in such amounts as recommended by the Committee and approved by the
Compensation Committee of the Board, or the Board, in its sole discretion. Unless the
Committee specifies otherwise, such Discretionary Contribution shall be allocated among the
various Accounts in the same proportion as set forth in section 4.1. |
|
4.6. |
|
Determination of Accounts. Each Participants Account as of each Determination Date
shall consist of the balance of the Account as of the immediately preceding Determination
Date, adjusted as follows: |
|
a) |
|
New Deferrals. Each Account shall be increased by any deferrals
credited since the prior Determination Date. |
|
|
b) |
|
Company Contributions. Each Account shall be increased by any Matching
and/or Discretionary Contributions credited since the prior Determination Date. |
|
|
c) |
|
Distributions. Each Account shall be reduced by the amount of each
benefit payment made from that Account since the prior Determination Date.
Distributions shall be deemed to have been made proportionally from each of the
Investment Options maintained within such Account based on the proportion that such
Investment Option bears to the sum of all Investment Options maintained within such
Account for that Participant as of the Determination Date immediately preceding the
date of payment. |
|
|
d) |
|
Earnings. Each Account shall be increased or decreased by the Earnings
credited to such Account since the prior Determination Date as though the balance of
that Account as of the beginning of the current month had been invested in the
applicable Investment Options chosen by the Participant. |
4.7. |
|
Vesting of Accounts. Each Participant shall be vested in the amounts credited to
such Participants Account and Earnings thereon as follows: |
5
|
a) |
|
Amounts Deferred. A Participant shall be one hundred percent (100%)
vested at all times in the Participants deferrals of salary, commission and/or bonus
and the Earnings thereon. |
|
|
b) |
|
Matching Contributions. A Participant shall be one hundred percent
(100%) vested at all times in the Matching Contributions made under the Plan and the
Earnings thereon. |
|
|
c) |
|
Discretionary Contributions. A Participants Discretionary
Contributions and Earnings thereon shall become vested as determined by the Committee
and as approved by the Compensation Committee of the Board, or the Board. |
4.8. |
|
Statement of Accounts. Each Participant shall receive a statement showing the
balances in the Participants Account on a quarterly basis. |
ARTICLE V PLAN BENEFITS
5.1. |
|
Retirement Account. The vested portion of a Participants Retirement Account shall
be distributed to the Participant upon the Participants termination of employment with the
Company. Benefits under this section shall be payable the January following termination of
employment, but no sooner than thirty (30) days following termination. The form of benefit
payment shall be that form selected by the Participant pursuant to Section 5.6 unless the
Participant terminates employment prior to Retirement, in which event, the Retirement Account
shall be paid in the form of a lump sum payment unless the Committee determines, upon written
request, to allow the payment to be made in the form designation on the Distribution Election
Form. |
|
5.2. |
|
In-Service Account. The vested portion of a Participants In-Service Account shall be
distributed to the Participant upon the date chosen by the Participant in the Distribution
Election Form, but in no event shall the date specified for commencement of payment be earlier
than five (5) years from the beginning of the first Deferral Period during which the
Participant elected compensation to be deferred into that Account. The form of benefit
payment shall be that form selected by the Participant pursuant to Section 5.7. However, if
the Participant terminates employment with the Company prior to the date so chosen by the
Participant, the vested portion of the In-Service Account shall be added to the Retirement
Account as of the date of termination of service and shall be paid in accordance with the
provisions of Section 5.1. |
|
5.3. |
|
Death Benefit. Upon the death of a Participant, Company shall pay to the
Participants Beneficiary an amount equal to the remaining unpaid and vested Account balance
in each Account in the form of a lump sum payment. |
|
5.4. |
|
Hardship Distributions. Upon a finding that a Participant has suffered a Financial
Hardship, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, amend the existing Deferral Commitment,
or make distributions from any or all of the Participants Accounts. The amount of such
distribution shall be limited to the amount reasonably necessary to meet the Participants
needs resulting from the Financial Hardship plus applicable taxes, and shall not exceed the
Participants vested Account balances. If payment is made from any or all of the
Participants accounts due to Financial Hardship, the Participants deferrals under this Plan
shall cease for the remainder of the current Deferral Period and the next subsequent Deferral
Period. |
|
5.5. |
|
Withdrawal with Penalty. The Participant may elect, in the sole discretion of the
Participant, to withdraw from participation in this Plan, and to cause the total vested
portion of the Participants |
6
|
|
Account balances to be distributed in accordance with this Article V as if the Participant
had terminated service with the Company as of the time of such election, except that such
Account balances shall be reduced by a penalty of ten percent (10%) of such Account
Balances. The Participants account balances, less the 10% penalty, shall be paid to the
Participant or the Participants Beneficiary as soon as administratively practical in the
form of a lump sum payment. The Participant, or the Participants Beneficiary, may file
such an election at any time prior to the complete payment of benefits due under this Plan.
Upon the filing of this election, any Deferral Commitment for the current Deferral Period
shall be terminated and the Participant shall be prohibited from participating in this Plan
for the next subsequent Deferral Period.
|
|
5.6. |
|
Form of Payment. Unless otherwise specified in paragraphs 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, or 5.5, the
benefits payable from any Account under this Plan shall be paid in the form of benefit as
provided below, and as specified by the Participant in the Distribution Election, which
election shall be irrevocable once made. The permitted forms of benefit payments are: |
|
a) |
|
A lump sum amount which is equal to the vested Account balance; |
|
|
b) |
|
In the event of distributions from the Retirement Account, annual installments
for a period of five (5), ten (10) or fifteen (15) years where the annual payment shall
be equal to the balance of the Account immediately prior to the payment, multiplied by
a fraction, the numerator of which is one (1) and the denominator of which commences at
the number of annual payment initially chosen and is reduced by one (1) in each
succeeding year. Earnings on the unpaid balance shall be based on the most recent
allocation among the available Investment Options chosen by the Participant, made in
accordance with Section 4.3; |
|
|
c) |
|
In the event of distributions from the In-Service Account, annual installments
for a period up to five (5) where the annual payment shall be equal to the balance of
the Account immediately prior to the payment, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator
of which is one (1) and the denominator of which commences at the number of annual
payment initially chosen and is reduced by one (1) in each succeeding year. Earnings
on the unpaid balance shall be based on the most recent allocation among the available
Investment Options chosen by the Participant, made in accordance with Section 4.3; and, |
|
|
d) |
|
Any other form of payment requested by the Participant and approved by the
Committee. |
5.7. |
|
Small Account. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, if the total of a
Participants vested, unpaid Account balances as of the Participants Retirement is less than
$25,000, the remaining unpaid, vested Account(s) shall be paid in a lump sum, notwithstanding
any election by the Participant to the contrary. |
|
5.8. |
|
Withholding; Payroll Taxes. The Company shall withhold from any payment made
pursuant to this Plan any taxes required to be withheld from such payments under local, state
or federal law. |
|
5.9. |
|
Payment to Guardian. If a Plan benefit is payable to a minor or a person declared
incompetent or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of the property, the
Committee may direct payment to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care
and custody of such minor, incompetent or person. The Committee may require proof of
incompetency, minority, incapacity or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to
distribution. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Committee and Company from all
liability with respect to such benefit. |
7
5.10. |
|
Effect of Payment. The full payment of the applicable benefit under this Article V
shall completely discharge all obligations on the part of the Company to the Participant (and
the Participants Beneficiary) with respect to the operation of this Plan, and the
Participants (and Participants Beneficiarys) rights under this Plan shall terminate. |
ARTICLE VI BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
6.1. |
|
Beneficiary Designation. Each Participant shall have the right, at any time, to
designate one (1) or more persons or entities as Beneficiary (both primary as well as
secondary) to whom benefits under this Plan shall be paid in the event of Participants death
prior to complete distribution of the Participants vested Account balance. Each Beneficiary
designation shall be in a written form prescribed by the Committee and shall be effective only
when filed with the Committee during the Participants lifetime. |
|
6.2. |
|
Changing Beneficiary. Any Beneficiary designation may be changed by the filing of a
new Beneficiary designation with the Committee. |
|
6.3. |
|
No Beneficiary Designation. If any Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary in
the manner provided above, if the designation is void, or if the Beneficiary designated by a
deceased Participant dies before the Participant or before complete distribution of the
Participants benefits, the Participants Beneficiary shall be the Participants estate. |
|
6.4. |
|
Effect of Payment. Payment to the Beneficiary shall completely discharge the
Companys obligations under this Plan. |
ARTICLE VII ADMINISTRATION
7.1. |
|
Committee; Duties. This Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which shall
consist of not less than three (3) persons appointed by the Board, except after a Change in
Control as provided in Section 7.5. The Committee shall have the authority to make, amend,
interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan
and decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of the Plan, as may
arise in such administration. A majority vote of the Committee members shall control any
decision. Members of the Committee may be Participants under this Plan. |
|
7.2. |
|
Agents. The Committee may, from time to time, employ agents and delegate to them
such administrative duties as it sees fit, and may from time to time consult with counsel who
may be counsel to the Company. |
|
7.3. |
|
Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the Committee with respect
to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and
application of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder and with respect
to determining eligibility to participate in the Plan, whether, when and in what amount
benefits are payable under the Plan, and any factual determinations shall made in the
Committees sole discretion and shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons. |
|
7.4. |
|
Indemnity of Committee. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members
of the Committee against any and all claims, loss, damage, expense or liability arising from
any action or failure to act with respect to this Plan on account of such members service on
the Committee, except |
8
|
|
in the case of gross negligence or willful misconduct. |
|
7.5. |
|
Election of Committee After Change in Control. After a Change in Control, vacancies
on the Committee shall be filled by majority vote of the remaining Committee members and
Committee members may be removed only by such a vote. If no Committee members remain, a new
Committee shall be elected by majority vote of the Participants in the Plan immediately
preceding such Change in control. No amendment shall be made to Article VII or other Plan
provisions regarding Committee authority with respect to the Plan without prior approval by
the Committee. |
ARTICLE VIII CLAIMS PROCEDURE
8.1. |
|
Claim. Any person or entity claiming a benefit, requesting an interpretation or
ruling under the Plan (hereinafter referred to as Claimant), or requesting information under
the Plan shall present the request in writing to the Committee, which shall respond in writing
as soon as practicable. |
|
8.2. |
|
Denial of Claim. If the claim or request is denied, the written notice of denial
shall state: |
|
a) |
|
The reasons for denial, with specific reference to the Plan provisions on which
the denial is based; |
|
|
b) |
|
A description of any additional material or information required and an
explanation of why it is necessary; and |
|
|
c) |
|
An explanation of the Plans claim review procedure. |
8.3. |
|
Review of Claim. Any Claimant whose claim or request is denied or who has not
received a response within sixty (60) days may request a review by notice given in writing to
the Committee within sixty (60) days following such denial or lack of response. The claim or
request shall be reviewed by the Committee. |
|
8.4. |
|
Final Decision. The decision on review shall normally be made within sixty (60) days
after the Committees receipt of claimants claim or request. If an extension of time is
required for a hearing or other special circumstances, the Claimant shall be notified and the
time limit shall be one hundred twenty (120) days. The decision shall be in writing and shall
state the reasons and the relevant Plan provisions. All decisions on review shall be made in
the Committees sole discretion and shall be final and binding on all parties. |
ARTICLE IX AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN
9.1. |
|
Amendment. The Board may at any time amend the Plan by written instrument, notice
of which is given to all Participants and to Beneficiaries receiving installment payments,
subject to the following; provided, that no amendment shall reduce the amount accrued in any
Account as of the date such notice of the amendment is given. |
|
9.2. |
|
Companys Right to Terminate. The Board may at any time partially or completely
terminate the Plan, as it determines in its sole discretion. |
|
a) |
|
Partial Termination. The Board may partially terminate the Plan by
instructing the Committee not to accept Deferral Commitments for future Deferral
Periods. If such a partial |
9
|
|
|
termination occurs, the Plan shall continue to operate and be effective with regard
to Deferral Commitments entered into prior to the effective date of such partial
termination. |
|
|
b) |
|
Complete Termination. The Board may completely terminate the Plan by
instructing the Committee not to accept Deferral Commitments for future Deferral
Periods, and by terminating all current Deferral Commitments. In the event of complete
termination, the Plan shall cease to operate and Company shall distribute each Account
to the appropriate Participant. Payment shall be made as a lump sum. |
ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS
10.1. |
|
Unfunded Plan. This plan is an unfunded plan maintained primarily to provide
deferred compensation benefits for a select group of management or highly-compensated
employees within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended (ERISA), and therefore is exempt from the provisions of Parts 2, 3 and 4 of Title I
of ERISA. Accordingly, the Board may take such actions as it, in its sole discretion, deems
appropriate if it is determined by the United States Department of Labor, a court of competent
jurisdiction, or an opinion of counsel that the Plan constitutes an employee pension benefit
plan within the meaning of Section 3 (2) of ERISA (as currently in effect or hereafter
amended) which is not so exempt. |
|
10.2. |
|
Unsecured General Creditor. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan,
Participants and Participants Beneficiary shall be unsecured general creditors, with no
secured or preferential rights to any assets of Company or any other party for payment of
benefits under this Plan. Any property held by Company for the purpose of generating the cash
flow for benefit payments shall remain its general, unpledged and unrestricted assets.
Companys obligation under the Plan shall be an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in
the future. |
|
10.3. |
|
Trust Fund. Company shall be responsible for the payment of all benefits provided
under the Plan. At its discretion, Company may establish one (1) or more trusts, with such
trustees as the Board may approve, for the purpose of assisting in the payment of such
benefits. Although such a trust shall be irrevocable, its assets shall be held for payment of
all Companys general creditors in the event of insolvency. To the extent any benefits
provided under the Plan are paid from any such trust, Company shall have no further obligation
to pay them. If not paid from the trust, such benefits shall remain the obligation of
Company. |
|
10.4. |
|
Nonassignability. Neither a Participant nor any other person shall have any right
to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber,
transfer, hypothecate or convey in advance of actual receipt the amounts, if any, payable
hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are, expressly declared to
be unassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual
payment, be subject to seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments,
alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, nor be transferable
by operation of law in the event of a Participants or any other persons bankruptcy or
insolvency. |
|
10.5. |
|
Not a Contract of Employment. This Plan shall not constitute a contract of
employment between Company and the Participant. Nothing in this Plan shall give a Participant
the right to be retained in the service of Company or to interfere with the right of the
Company to discipline or discharge a Participant at any time. |
|
10.6. |
|
Protective Provisions. A Participant shall cooperate with Company by furnishing
any and all |
10
|
|
information requested by Company in order to facilitate the payment of benefits hereunder
and by taking such action as may be requested by Company. |
|
10.7. |
|
Governing Law. The provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted
according to the laws of the State of Georgia, except as preempted by federal law. |
|
10.8. |
|
Validity. If any provision of this Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any
reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this
Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal and invalid provision had never been
inserted herein. |
|
10.9. |
|
Notice. Any notice required or permitted under the Plan shall be sufficient if in
writing and hand delivered or sent by registered or certified mail. Such notice shall be
deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown
on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification. Mailed notice to the
Committee shall be directed to the companys primary business address. Mailed notice to a
Participant or Beneficiary shall be directed to the individuals last known address in
companys records |
|
10.10. |
|
Successors. The provisions of this Plan shall bind and inure to the benefit of
Company and its successors and assigns. The term successors as used herein shall include any
corporate or other business entity which shall, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase or
otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the business and assets of Company, and
successors of any such corporation or other business entity. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Thomas E. Campbell |
|
|
|
Title: |
Vice President |
|
|
11
EXHIBIT B
PRE-2005 OXFORD PLAN
SPECIAL RULES APPLICABLE TO 2005 COMPENSATION
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Pre-2005 Oxford Plan to the contrary, the
provisions of this Exhibit B shall supersede all inconsistent provisions of the Pre-2005 Oxford
Plan with respect to amounts deferred in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2004 and before
January 1, 2006 (and earnings on such amounts). All other provisions of the Pre-2005 Oxford Plan
shall apply with respect to such deferrals to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of
this Exhibit B or Section 409A of the Code, as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole and
absolute discretion. This Exhibit B is intended to (a) satisfy the requirements of Section
409A(a)(2), (3) and (4) of the Code for deferrals made after December 31, 2004 and before January
1, 2006 and (b) not constitute a material modification of the Pre-2005 Oxford Plan with respect to
amounts deferred before January 1, 2005.
1. Account(s). A separate bookkeeping account shall be established to account for
deferrals made in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2004 and before January 1, 2006 and
any earnings on such deferrals. The portion of any Account that was not fully vested on December
31, 2004 shall be treated as a deferral made in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2004.
2. Participation. A Deferral Commitment shall only apply to defer a portion of
Compensation consisting of base salary, commissions and/or bonus compensation earned by a
Participant during the Deferral Period. The deadline for completion and submission of a Deferral
Commitment and Distribution Election Form is December 31, 2004.
3. Change in Employment Status. The provisions of Section 3.6 of the Pre-2005 Oxford
Plan shall not apply.
4. Hardship Distributions. The provisions of Sections 2.14 and 5.4 of the Pre-2005
Oxford Plan shall not apply, and Section 7.2(d) of the Plan shall apply as if incorporated in the
Pre-2005 Oxford Plan.
5. Distribution of Retirement Account. In order for a termination of employment with
the Company to trigger a distribution, the termination of employment must qualify as a separation
from service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder.
Distribution upon termination of employment will be made in the form selected by the Participant,
unless the Participant terminates employment prior to Retirement, in which case the Retirement
Account shall be paid in the form of a lump sum payment, with no Committee discretion to pay in
another form. A distribution made as a result of the Participants separation from service
(whether prior to or upon Retirement) will commence in the first calendar month that is 6 months
from the date the Participant terminates employment. Retirement means the separation from
service with the Company of the Participant on or after attaining age 55 with at least 7 Years of
Service.
6. In-Service Account. A Participant may revise an in-service distribution election
to change the time of distribution; provided, however, that (1) the revision will not take effect
until 12 months after the date it is made, (2) the revision must be made at least 12 months before
the in-service distribution otherwise would commence, and (3) the in-service distribution will be
deferred for at least 5 years from the date the in-service distribution would have commenced in the
absence of the revision.
12
7. Death. If distribution is made as a result of the Participants death under
Section 5.3 of the Pre-2005 Oxford Plan, distribution will commence in the first month of the
calendar quarter immediately following the quarter in which his or her death occurred.
8. Withdrawal with Penalty. The provisions of Section 5.5 of the Pre-2005 Oxford Plan
shall not apply.
9. Delay of Payments Under Certain Circumstances. Section 7.2(e) of the Plan shall
apply as if incorporated in the Pre-2005 Oxford Plan.
13
10. Amendment and Complete Termination. The provisions of Sections 9.1 and
9.2(b) of the Pre-2005 Oxford Plan shall not apply, and Section 10.12 of the Plan shall apply as if
incorporated in the Pre-2005 Oxford Plan.
14
EXHIBIT C
NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
SECTION 1
Definitions
1.1. Affiliate. Affiliate means any corporation, partnership, joint venture, association
or similar organization or entity that is required to be aggregated with the Company pursuant to
Code Sections 414(b), (c), or (m).
1.2. Code. Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time Any
reference to a section of the Code includes any comparable section or sections of any future
legislation that amends, supplements or supersedes that section.
1.3. Company. Company means Viewpoint International, Inc. located at 1071 Avenue of the
Americas, NY, NY 10018, employer tax identification number 13-3676108 Which Company has established
the Plan, as set forth herein
1.4. Compensation. Compensation means (select one option):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option 1. |
|
þ |
|
Total taxable salary, bonuses and commissions paid to a Participant by the Employer (determined without regard to any amounts in the Participants Deferred Compensation
Account). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option 2. |
|
o |
|
Total taxable salary and commissions of the Participant paid or accrued by the Employer, but not including the value of any bonuses, stock
options, stock appreciation rights (determined without regard to any amounts in the Participants Deferred Compensation Account). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option 3.
|
|
o
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.5. Deferred Compensation Account. Deferred Compensation Account means the book-keeping
account maintained under the Plan in the Participants name to reflect amounts deferred under the
Plan pursuant to Section 3 (as adjusted under Section 4) and (if elected by the Company) any
Employer Discretionary Contributions made on behalf of the Participant (as adjusted under Section
4)
1.6. Deferral Election. Deferral Election means a written notice filed by the Participant
with the Employer specifying the Compensation or bonus to be deferred by the Participant.
1.7. Distribution Date. Distribution Date means the date a Participant terminates
employment or association with the Employers for whatever reason, unless such termination of
employment is for Good Cause.
1.8. Early Retirement Date. Early Retirement Date means (select one option):
|
|
|
o The date the Participant attains years of age. |
|
|
|
|
þ The date the Participant attains 55 years of age and has been employed by the
Company or its Affiliates for at least 10 years. |
1.9. Effective Date. Effective Date means July 20, 2001.
1.10. Employee. Employee means an employee of an Employer who meets the eligibility
criteria set forth in Subsection 3.1 of the Plan and who is a member of a select group of
management or highly compensated employees as defined under ERISA or the regulations thereunder.
1
1.11. Employer. Employer means, individually, the Company and each Affiliate of the
Company that adopts the Plan in accordance with Subsection 7.1. The Company and any Affiliates that
adopt the Plan are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the Employers.
1.12. ERISA. ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
from time to time. Any reference to a section of ERISA includes any comparable section or sections
of any future legislation that amends, supplements or supersedes that section.
1.13. Excess Contributions. Excess Contributions means contributions determined to be
excess contributions or excess deferrals (as such terms are defined in the regulations under
Section 401(k) of the Code) for the Plan Year under a plan maintained by an Employer that is
qualified under Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Code.
1.14. Independent Contractor. Independent Contractor means an individual who is not a
common-law employee of an Employer but who receives payments from the Employer for services
rendered.
1.15. Normal Retirement Date. Normal Retirement Date means (select one option):
|
|
|
o The date the Participant attains years of age. |
|
|
|
|
þ The date the Participant attains 65 years of age and has been employed by the
Company or its Affiliates for at least 10 years. |
1.16. Participant. Participant means an Employee or Independent Contractor who meets the
eligibility criteria set forth in Subsection 3.1 and who has made a Deferral Election in accordance
with the terms of the Plan.
1.17. Plan. Plan means the provisions of the Plan, as set forth herein, including the
variable provisions selected and agreed to by the Company.
1.18. Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator means (select one option):
|
|
|
|
|
o |
|
The Company. |
|
|
|
|
|
o |
|
A committee of at least members appointed by the Company |
|
|
|
|
|
þ |
|
The C.F.O. (insert title) of the Company. |
1.19. Plan Year. Plan Year means the calendar year. However, if the Effective Date of the
Plan is other than January 1 of a year, the initial Plan Year shall be a short Plan Year, beginning
on the Effective Date and ending on the following December 31.
1.20. Unforeseeable Financial Emergency. Unforeseeable Financial Emergency means a severe
financial hardship of the Participant resulting from:
|
(a) |
|
A sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or of a dependent of the
Participant; |
|
|
(b) |
|
Loss of the Participants principal residence due to casualty; or |
|
|
(c) |
|
Such other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances resulting from events
beyond the control of the Participant. |
Whether a Participant has an Unforeseeable Financial Emergency shall be determined in the sole
discretion of the Plan Administrator.
1.21. Valuation Date. Valuation Date means (select one option):
2
|
|
þ Any business day. |
|
|
|
o The last day of any calendar month. |
|
|
|
o The last day of any calendar quarter. |
|
|
|
o The last day of the Plan Year. |
1.22. Other Definitions. In addition to the terms defined in this Section 1, other terms
are defined when first used in later Sections of this Plan.
SECTION 2
Purpose and Administration
2.1. Purpose. The Company has established the Plan primarily for the purpose of providing
deferred compensation to a select group of management or highly compensated employees of the
Employers. The Plan is intended to be a top-hat plan described in Section 201(2) of ERISA. If
elected by the Company under Subsection 3.1 of the Plan, Independent Contractors also may
participate in the Plan. The Company intends that the Plan (and each Trust under the Plan (as
described in Subsection 6.1)) shall be treated as unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of
Title I of ERISA. An Employers obligations hereunder, if any, to a Participant (or to a
Participants beneficiary) shall be unsecured and shall be a mere promise by the Employer to make
payments hereunder in the future. A Participant (or the Participants beneficiary) shall be treated
as a general unsecured creditor of the Employer.
2.2. Administration. The Plan shall be administered by the Plan Administrator. The Plan
Administrator shall serve at the pleasure of the Companys Board of Directors and may be removed by
such Board, with or without cause. The Plan Administrator may resign upon prior written notice to
the Companys Board of Directors.
The Plan Administrator shall have the powers, rights, and duties set forth in the Plan and shall
have the power, in the Plan Administrators sole and absolute discretion, to determine all
questions arising under the Plan, including the determination of the rights of all persons with
respect to the Plan and to interpret the provisions of the Plan and remedy any ambiguities,
inconsistencies, or omissions Any decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be final and binding on
ail persons with respect to the Plan and the benefits provided under the Plan. The Plan
Administrator may delegate the Plan Administrators authority under the Plan to one or more
officers or directors of the Company; provided, however, that (a) such delegation must be in
writing, and (b) the officers or directors of the Company to whom the Plan Administrator is
delegating authority must accept such delegation in writing.
If a Participant is serving as the Plan Administrator (either individually or as a member of a
committee), the Participant may not decide or determine any matter or question concerning such
Participants benefits under the Plan that the Participant would not have the right to decide or
determine if the Participant were not serving as the Plan Administrator
3
SECTION 3
Eligibility, Participation, Deferral Elections,
and Employer Contributions
3.1. Eligibility and Participation, Subject to the conditions and limitations of the Plan,
the following persons are eligible to participate in the Plan (select and complete option(s)):
|
|
|
þ
|
|
All Employees with a rank of Manager (insert title) or above and with total earnings of at least $85,000 per Plan Year |
|
|
|
o
|
|
The following Employees of the Employers: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Attach a separate sheet if necessary) |
|
|
|
o
|
|
The following Independent Contractors: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Attach a separate sheet if necessary) |
Any individuals specified above by an Employer may be changed by action of the Employer An Employee
or Independent Contractor shall become a Participant in the Plan upon the execution and filing with
the Plan Administrator of a written election to defer a portion of the Employees or Independent
Contractors Compensation. A Participant shall remain a Participant until the entire balance of the
Participants Deferred Compensation Account has been distributed.
3.2. Rules for Deferral Elections. Any person identified in Subsection 3.1 may make a
Deferral Election to defer receipt of Compensation he or she otherwise would be entitled to receive
for a Plan Year in accordance with the rules set forth below:
|
(a) |
|
All Deferral Elections must be made in writing on the form prescribed by the Plan
Administrator and will be effective only when filed with the Plan Administrator no later
than the date specified by the Plan Administrator. In no event may a Deferral Election be
made later than the last day of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the amount
being deferred would otherwise be made available to the Participant. However, in the case
of a Participants initial year of employment or association with an Employer, the
Participant may make a Deferral Election with respect to compensation for services to be
performed subsequent to such Deferral Election, provided such election is made no later
than 30 days after the date the Participant first becomes eligible for the Plan.
Furthermore, in the case of a short initial Plan Year, each Participant may make a Deferral
Election with respect to compensation for services to be performed subsequent to such
Deferral Election, provided such election is made no later than 30 days after the Effective
Date. |
|
|
(b) |
|
With respect to Plan Years following the Participants initial Plan Year of
participation in the Plan, failure to complete a subsequent Deferral Election shall
constitute a waiver of the Participants right to elect a different amount of Compensation
to be deferred for each such Plan Year and shall be considered an affirmation and
ratification to continue the Participants existing Deferral Election. However, a
Participant may, prior to the beginning of any Plan Year, elect to increase or decrease the
amount of Compensation to be deferred for the next following Plan Year by filing another
Deferral Election with the Plan Administrator in accordance with paragraph (a) above. |
|
|
(c) |
|
A Deferral Election in effect for a Plan Year may not be modified during the Plan Year,
except that a Participant may terminate the Participants Deferral Election during a Plan
Year in the event of an Unforeseeable Financial Emergency. |
4
3.3. Amounts Deferred. (select one option):
|
|
|
Option 1. þ Deferral of a Percentage of Compensation plus Bonus. |
|
|
|
|
Commencing on the Effective Date, a Participant may elect to defer (a) up to 100% of the
Participants Compensation for a Plan Year and (b) up to 100% of the Participants bonus for a
Plan Year. The amount of Compensation and bonus deferred by a Participant shall be credited to
the Participants Deferred Compensation Account as of the Valuation Date coincident with or
immediately following the date such Compensation and bonus would, but for the Participants
Deferral Election, be payable to the Participant. |
|
|
|
|
Option 2. o Deferral of Bonus Only. |
|
|
|
|
Commencing on the Effective Date, a Participant may elect to defer up to % of any
bonus awarded to the Participant during a Plan Year. The amount of bonus deferred by a
Participant shall be credited to the Participants Deferred Compensation Account as of the
Valuation Date coincident with or immediately following such the date such bonus would, but for
the Participants Deferral Election, be payable to the Participant. |
|
|
|
|
Option 3. þ Deferral of Excess Contributions |
|
|
|
|
Commencing on the Effective Date, a Participant may elect to defer an amount equal to the Excess
Contributions payable to the Participant during a Plan Year. Such amount shall be credited to
the Participants Deferred Compensation Account as of the Valuation Date coincident with or
immediately following the date such amount would, but for the Participants Deferral Election,
be payable to the Participant. |
3.4 Employer Discretionary Contributions. If selected by the Company below, an Employer
may, in its sole discretion, credit to the Deferred Compensation Account of any Participant
employed by that Employer an amount determined by the Employer in its sole discretion (an Employer
Discretionary Contribution) for a Plan Year. Any Employer Discretionary Contribution for a Plan
Year will be credited to a Participants Deferred Compensation Account as of the Valuation Date
specified by the Employer.
(select one of the following options)
|
|
|
o No Employer Discretionary Contributions will be made under the Plan.. |
|
|
|
|
þ Employer Discretionary Contributions may be made under the Plan for a Plan Year as
determined by each Employer in its sole discretion. |
5
SECTION 4
Deferred Compensation Accounts
4.1. Deferred Compensation Accounts. All amounts deferred pursuant to one or more Deferral
Elections under the Plan and any Employer Discretionary Contributions shall be credited to a
Participants Deferred Compensation Account and shall be adjusted under Subsection 4.2
4.2. Deferral Account Adjustments and Investment Options. As of each Valuation Date, the
Plan Administrator shall adjust amounts in a Participants Deferred Compensation Account to reflect
earnings (or losses) in the Investment Options (as defined in Subsection 4.4) attributable to the
Participants Deferred Compensation Account Earnings (or losses) on amounts in a Participants
Deferred Compensation Account shall accrue commencing on the date the Deferred Compensation Account
first has a positive balance and shall continue to accrue until the entire balance in the
Participants Deferred Compensation Account has been distributed. Earnings (or losses) shall be
credited to a Participants Deferred Compensation Account based on the realized rate of return (net
of any expenses and taxes paid from the Trust) on the Investment Options attributable to the
Participants Deferred Compensation Account.
4.3. Vesting. A Participant shall be fully vested in the amounts in the Participants
Deferred Compensation Account attributable to the Participants Deferral Elections. If Employer
Discretionary Contributions are made under the Plan, a Participant shall be vested in the amount in
the Participants Deferred Compensation Account attributable to Employer Discretionary
Contributions in accordance with the following (select Options 1, 2, or 3 and, if desired, Option
4. and/or Option 5):
Option 1. þ Five Year Vesting Schedule
Vesting for Participants will be determined by (select one):
|
|
|
þ Years of Service with the Employer. |
|
|
|
|
o Years of Participation in this Plan. |
Nonforfeitable Percentage
|
|
|
|
|
Less than 5 years |
|
|
0 |
% |
5 or more years |
|
|
100 |
% |
6
Option 2 o Seven Year Graded Vesting Schedule
Vesting for Participants will be determined by (select one):
|
|
|
o Years of Service with the Employer. |
|
|
|
|
o Years of Participation in this Plan. |
Nonforfeitable Percentage
|
|
|
|
|
Less than 3 years |
|
|
0 |
% |
3 years |
|
|
20 |
% |
4 years |
|
|
40 |
% |
5 years |
|
|
60 |
% |
6 years |
|
|
80 |
% |
7 years |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
Option 3.
|
|
o
|
|
Other vesting schedule as described below: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option 4.
|
|
o
|
|
Notwithstanding the foregoing vesting schedule, the balance in a Participants Deferred Compensation
Account attributable to Employer Discretionary Contributions will be forfeited if the
Participants employment or association with the Employer is terminated for Good Cause. |
|
|
|
|
|
Option 5
|
|
o
|
|
Notwithstanding the foregoing vesting schedule, the entire balance in a Participants Deferred
Compensation Account attributable to Employer Discretionary Contributions will be fully vested
upon the Participants Early Retirement Date. |
For the purpose of determining a Participants vested benefit with respect to Employer
Discretionary Contributions, a Year of Service means each twelve-month period of employment or
association with the Company and the Affiliates, and a Year of Participation means each
twelve-month period of active participation in the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a
Participant shall be fully vested in the entire balance in the Participants Deferred Compensation
Account upon the Participants Normal Retirement Date, death or becoming disabled (as provided in
Subsection 5.2 below), provided the date on which the Participant dies or becomes disabled occurs
while the Participant is actively employed by or associated with the Employers. The portion of a
Participants Deferred Compensation Account in which the Participant is not fully vested shall be
forfeited to the Employer by the Participant.
If elected by the Company under Option 4. above, notwithstanding the vesting schedule selected in
Option 1., 2., or 3. above, the balance in a Participants Deferred Compensation Account
attributable to Employer Discretionary Contributions will be forfeited (and neither the Participant
nor the Participants beneficiaries will have any rights thereto) if the Participants employment
with the Employer is terminated for Good Cause. Good Cause means the Participants gross
negligence, fraud, dishonesty, or willful violation of any law or significant policy of the
Employer that is committed in connection with the Participants employment by or association with
the Employer Whether a Participant has been terminated for Good Cause shall be determined by the
Plan Administrator
4.4 Investment Options. The Company shall, from time to time and in its sole discretion,
select one or more investment vehicles (Investment Options) to be made available as the measuring
standards for crediting earnings or losses to each participants Deferred Compensation Account A
Participant may select from such Investment Options in a manner established by the Company, the
investment vehicle or vehicles to apply to his or her accounts and may change such selections, all
in accordance with such rules as the Company may establish. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Committee may change the method for crediting earnings or losses to each participants accounts as
described above by written notice to each Participant (including former Participants who then have
a Deferred Compensation Account which would be affected by such change), which notice shall specify
the new method for crediting earnings or losses to be used under this section, the effective date
of such change and the Deferred Compensation Accounts to which such new method shall apply
7
SECTION 5
Payment of Benefits
5.1. Time and Method of Payment. Payment of the vested portion of a Participants Deferred
Compensation Account shall be made as soon as practicable following the Valuation Date coincident
with or next following the Participants Distribution Date; provided, however, that if the Company
has elected a daily Valuation Date, such payment will be made as soon as practicable following the
last business day of the month in which the Participants Distribution Date occurs. Payment of the
vested portion of a Participants Deferred Compensation Account shall be made as follows (select
one option):
|
|
|
|
|
Option 1.
|
|
o
|
|
A single, lump sum payment. |
|
|
|
|
|
Option 2.
|
|
o
|
|
Substantially equal monthly installment payments for months. |
|
|
|
|
|
Option 3.
|
|
þ
|
|
Substantially equal monthly installment payments for 60 months with a one-time option to receive a lump sum payment. The Participant may elect to receive a
single, lump sum payment in lieu of installment payments. Such election must be made by filing a written election with the Plan Administrator at least 30 days prior to the time
installment payments would otherwise begin, and such election is subject to approval by the Employer of the Participant |
5.2. |
|
Payment Upon Disability. In the event a Participant becomes disabled (as defined
below) while the Participant is employed by or associated with an Employer, payment of the
Participants Deferred Compensation Account shall be made (or shall commence) as soon as
practicable after the Valuation Date coincident with or next following the date on which the
Plan Administrator determines that the Participant is disabled. For purposes of this
Subsection 5.2, a Participant shall be considered disabled if the Participant is unable to
engage in any substantially gainful activity by reason of any medically determined physical or
mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that has lasted or can be
expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months. Whether a Participant
is disabled for purposes of the Plan shall be determined by the Plan Administrator, and in
making such determination, the Plan Administrator may rely on the opinion of a physician (or
physicians) selected by the Plan Administrator for such purpose |
5.3. Payment Upon Death of a Participant. A Participants Deferred Compensation Account
shall be paid to the Participants beneficiary (designated in accordance with Subsection 5.4) in a
single lump sum as soon as practicable following the Valuation Date coincident with or next
following the Participants death.
5.4. Beneficiary. If a Participant is married on the date of the Participants death, the
Participants beneficiary shall be the Participants spouse, unless the Participant names a
beneficiary or beneficiaries (other than the Participants spouse) to receive the balance of the
Participants Deferred Compensation Account in the event of the Participants death prior to the
payment of the Participants entire Deferred Compensation Account. To be effective, any beneficiary
designation must be filed in writing with the Plan Administrator in accordance with rules and
procedures adopted by the Plan Administrator for that purpose. A Participant may revoke an existing
beneficiary designation by filing another written beneficiary designation with the Plan
Administrator. The latest beneficiary designation received by the Plan Administrator shall be
controlling. If no beneficiary is named by a Participant, or if the Participant survives all of the
Participants named beneficiaries and does not designate another beneficiary, the Participants
Deferred Compensation Account shall be paid in the following order of precedence:
|
(a) |
|
The Participants spouse; |
|
|
(b) |
|
The Participants children (including adopted children) per stripes; or |
|
|
(c) |
|
The Participants estate. |
8
5.5. Unforeseeable Financial Emergency. If the Plan Administrator determines that a
Participant has incurred an Unforeseeable Financial Emergency, the Participant may receive in cash
the portion of the balance of the Participants Deferred Compensation Account needed to satisfy the
Unforeseeable Financial Emergency, but only if the Unforeseeable Financial Emergency may not be
relieved (a) through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or (b) by liquidation
of the Participants assets to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause
severe financial hardship. A payment on account of an Unforeseeable Financial Emergency shall not
be in excess of the amount needed to relieve such Unforeseeable Financial Emergency and shall be
made as soon as practicable following the date on which the Plan Administrator approves such
payment.
5.6. Withholding of Taxes. In connection with the Plan, the Employers shall withhold any
applicable Federal, state or local income tax and any employment taxes, including Social Security
taxes, at such time and in such amounts as is necessary to comply with applicable laws and
regulations.
SECTION 6
Miscellaneous
6.1. Funding. Each Employer under the Plan shall establish and maintain one or more trusts
(individually, a Trust) to hold assets to be used for payment of benefits under the Plan. The
assets of the Trust with respect to benefits payable to the Participants employed by or associated
with an Employer shall remain the assets of such Employer subject to the claims of its general
creditors. Any payments by a Trust of benefits provided to a Participant under the Plan shall be
considered payment by the applicable Employer and shall discharge such Employer from any further
liability under the Plan for such payments.
6.2. Rights. Establishment of the Plan shall not be construed to give any Employee or
Independent Contractor the right to be retained by the Employers or to any benefits not
specifically provided by the Plan.
6.3. Interests Not Transferable. Except as to withholding of any tax under the laws of the
United States or any state or locality and the provisions of Subsection 5.4, no benefit payable at
any time under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer,
assignment, pledge, or any other encumbrance of any kind or to any attachment, garnishment, or
other legal process of any kind. Any attempt by a person (including a Participant or a
Participants beneficiary) to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or otherwise
encumber any benefits under the Plan, whether currently or thereafter payable, shall be void. If
any person shall attempt to, or shall alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge or otherwise
encumber such persons benefits under the Plan, or if by any reason of such persons bankruptcy or
other event happening at any time, such benefits would devolve upon any other person or would not
be enjoyed by the person entitled thereto under the Plan, then the Plan Administrator, in the Plan
Administrators sole discretion, may terminate the interest in any such benefits of the person
otherwise entitled thereto under the Plan and may hold or apply such benefits in such manner as the
Plan Administrator may deem proper.
6.4. Forfeitures and Unclaimed Amounts. Unclaimed amounts shall consist of the amounts in
the Deferred Compensation Account of a Participant that cannot be distributed because of the Plan
Administrators inability, after a reasonable search, to locate a Participant or the Participants
beneficiary, as applicable, within a period of two years after the Distribution Date upon which the
payment of benefits became due. Unclaimed amounts shall be forfeited at the end of such two-year
period. These forfeitures will reduce the obligations of the Employers, if any, under the Plan.
After an unclaimed amount has been forfeited, the Participant or beneficiary, as applicable, shall
have no further right to amounts in the Participants Deferred Compensation Account.
6.5. Controlling Law. The law of the state New Hampshire shall be controlling in all
matters relating to the Plan to the extent not preempted by Federal law.
6.6. Number. Words in the plural shall include the singular, and the singular shall include
the plural.
6.7. Action by the Employers. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, any action
required of or permitted to be taken by an Employer under the Plan shall be by resolution of its
Board of Directors or by resolution of a duly authorized committee of its Board of Directors or by
action of a person or persons authorized by resolution of such Board of Directors or such
committee.
9
6.8. Offset for Obligations to Employer. If, at such time as a Participant or a
Participants beneficiary becomes entitled to benefit payments hereunder, the Participant has any
debt, obligation or other liability representing an amount owing to an Employer or an Affiliate of
the Employer, and if such debt, obligation, or other liability is due and owing at the time benefit
payments are payable hereunder, the Employer may offset the amount owing it or an Affiliate against
the amount of benefits otherwise distributable hereunder.
6.9. No Fiduciary Relationship. Nothing contained in this Plan, and no action taken
pursuant to its provisions by either the Employers or the Participants shall create, or be
construed to create a fiduciary relationship between the Employer and the Participant, a designated
beneficiary, other beneficiaries of the Participant, or any other person.
6.10. Claims Procedures. Any person (hereinafter referred to as a Claimant) who believes
that he or she is being denied a benefit to which he or she may be entitled under the Plan may file
a written request for such benefit with the Plan Administrator. Such written request must set forth
the Claimants claim and must be addressed to the Plan Administrator, at the Companys principal
place of business. Upon receipt of a claim, the Plan Administrator shall advise the Claimant that a
reply will be forthcoming within ninety days and shall deliver a reply within ninety days. The Plan
Administrator may, however, extend the reply period for an additional ninety days for reasonable
cause. If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the Plan Administrator shall issue a written
determination, using language calculated to be understood by the Claimant, setting forth:
|
(a) |
|
The specific reason or reasons for such denial; |
|
|
(b) |
|
The specific reference to pertinent provisions of the Plan upon which such denial is
based; |
|
|
(c) |
|
A description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to
perfect the Claimants claim and an explanation why such material or such information is
necessary; and |
|
|
(d) |
|
Appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to submit
the claim for review, and the time limits for requesting such a review. |
Within sixty days after the receipt by the Claimant of the written determination described above,
the Claimant may request in writing, that the Plan Administrator review the Plan Administrators
determination. The request must be addressed to the Plan Administrator, at the Companys principal
place of business. The Claimant or the Claimants duly authorized representative may, but need not,
review the pertinent documents and submit issues and comments in writing for consideration by the
Plan Administrator. If the Claimant does not request a review of the Plan Administrators
determination within such sixty day-period, the Claimant shall be barred and estopped from
challenging the Plan Administrators determination. Within sixty days after the Plan
Administrators receipt of a request for review, the Plan Administrator will review the
determination. After considering all materials presented by the Claimant, the Plan Administrator
will render a written determination, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the
Claimant setting forth the specific reasons for the decision and containing specific references to
the pertinent provisions of the Plan on which the decision is based. If special circumstances
require that the sixty day time period be extended, the Plan Administrator will so notify the
Claimant and will render the decision as soon as practicable, but no later than one hundred twenty
days after receipt of the request for review.
6.11. |
|
Notice. Any notice required or permitted to be given under the provisions of the
Plan shall be in writing, and shall be signed by the party giving or making the same. If such
notice, consent or demand is mailed to a party hereto, it shall be sent by United States
certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to such partys last known address as shown on the
records of the Employers. Notices to the Plan Administrator should be sent in care of the
Company at the Companys principal place of business. The date of such mailing shall be deemed
the date of notice. Either party may change the address to which notice is to be sent by
giving notice of the change of address in the manner set forth above. |
10
SECTION 7
Employer Participation
7.1. Adoption of Plan. Any Affiliate of the Company may, with the approval of the Company,
adopt the Plan by filing with the Company a resolution of its Board of Directors to that effect.
7.2. Withdrawal from the Plan by Employer. Any Employer shall have the right, at any time,
upon the approval of, and under such conditions as may be provided by the Plan Administrator, to
withdraw from the Plan by delivering to the Plan Administrator written notice of its election so to
withdraw. Upon receipt of such notice by the Plan Administrator, the portion of the Deferred
Compensation Account of Participants and beneficiaries attributable to amounts deferred while the
Participants were employed by or associated with such withdrawing Employer shall be distributed
from the Trust at the direction of the Plan Administrator in cash at such time or times as the Plan
Administrator in the Plan Administrators sole discretion, may deem to be in the best interest of
such Participants and their beneficiaries. To the extent the amounts held in the Trust for the
benefit of such Participants and beneficiaries are not sufficient to satisfy the Employers
obligation to such Participants and their beneficiaries accrued on account of their employment with
the Employer, the remaining amount necessary to satisfy such obligation shall be an obligation of
the Employer, and the other Employers shall have no further obligation to such Participants and
beneficiaries with respect to such amounts.
SECTION 8
Amendment and Termination
The Company intends the Plan to be permanent, but reserves the right at any time to modify, amend
or terminate the Plan; provided however, that except as provided below, any amendment or
termination of the Plan shall not reduce or eliminate any balance in a Participants Deferred
Compensation Account accrued through the date of such amendment or termination. Upon termination of
the Plan, the Company may provide that notwithstanding the Participants Distribution Date, all
Deferred Compensation Account balances will be distributed on a date selected by the Company.
SECTION 9
Change of Control
9.1. Overriding Provisions Applicable During a Restricted Period. The following provisions
of this Section 9 will become effective on a Restricted Date as the result of a Change of Control
and will remain in effect during the Restricted Period beginning on that date until the following
related Unrestricted Date, and during the Restricted Period, will supersede any other provisions of
the Plan to the extent necessary to eliminate any inconsistencies between the provisions of this
Section 9 and any other provisions of the Plan, including any supplements thereto.
9.2. Suspension of Part or All of the Overriding Provisions. If a majority of the members
of the Entire Board are Continuing Directors (provided such majority is equal to the same number as
constituted a majority of the Entire Board immediately prior to the Change of Control), by the
affirmative vote of a majority of the Entire Board and a majority of those members of the Entire
Board who are Continuing Directors, all or a designated portion or portions of the following
provisions of this Section 9 may be declared not applicable as to the specified transaction or
event. No portion of the provisions of this Section 9 will apply to any transaction or event to the
extent such portion is inconsistent with the requirements of applicable law.
9.3. Definitions. For purposes of this Section 9, the definitions set forth in Paragraphs
(a) through (k) below will apply. Definitions set forth elsewhere in the Plan also will apply to
the provisions set forth in this Section 9, except that where a definition set forth elsewhere in
the Plan and a definition set forth in this Subsection conflict, the definition set forth in this
Subsection will govern.
|
(a) |
|
Acquiring Person will mean any Person, who or which, together with all Affiliates and
Associates of such Person, is the Beneficial Owner of shares of common stock of the Company
constituting more than 20 percent of the common stock then outstanding.
|
11
|
(b) |
|
Affiliate and Associate will have the meaning ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2
of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Act). |
|
|
(c) |
|
Beneficial Owner will have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 13d-3 of the
Act. |
|
|
(d) |
|
Board of Directors will mean the Board of Directors of the Company. |
|
|
(e) |
|
A Change of Control will be deemed to occur (i) upon any Person becoming an Acquiring
Person if the Board of Directors has not recommended that stockholders of the Company
tender or otherwise sell their common stock to such Acquiring Person; (ii) upon the
approval by the stockholders of the Company of a reorganization, merger or consolidation,
in each case, with respect to which persons who were stockholders of the Company
immediately prior to such reorganization, merger or consolidation, do not, immediately
thereafter, own more than 50 percent of the combined voting power entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors of the reorganized, consolidated or merged Companys
then outstanding securities; or (iii) upon a liquidation or dissolution of the Company or
the sale of all or substantially all of the Companys assets. |
|
|
(f) |
|
Continuing Director will mean: |
|
(i) |
|
any member of the Board of Directors immediately prior to a Change of Control, or |
|
|
(ii) |
|
any successor of a Continuing Director who is recommended or elected to succeed
such Continuing Director by a majority of the Continuing Directors then in office and is
neither an Acquiring Person, an Affiliate of an Acquiring Person, nor a representative
or nominee of an Acquiring Person or of any such Affiliate while such person is a member
of the Board of Directors. |
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a successor will not be deemed to be a Continuing
Director unless, immediately prior to his or her appointment or election, a majority of the
members of the Entire Board were Continuing Directors (and unless such majority is equal to
the same number as constituted a majority of the Entire Board immediately prior to the Change
of Control).
|
(g) |
|
Person will mean any individual, firm, corporation or other entity, and will include
any group as that term is used in Rule 13d-5(b) of the Act. |
|
|
(h) |
|
Restricted Date will mean the date on which a Change of Control occurs. |
|
|
(i) |
|
Restricted Period will mean the period beginning on a Restricted Date and ending on
the fifth anniversary of such Restricted Date. |
|
|
(j) |
|
Unrestricted Date will mean the last day of a Restricted Period. |
|
|
(k) |
|
Entire Board will mean the total number of members of the Board of Directors that
there would be if there were no vacancies on such Board. |
9.4. Benefits Vested on Restricted Date. Effective on a Restricted Date, the balances in
the Deferred Compensation Accounts (including any contributions and investment earnings after that
date) of each Participant who is a Participant in the Plan on that date will become fully vested
and nonforfeitable.
9.5. Prohibition Against Amendment. During the Restricted Period, the provisions of this
Section 9 may not be amended or deleted and may not be superseded by any other provision of the
Plan (including the provisions of any exhibit or supplement thereto).
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Plan to be executed by its duly authorized officers
on this 23 day of July, 2001.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Viewpoint International, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Name of Company) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
ATTEST:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
AMENDMENT TO THE
VIEWPOINT INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
THIS AMENDMENT to the Viewpoint International, Inc. Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan is
adopted by Viewpoint International, Inc. (the Company), effective as of the date set forth
herein.
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Viewpoint International, Inc. Nonqualified Deferred
Compensation Plan (the Plan), and such Plan is currently in effect; and
WHEREAS, the Company wishes to amend the Plan as permitted by Section 8 of the Plan.
NOW, THEREFORE, the Company hereby amends the Plan as follows:
1. Appendix A shall be added to the Plan in the form attached hereto.
2. This amendment shall be effective immediately upon execution.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has adopted this Amendment effective as of the dates
indicated above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VIEWPOINT INTERNATIONAL, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date:
|
|
|
|
|
|
By |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title |
|
|
APPENDIX A
SPECIAL RULES APPLICABLE TO 2003 SPECIAL CLOSING BONUSES
A1. Exclusion of Certain Bonuses. Notwithstanding any other provision of the plan to the
contrary, Compensation as defined in Section 1.4 of the Plan shall not include any bonus (a
Closing Bonus) payable to a Participant contingent on the consummation of the sale of the Company
pursuant to that certain Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of April 26, 2003 by and among the
Oxford Industries, Inc., the Company, and the stockholders of the Company (the sale) and so no
deferral will be effective with respect to any such bonus except as otherwise expressly provided in
this Appendix A.
A2. Special Deferral Election. Participants who are notified that they may become entitled
to receive a Closing Bonus equal to or exceeding $250,000 (an Eligible Bonus) may make a special
Deferral Election (a Special Election) with respect to any such Eligible Bonus in accordance with
the rules set forth below:
|
(a) |
|
The Special Election must be made in writing on the form prescribed by the Plan
Administrator for the purpose of such Special Election and must be delivered to the Plan
Administrator prior to the consummation of the Sale. |
|
|
(b) |
|
The Special Election is subject to the consummation of the Sale and the payment of an
Eligible Bonus. |
|
|
(c) |
|
The Special Election shall not be valid if the actual Closing Bonus paid to the
participant is than $250,000. |
|
|
(d) |
|
The Special Election is applicable solely to an Eligible Bonus and does not revoke or
modify any Deferral Election otherwise in effect under the Plan with respect to a
participants Compensation (including any other bonuses). |
|
|
(e) |
|
The Special Election is irrevocable. |
A3. Special Deferral Amount. A Participant may elect to defer all or any portion (in a
whole percentage or dollar amount ) of an Eligible Bonus. The amount deferred by a Participant
shall be credited to the Participants Deffered Compensation Account at the same time and shall be
adjusted under Section 4.2 in the same manner as any other bonus under the Plan but shall be
accounted for separately from all other amounts credited to such Participants Account.
A4. Vesting in Special Deferral Amount. A Participant shall be fully vested in the
Participants Deferred Compensation Account attributable to the Participants Special Election
Pursuant to this Appendix A.
A5. Time and Method of Payment. Payment of a Participants Deferred Compensation Account
attributable to the Participants Special Election shall be made in accordance with one of the
following options elected by the Participant on the special election form provided to the
Participant pursuant to Section A2 above:
|
(a) |
|
A single lump sum payment made no sooner than January 1, 2005 and no later than May 3l,
2007. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Substantially equal annual installment payments commencing on any date elected by the
Participant and ceasing no later than May 31, 2007. |
Such election is irrevocable and may not be modified at any time for any reason.
A6. Other Plan Provisions Apply. The provisions of this Appendix A shall supercede all
inconsistent provisions of the Plan, provided that all other provisions of the Plan shall apply
with respect to a Participant and the Deferred Compensation Account attributable to the
Participants Special Election made in accordance with this Appendix A to the extent not
inconsistent with the provisions of this Appendix A as determined by the Plan Administrator in its
sole and absolute discretion.
AMENDMENT TO THE VIEWPOINT INTERNATIONAL, INC.
EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
Pursuant to § 8 of the Viewpoint International, Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation plan (the
PLAN), Viewpoint International, Inc. (the Company) hereby amends the Plan as follows:
1.
Effective as of January 1, 2005, Section 1.18 of the Plan shall be amended to read as follows:
The Plan Administrator means a committee of at least three (3) persons appointed by the
Company.
2.
Effective as of January 1, 2005, Section 3.1 of the Plan shall be amended to read as follows:
3.1 Eligibility and Participation. Subject to the conditions and limitations of the
Plan, the following persons are eligible to participate in the Plan: Any Employee who is
Employed by the Employer and who is determined by the Employer, in its sole discretion, to be
both (i) a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees and (ii)
eligible to participate in the Plan. Any individuals specified by the Employer may be changed by
action of the Employer. An Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan upon the execution
and filing with the plan Administrator of a written election to defer a portion of the
Employees Compensation. A participant shall remain a Participant until the entire balance of
the Participants Deferred Compensation Account has been distributed.
3.
Except as specifically set forth herein, the terms of the plan shall remain in full force and
effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amendment to be executed on the date set forth
below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
VIEWPOINT INTERNATIONAL, INC.
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
Date: |
|
|
EXHIBIT D
TOMMY BAHAMA PLAN
SPECIAL RULES APPLICABLE TO 2005 COMPENSATION
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Tommy Bahama Plan to the contrary, the provisions
of this Exhibit D shall supersede all inconsistent provisions of the Tommy Bahama Plan with respect
to amounts deferred in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2004 and before January 1, 2006
(and earnings on such amounts) and earnings in 2005 on deferrals made in taxable years before
January 1, 2005. All other provisions of the Tommy Bahama Plan shall apply with respect to such
deferrals to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of this Exhibit D or Section 409A of
the Code, as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole and absolute discretion. This
Exhibit D is intended to (a) satisfy the requirements of Section 409A(a)(2), (3) and (4) of the
Code for deferrals made after December 31, 2004 and before January 1, 2006 and (b) not constitute a
material modification of the Tommy Bahama Plan with respect to amounts deferred before January 1,
2005.
1. Account(s). A separate bookkeeping account shall be established to account for
deferrals made in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2004 and before January 1, 2006 (and
any earnings on such deferrals) and earnings in 2005 on deferrals made in taxable years before
January 1, 2005. The portion of any Deferred Compensation Account that was not fully vested on
December 31, 2004 shall be treated as a deferral made in taxable years beginning after December 31,
2004.
2. Deferral Elections. In no event may a Deferral Election be made later than the
last day of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the amount being deferred is earned by
the Participant, except that a Deferral Election with respect to Excess Contributions payable to
the Participant in 2005 may be made on or before December 31, 2004 in accordance with Q&A 21 of IRS
Notice 2005-1.
3. Time and Method of Payment. In order for a termination of employment or
association with the Employers to qualify as a Distribution Event, the termination of employment or
association must qualify as a separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A of the
Code and the regulations thereunder. Section 5.1 of the Tommy Bahama Plan is amended to provide
that distributions shall be made in a single, lump sum payment and will commence in the first
calendar month that is 6 months from the Participants Distribution Date.
4. Disability or Death. If distribution is made as a result of the Participants
disability or death under Sections 5.2 or 5.3 of the Tommy Bahama Plan, distribution will commence
in the first month of the calendar quarter immediately following the quarter in which his or her
disability or death occurred. A Participant shall be considered disabled if the Participant is
unable to engage in any substantially gainful activity by reason of any medically determined
physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that can be expected to
last from a continuous period of not less than twelve months.
5. Unforeseeable Financial Emergency. The provisions of Sections 1.20, 3.2(c) and 5.5
of the Tommy Bahama Plan shall not apply, and Section 7.2(d) of the Plan shall apply as if
incorporated in the Tommy Bahama Plan.
6. Delay of Payments Under Certain Circumstances. Section 7.2(e) of the Plan shall
apply as if incorporated in the Tommy Bahama Plan.
2
7. Amendment and Termination. The provisions of Section 8 of the Tommy Bahama Plan
shall not apply, and Section 10.12 of the Plan shall apply as if incorporated in the Tommy Bahama
Plan.
3
EX-10.(Y) FORM OF RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT
Exhibit 10(y)
FORM OF
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT
This Agreement (this Agreement) is entered into as of «Date», by and between «Name»
(Participant) and Oxford Industries, Inc., a Georgia corporation (Oxford),
pursuant to the Oxford Industries, Inc. Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (the Plan). All
capitalized terms have the meanings set forth in the Plan unless otherwise specifically provided
herein.
WHEREAS, Participant is presently employed by Oxford or a Subsidiary in a key management
capacity; and
WHEREAS, the Committee desires to assure, and has determined that it is appropriate and in the
best interests of Oxford and its shareholders to assure, the retention and continued attention and
dedication of certain key management employees to Oxford and/or its Subsidiaries; and
WHEREAS, the Committee has granted to Participant shares of restricted common stock, par value
$1.00 per share, of Oxford, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, in order to
incent Participant to remain as an employee of Oxford or a Subsidiary and to further align the
interests of the shareholders of Oxford and its key management employees, such as Participant, by
increasing the opportunities for certain key management employees to become shareholders of Oxford.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and of the mutual covenants and agreements
of the parties set forth in this Agreement, and of other good and valuable consideration, the
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be
legally bound, agree as follows:
1. |
|
Award of Restricted Stock. Pursuant to the Plan, on «Date» (the Grant
Date), Oxford has granted (the Award) to Participant «Number» shares of
restricted common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of Oxford (the Restricted
Stock), subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and of the Plan. |
|
2. |
|
Restrictions. Except as provided in this Agreement, the shares of Restricted Stock
are not transferable and are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Without limitation
of the foregoing, no shares of Restricted Stock (unless Vested (as hereinafter defined)
pursuant to Section 3 below) may be anticipated, alienated, encumbered, sold, pledged,
assigned, transferred or subjected to any charge or legal process, and any sale, pledge,
assignment or other attempted transfer shall be null and void. |
|
3. |
|
Vesting. Participants interest in the shares of Restricted Stock shall become
transferable and non-forfeitable (Vested) as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of Award Vested |
|
|
|
|
Vesting Date |
|
100%
|
|
|
|
|
«Vesting Date» |
|
|
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any shares of Restricted Stock that have not Vested or been
forfeited shall become Vested as of the date of a Change of Control (as hereinafter
defined). |
|
4. |
|
Forfeiture. Upon the termination of Participants employment with Oxford or a
Subsidiary, any and all shares of Restricted Stock that have not then become Vested pursuant
to Section 3 above shall lapse and be forfeited and canceled (and Participant shall receive no
consideration from Oxford on account of such forfeiture), unless the Committee waives this
forfeiture condition at the time such employment is terminated, as evidenced by a written
waiver adopted by the Committee. |
|
5. |
|
Voting and Dividend Rights. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this
Agreement or the Plan, Participant shall have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to
the Restricted Stock, including without limitation the right to vote the Restricted Stock and
the right to receive any dividends and other distributions with respect thereto. |
6. |
|
Custody of Certificates. Custody of all stock certificates evidencing the shares of
Restricted Stock shall be retained by Oxford, or its designated agent, for so long as such
shares are not Vested. Oxford shall place a legend on each certificate evidencing a share of
Restricted Stock restricting the transfer of such shares. As soon as practicable after shares
of Restricted Stock become Vested, Oxford shall remove the restrictive legend and deliver to
Participant one or more stock certificates evidencing such shares. |
|
7. |
|
Stock Power. Participant hereby agrees that, at any time upon Oxfords request,
Participant shall deliver to Oxford a stock power, endorsed in blank, with respect to the
shares of Restricted Stock that are not then Vested. Oxford shall use such stock power to
cancel any shares of Restricted Stock that do not become Vested. Oxford shall return such
stock power to Participant with respect to any shares of Restricted Stock that become Vested. |
|
8. |
|
Section 83(b) Election. Participant hereby acknowledges that Participant may, within
the thirty (30) day period after the Grant Date specified above, in Participants sole
discretion make an election with the Internal Revenue Service under Section 83(b) of the Code.
If Participant makes such election, Participant will promptly file a copy with Oxford. |
|
9. |
|
Change of Control. For purposes of this Agreement, a Change of Control
shall be deemed to occur as of the first day that any one or more of the following conditions
is satisfied: |
|
(a) |
|
Any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act)), other than
Oxford or any Subsidiary or any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by Oxford
or any Subsidiary (including any trustee of such plan acting as trustee), becomes the
beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or
indirectly, of securities of Oxford representing at least 35% of the total voting power
represented by Oxfords then outstanding voting securities; |
|
|
(b) |
|
The commencement by an entity, person or group (other than Oxford or a
Subsidiary) of a tender offer or an exchange offer for more than 35% of the outstanding
capital stock of Oxford; |
|
|
(c) |
|
The effective time of (i) a merger or consolidation of Oxford with one or more
corporations as a result of which the holders of the outstanding voting stock of Oxford
immediately prior to such merger or consolidation hold less than 50% of the voting
stock of the surviving or resulting corporation, or (ii) a transfer of all or
substantially all of the assets of Oxford other than to an entity of which Oxford owns
at least 80% of the voting stock; |
|
|
(d) |
|
Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the
Incumbent Board) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of
the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director
subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by Oxfords
shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then
comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a
member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual
whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened
election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual
or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person (as
such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) other than the
Board; or |
|
|
(e) |
|
Approval by the shareholders of Oxford of a complete liquidation or dissolution
of Oxford. |
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change of Control shall not be deemed to have occurred if
(A) its sole purpose is to change the state of Oxfords incorporation; (B) its sole purpose
is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by
the persons who held Oxfords securities immediately before such transaction; or (C) with
respect to Participant, if Participant is part of a purchasing group that effects a Change
of Control.
10. |
|
Electronic Delivery and Signatures. Participant hereby consents and agrees to
electronic delivery of any Plan documents, proxy materials, annual reports and other related
documents. If Oxford establishes procedures for an electronic signature system for delivery
and acceptance of Plan documents (including |
2
|
|
documents relating to any award or grant made under the Plan), Participant hereby consents
to such procedures and agrees that Participants electronic signature is the same as, and
shall have the same force and effect as, Participants manual signature. Participant
consents and agrees that any such procedures and delivery may be effected by a third party
engaged by Oxford to provide administrative services related to the Plan, including any
award or grant made under the Plan. |
11. |
|
Governing Law. This Agreement will be construed, administered and governed in all
respects under and by the applicable laws of the State of Georgia, without regard to any
conflicts or choice of law rule or principle. |
|
12. |
|
Tax Withholding. At the time shares of Restricted Stock become Vested, Oxford shall
have the right to (i) make deductions from the number of shares of Restricted Stock otherwise
deliverable to Participant in an amount sufficient to satisfy withholding of any federal,
state or local taxes required by law, or (ii) take such other action as may be necessary or
appropriate to satisfy any such tax withholding obligations. |
|
13. |
|
No Guarantee of Employment. This Agreement shall not confer upon Participant any
right whatsoever with respect to continuance of employment with Oxford, nor shall it interfere
with or modify in any way any right that Oxford would otherwise have to terminate
Participants employment at any time. |
|
14. |
|
Entire Agreement; Amendment. This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the
parties hereto with respect to the subject matter contained herein, and supersedes all prior
agreements or prior understandings, whether written or oral, between the parties relating to
such subject matter. This Agreement may be amended by a writing signed by both parties. |
|
15. |
|
Incorporation by Reference. This Agreement is subject in all respects to the terms
and provisions of the Plan, all of which terms and provisions are made a part of and
incorporated in this Agreement as if they were each expressly set forth herein. In the event
of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan document, the
Plan document shall control. |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed and delivered by Oxford on the terms and
conditions set forth above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
I hereby agree to the terms and conditions of this Agreement as a condition of the grant made to
me.
Participant
3
EX-21 LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES
Exhibit 21
SUBSIDIARIES OF OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
The following table lists each subsidiary of Oxford Industries, Inc. indented under the name
of its immediate parent, the percentage of each subsidiarys voting securities beneficially owned
by its immediate parent and the jurisdiction under the laws of which each subsidiary was organized:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jurisdiction of |
|
|
% of Voting |
|
Incorporation or |
Name |
|
Securities |
|
Organization |
Oxford Industries, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
Oxford Garment, Inc. |
|
100 |
|
Delaware |
Lionshead Clothing Company |
|
100 |
|
Delaware |
SFI of Oxford Acquisition Corporation |
|
100 |
|
Delaware |
Oxford Lockbox, Inc. |
|
100 |
|
Delaware |
Piedmont Apparel Corporation |
|
100 |
|
Delaware |
Tommy Bahama Group, Inc. |
|
100 |
|
Delaware |
Oxford Caribbean, Inc. |
|
100 |
|
Delaware |
Oxford Private Limited of Delaware, Inc. |
|
100 |
|
Delaware |
Viewpoint Marketing, Inc. |
|
100 |
|
Florida |
Oxford International, Inc. |
|
100 |
|
Georgia |
Ben Sherman Clothing, Inc. |
|
100 |
|
Georgia |
Oxford Industries Foundation, Inc. |
|
100 |
|
Georgia |
Oxford of South Carolina, Inc. |
|
100 |
|
South Carolina |
Oxford Products (International) Limited |
|
99.991 |
|
Hong Kong |
Oxford of Europe |
|
100 |
|
United Kingdom |
Camisas Bahia Kino S.A. de C.V. |
|
100 |
|
Mexico |
Industrias Lanier de Honduras S. de R.L. |
|
502 |
|
Guatemala |
Manufacturera de Sonora, S.A. de CV |
|
993 |
|
Mexico |
Piedmont Apparel Corporation |
|
|
|
|
Patch Licensing LLC |
|
66-2/34 |
|
Delaware |
Tommy Bahama Group, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
Tommy Bahama R&R Holdings, Inc. |
|
100 |
|
Delaware |
Oxford Caribbean, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
Q.R. Fashions S. de R.L. |
|
100 |
|
Honduras |
Oxford Private Limited of Delaware, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
Ben Sherman Holdings Limited |
|
100 |
|
United Kingdom |
Oxford International, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
Oxford de Colon, S.A. |
|
100 |
|
Costa Rica |
Oxford Internacional de Guatemala Sociedad Anonima |
|
99 |
|
Guatemala |
Oxford Products (International) Limited |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
One share of Oxford Products (International) Limited
owned by Oxford International, Inc. Oxford Products (International) Limited has
150,000 shares issued and outstanding. |
|
2 |
|
50% of the voting securities of Industrias Lanier de
Honduras S.A. are owned by Oxford Caribbean, Inc. |
|
3 |
|
1% of the voting securities of Manufacturera de Sonora,
S.A. de CV are owned by Oxford International, Inc. |
|
4 |
|
33-1/3% of the membership interests of Patch Licensing
LLC are owned by an entity unaffiliated with Oxford Industries, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jurisdiction of |
|
|
% of Voting |
|
Incorporation or |
Name |
|
Securities |
|
Organization |
Oxford Apparel (HK) Limited |
|
100 |
|
Hong Kong |
Industrias Oxford de Merida, S.A. de CV |
|
991 |
|
Mexico |
Oxford Phillipines, Inc. |
|
96.252 |
|
Phillippines |
Oxford Apparel (HK) Limited |
|
|
|
|
Maxsend Trading Limited |
|
100 |
|
Hong Kong |
Tommy Bahama R&R Holdings, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
Tommy Bahama Beverages, LLC |
|
100 |
|
Delaware |
Tommy Bahama Beverages, LLC |
|
|
|
|
Tommy Bahama Texas Beverages, LLC |
|
100 |
|
Texas |
Ben Sherman Holdings Limited |
|
|
|
|
Oxford Industries (UK2) Limited |
|
100 |
|
United Kingdom |
Oxford Industries (UK2) Limited |
|
|
|
|
Oxford Industries (UK3) Limited |
|
100 |
|
United Kingdom |
Oxford Industries (UK3) Limited |
|
|
|
|
Ben Sherman Limited |
|
100 |
|
United Kingdom |
Ben Sherman Limited |
|
|
|
|
Ben Sherman Group Limited |
|
100 |
|
United Kingdom |
Ben Sherman Group Limited |
|
|
|
|
Textile Caledonia Investments Limited |
|
100 |
|
United Kingdom |
Sherman Cooper Marketing Limited |
|
100 |
|
United Kingdom |
Ben Sherman (Manufacturing) Limited |
|
100 |
|
United Kingdom |
Ben Sherman (Lurgan) Limited |
|
100 |
|
United Kingdom |
The Branded Shirt Co. Limited |
|
100 |
|
United Kingdom |
Neal and Cooper Limited |
|
100 |
|
United Kingdom |
Dunkeld Fashions Limited |
|
100 |
|
United Kingdom |
Tern Shirts Limited |
|
100 |
|
United Kingdom |
Slix Limited |
|
100 |
|
United Kingdom |
Rodeo International Limited |
|
100 |
|
United Kingdom |
Ben Sherman Australia (Pty) Ltd. |
|
100 |
|
Australia |
|
|
|
1 |
|
1% of the voting securities of Industrias Oxford de
Merida, S.A. de CV are owned by Oxford Industries, Inc. |
|
2 |
|
3.74% of the voting securities of Oxford Phillipines,
Inc. are owned by Oxford Industries, Inc. Nominal ownership interests of
certain of the voting securities of Oxford Phillippines, Inc. are owned by
various individual employees. |
2
EX-23 CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Exhibit 23
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements of Oxford
Industries, Inc.:
(1) |
|
Registration Statements (Form S-8 Nos. 33-7231 and 33-64097) pertaining to the Oxford
Industries, Inc. 1992 Stock Plan, |
|
(2) |
|
Registration Statements (Form S-8 Nos. 333-113000 and 333-59411) pertaining to the Oxford
Industries, Inc. 1997 Stock Option Plan, |
|
(3) |
|
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-59409) pertaining to the Oxford Industries, Inc.
1997 Restricted Stock Plan, |
|
(4) |
|
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-121538) pertaining to the Oxford Industries, Inc.
Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan, |
|
(5) |
|
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-121535) pertaining to the Oxford Industries, Inc.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan, |
|
(6) |
|
Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-119263) pertaining to the registration of 485,243
shares of Oxford Industries, Inc. Common Stock, |
|
(7) |
|
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-130010) pertaining to the Oxford Industries, Inc.
Deferred Compensation Plan, |
|
(8) |
|
Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-130009) pertaining to the registration of 485,243
shares of Oxford Industries, Inc. Common Stock, |
|
(9) |
|
Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-110598) pertaining to the registration of 776,400
shares of Oxford Industries, Inc. Common Stock; |
of our report dated March 31, 2008, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and
schedule of Oxford Industries, Inc., and our report dated March 31, 2008 with respect to the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Oxford Industries, Inc., included in
this 2008 Transition Year Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the eight month fiscal year ended February
2, 2008.
Atlanta, Georgia
March 31, 2008
EX-24 POWERS OF ATTORNEY
Exhibit 24
POWER OF ATTORNEY
The undersigned, a director of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the Company), does hereby constitute
and appoint each of Thomas E. Campbell, Mary Margaret Heaton and Suraj A. Palakshappa, or any one
of them, my true and lawful attorneys-in-fact for me and in my name for the purpose of executing on
my behalf in any and all capacities the Companys Transition Report on Form 10-K for the transition
period from June 2, 2007 to February 2, 2008, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing
such Transition Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Act). In
addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to execute on my behalf in
my capacity as a director of the Company subject to the reporting requirements of the Act, all
Forms required to be filed by me under the Act, including Forms 3, 4 and 5, in accordance with the
Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, each such attorney-in-fact
shall have full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts on my behalf which may be
necessary or desirable to complete, execute and timely file any such Forms with the U.S. Securities
and Exchange Commission and any stock exchange or similar authority.
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Cecil D. Conlee
Cecil
D. Conlee |
|
|
|
|
|
Date: March 27, 2008 |
State of: Georgia |
|
|
County of: Fulton |
|
|
|
|
|
On this 27th day of March, 2008, before
me personally appeared
Cecil D. Conlee, known to me to be the person
named in this instrument, and acknowledged
that he executed the same as his free act and
deed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notary Public |
|
|
|
|
|
My Commission expires: May 19, 2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
[NOTARY SEAL] |
|
|
POWER OF ATTORNEY
The undersigned, a director of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the Company), does hereby constitute
and appoint each of Thomas E. Campbell, Mary Margaret Heaton and Suraj A. Palakshappa, or any one
of them, my true and lawful attorneys-in-fact for me and in my name for the purpose of executing on
my behalf in any and all capacities the Companys Transition Report on Form 10-K for the transition
period from June 2, 2007 to February 2, 2008, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing
such Transition Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Act). In
addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to execute on my behalf in
my capacity as a director of the Company subject to the reporting requirements of the Act, all
Forms required to be filed by me under the Act, including Forms 3, 4 and 5, in accordance with the
Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, each such attorney-in-fact
shall have full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts on my behalf which may be
necessary or desirable to complete, execute and timely file any such Forms with the U.S. Securities
and Exchange Commission and any stock exchange or similar authority.
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ George C. Guynn |
|
|
|
|
|
George C. Guynn |
|
|
|
|
|
Date: March 27, 2008 |
|
|
|
State of: Georgia |
|
|
County of: Fulton |
|
|
|
|
|
On this 27th day of March, 2008, before me personally appeared
George C. Guynn, known to me to be the person
named in this instrument, and acknowledged
that he executed the same as his free act and
deed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notary Public |
|
|
|
|
|
My Commission expires: May 19, 2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
[NOTARY SEAL] |
|
|
2
POWER OF ATTORNEY
The undersigned, a director of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the Company), does hereby constitute
and appoint each of Thomas E. Campbell, Mary Margaret Heaton and Suraj A. Palakshappa, or any one
of them, my true and lawful attorneys-in-fact for me and in my name for the purpose of executing on
my behalf in any and all capacities the Companys Transition Report on Form 10-K for the transition
period from June 2, 2007 to February 2, 2008, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing
such Transition Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Act). In
addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to execute on my behalf in
my capacity as a director of the Company subject to the reporting requirements of the Act, all
Forms required to be filed by me under the Act, including Forms 3, 4 and 5, in accordance with the
Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, each such attorney-in-fact
shall have full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts on my behalf which may be
necessary or desirable to complete, execute and timely file any such Forms with the U.S. Securities
and Exchange Commission and any stock exchange or similar authority.
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ J. Reese Lanier, Sr. |
|
|
|
|
|
J. Reese Lanier, Sr. |
|
|
|
|
|
Date: March 27, 2008 |
|
|
|
State of: Georgia |
|
|
County of: Fulton |
|
|
|
|
|
On this 27th day of March, 2008, before me personally appeared J.
Reese Lanier, Sr., known to me to be the
person named in this instrument, and
acknowledged that he executed the same as his
free act and deed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Sandra Gilbert
Notary Public
|
|
|
|
|
|
My Commission expires: May 19, 2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
[NOTARY SEAL] |
|
|
3
POWER OF ATTORNEY
The undersigned, a director of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the Company), does hereby constitute
and appoint each of Thomas E. Campbell, Mary Margaret Heaton and Suraj A. Palakshappa, or any one
of them, my true and lawful attorneys-in-fact for me and in my name for the purpose of executing on
my behalf in any and all capacities the Companys Transition Report on Form 10-K for the transition
period from June 2, 2007 to February 2, 2008, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing
such Transition Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Act). In
addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to execute on my behalf in
my capacity as a director of the Company subject to the reporting requirements of the Act, all
Forms required to be filed by me under the Act, including Forms 3, 4 and 5, in accordance with the
Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, each such attorney-in-fact
shall have full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts on my behalf which may be
necessary or desirable to complete, execute and timely file any such Forms with the U.S. Securities
and Exchange Commission and any stock exchange or similar authority.
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Clarence H. Smith |
|
|
|
|
|
Clarence H. Smith |
|
|
|
|
|
Date: March 27, 2008 |
State of: Georgia |
|
|
County of: Fulton |
|
|
|
|
|
On this 27th day of March, 2008, before me personally appeared
Clarence H. Smith, known to me to be the
person named in this instrument, and
acknowledged that he executed the same as his
free act and deed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notary Public |
|
|
|
|
|
My Commission expires: May 19, 2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
[NOTARY SEAL] |
|
|
5
POWER OF ATTORNEY
The undersigned, a director of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the Company), does hereby constitute
and appoint each of Thomas E. Campbell, Mary Margaret Heaton and Suraj A. Palakshappa, or any one
of them, my true and lawful attorneys-in-fact for me and in my name for the purpose of executing on
my behalf in any and all capacities the Companys Transition Report on Form 10-K for the transition
period from June 2, 2007 to February 2, 2008, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing
such Transition Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Act). In
addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to execute on my behalf in
my capacity as a director of the Company subject to the reporting requirements of the Act, all
Forms required to be filed by me under the Act, including Forms 3, 4 and 5, in accordance with the
Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, each such attorney-in-fact
shall have full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts on my behalf which may be
necessary or desirable to complete, execute and timely file any such Forms with the U.S. Securities
and Exchange Commission and any stock exchange or similar authority.
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Helen B. Weeks |
|
|
|
|
|
Helen B. Weeks |
|
|
|
|
|
Date: March 27, 2008 |
|
|
|
State of: Georgia |
|
|
County of: Fulton |
|
|
|
|
|
On this 27th day of March, 2008, before me personally appeared
Helen B. Weeks, known to me to be the person
named in this instrument, and acknowledged
that she executed the same as her free act
and deed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notary Public |
|
|
|
|
|
My Commission expires: May 19, 2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
[NOTARY SEAL] |
|
|
6
POWER OF ATTORNEY
The undersigned, a director of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the Company), does hereby constitute
and appoint each of Thomas E. Campbell, Mary Margaret Heaton and Suraj A. Palakshappa, or any one
of them, my true and lawful attorneys-in-fact for me and in my name for the purpose of executing on
my behalf in any and all capacities the Companys Transition Report on Form 10-K for the transition
period from June 2, 2007 to February 2, 2008, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing
such Transition Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Act). In
addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to execute on my behalf in
my capacity as a director of the Company subject to the reporting requirements of the Act, all
Forms required to be filed by me under the Act, including Forms 3, 4 and 5, in accordance with the
Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, each such attorney-in-fact
shall have full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts on my behalf which may be
necessary or desirable to complete, execute and timely file any such Forms with the U.S. Securities
and Exchange Commission and any stock exchange or similar authority.
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ E. Jenner Wood III |
|
|
|
|
|
E. Jenner Wood III |
|
|
|
|
|
Date: March 27, 2008 |
State of: Georgia |
|
|
County of: Fulton |
|
|
|
|
|
On this 27th day of March, 2008, before me personally appeared E.
Jenner Wood III, known to me to be the person
named in this instrument, and acknowledged
that he executed the same as his free act and
deed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notary Public |
|
|
|
|
|
My Commission expires: May 19, 2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
[NOTARY SEAL] |
|
|
7
EX-31.1 SECTION 302, CERTIFICATION OF THE CEO
EXHIBIT 31.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) AND SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, J. Hicks Lanier, certify that:
1. |
|
I have reviewed this transition report on Form 10-K of Oxford Industries, Inc.; |
|
2. |
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period
covered by this report; |
|
3. |
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in
this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report; |
|
4. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and
15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
|
(a) |
|
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls
and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information
relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being
prepared; |
|
|
(b) |
|
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal
control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation
of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles; |
|
|
(c) |
|
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and procedures and
presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls
and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such
evaluation; and |
|
|
(d) |
|
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over financial
reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter (the
registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants internal control
over financial reporting; and |
5. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent
evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and the
audit committee of the registrants board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions): |
|
(a) |
|
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of
internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect
the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information;
and |
|
|
(b) |
|
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who
have a significant role in the registrants internal control over financial reporting. |
|
|
|
Date: April 1, 2008
|
|
/s/ J. Hicks Lanier |
|
|
|
|
|
J. Hicks Lanier |
|
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
(Principal Executive Officer) |
EX-31.2 SECTION 302, CERTIFICATION OF THE CFO
EXHIBIT 31.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) AND SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, K. Scott Grassmyer, certify that:
1. |
|
I have reviewed this transition report on Form 10-K of Oxford Industries, Inc.; |
|
2. |
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period
covered by this report; |
|
3. |
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in
this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report; |
|
4. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and
15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
|
(a) |
|
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls
and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information
relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being
prepared; |
|
|
(b) |
|
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal
control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation
of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles; |
|
|
(c) |
|
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and procedures and
presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls
and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such
evaluation; and |
|
|
(d) |
|
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over financial
reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter (the
registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants internal control
over financial reporting; and |
5. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent
evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and the
audit committee of the registrants board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions): |
|
(a) |
|
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of
internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect
the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information;
and |
|
|
(b) |
|
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who
have a significant role in the registrants internal control over financial reporting. |
|
|
|
Date: April 1, 2008
|
|
/s/ K. Scott Grassmyer |
|
|
|
|
|
K. Scott Grassmyer |
|
|
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Controller |
|
|
(Principal Financial Officer) |
EX-32 SECTION 906, CERTIFICATION OF THE CEO & CFO
EXHIBIT 32
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the transition report of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the Company) on Form 10-K
(Form 10-K) for the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 as filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, I, J. Hicks Lanier, Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company, and I, K. Scott Grassmyer, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer and Controller of the Company, each certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:
(1) |
|
The Form 10-K fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and |
|
(2) |
|
The information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all
material respects, the financial condition and results of operations
of the Company. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
J. Hicks Lanier |
|
|
|
|
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
(Principal Executive Officer) |
|
|
|
|
|
April 1, 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
K. Scott Grassmyer |
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer and Controller |
|
|
|
|
|
(Principal Financial Officer) |
|
|
|
|
|
April 1, 2008 |
|
|